Donate
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Amarakosha Search
47 results
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
abhijanaḥ3.3.115MasculineSingulardhṛtiḥ, buddhiḥ, svabhāvaḥ, brahma, varṣma, yatnaḥ
abhram1.3.6-7NeuterSingularmudiraḥ, ambubhṛt, jaladharaḥ, stanayitnuḥ, dhūmayoniḥ, jīmūtaḥ, vāridaḥ, dhārādharaḥ, vārivāhaḥ, jalamuk, ghanaḥ, taḍitvān, balāhakaḥ, meghaḥcloud
agniḥMasculineSingularjvalanaḥ, barhiḥ, śociṣkeśaḥ, bṛhadbhānuḥ, analaḥ, śikhāvān, hutabhuk, saptārciḥ, citrabhānuḥ, appittam, vaiśvānaraḥ, dhanañjayaḥ, jātavedāḥ, śuṣmā, uṣarbudhaḥ, kṛśānuḥ, rohitāśvaḥ, āśuśukṣaṇiḥ, dahanaḥ, damunāḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, vahniḥ, kṛpīṭayoniḥ, tanūnapāt, kṛṣṇavartmā, āśrayāśaḥ, pāvakaḥ, vāyusakhaḥ, hiraṇyaretāḥ, havyavāhanaḥ, śukraḥ, śuciḥ, vītihotraḥfire god
amaraḥ1.1.7-9MasculineSingularnirjaraḥ, vibudhaḥ, sumanasaḥ, āditeyaḥ, aditinandanaḥ, asvapnaḥ, gīrvāṇaḥ, daivatam, devaḥ, suraḥ, tridiveśaḥ, diviṣad, ādityaḥ, amartyaḥ, dānavāriḥ, devatā, tridaśaḥ, suparvā, divaukāḥ, lekhaḥ, ṛbhuḥ, amṛtāndhāḥ, vṛndārakaḥimmortal
aṅkaḥ3.3.4MasculineSingularambu, śiraḥ
anubandhaḥ3.3.105MasculineSingularbudhaḥ, vṛddhaḥ
āpaḥ1.10.3-4FemininePluralsalilam, payaḥ, jīvanam, kabandham, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, nīram, śambaram, vāḥ, kamalam, kīlālam, bhuvanam, udakam, sarvatomukham, toyaḥ, kṣīram, meghapuṣpam, vāri, jalam, amṛtam, vanam, pāthaḥ, ambhaḥ, pānīyam, ambu, ghanarasaḥwater
asraḥ3.3.172MasculineSingularvāyuḥ, karbukaḥ
bālamFeminineSingularbarhiṣṭham, udīcyam, keśāmbunāma, hrīberam
bubhukṣā2.9.55FeminineSingularaśanāyā, kṣut
bubhukṣitaḥ3.1.18MasculineSingularaśanāyitaḥ, kṣudhitaḥ, jighatsuḥ
budbudaḥ3.5.19MasculineSingular
buddham3.1.110MasculineSingularmanitam, viditam, pratipannam, avasitam, avagatam, budhitam
buddhiḥ1.5.1FeminineSingularpratipat, upalabdhiḥ, śemuṣī, dhiṣaṇā, cetanā, saṃvit, prekṣā, prajñā, manīṣā, jñaptiḥ, cit, matiḥ, dhīḥunderstanding or intellect
bukkā2.6.65FeminineSingularagramāṃsam
bustam3.5.34MasculineSingular
chandaḥ3.3.240NeuterSingularambu, kṣīram
chatrā2.9.38FeminineSingular‍vitunnakam, kustumburu, dhānyakam
citram1.5.17MasculineSingularkarburaḥ, kirmīraḥ, kalmāṣaḥ, śabalaḥ, etaḥvariegated
dārakaḥ3.3.22MasculineSingularnidhiḥ, lalāṭāsthi, kambu
droṇī1.10.11FeminineSingularkāṣṭhāmbuvāhinīan oval vessel of wood used for holding or pouring out of water
jambūḥ2.4.19FeminineSingularjambu, jāmbavam
kaśipu3.3.137MasculineSingularbudhaḥ, manojñaḥ
mūlamNeuterSingularbudhnaḥ, aṅghrināmakaḥ
nādeyīFeminineSingularbhūmijambu
niculaḥ2.2.61MasculineSingularambujaḥ, hijjalaḥ
parivyādhaḥ2.4.30MasculineSingularvidulaḥ, nādeyī, ambuvetasaḥ
parva3.3.128NeuterSingularbuddhiḥ, cihnaḥ
ratnam2.9.94NeuterSingularhiraṇyam, ‍tapanīyam, ‍bharma, jātarūpam, rukmam, a‍ṣṭāpadaḥ, suvarṇam, hema, śātakumbham, karburam, mahārajatam, kārtasvaram, kanakam, hāṭakam, gāṅgeyam, cāmīkaram, kāñcanam, jāmbūnadam
rauhiṇeyaḥMasculineSingularbudhaḥ, saumyaḥmercury
rodanam2.6.94NeuterSingularasru, netrāmbu, asram, aśru
śaṃbhuḥMasculineSingularkapardī, kapālabhṛt, virūpākṣaḥ, sarvajñaḥ, haraḥ, tryambakaḥ, andhakaripuḥ, vyomakeśaḥ, sthāṇuḥ, ahirbudhnyaḥ, paśupatiḥ, mahānaṭaḥ, maheśvaraḥ, īśānaḥ, bhūteśaḥ, giriśaḥ, kṛttivāsāḥ, ugraḥ, śitikaṇṭhaḥ, mahādevaḥ, kṛśānuretāḥ, nīlalohitaḥ, bhargaḥ, gaṅgādharaḥ, vṛṣadhvajaḥ, bhīmaḥ, umāpatiḥ, īśaḥ, gajāriḥ, śūlī, śarvaḥ, candraśekharaḥ, girīśaḥ, mṛtyuñjayaḥ, prathamādhipaḥ, śrīkaṇṭhaḥ, vāmadevaḥ, trilocanaḥ, dhūrjaṭiḥ, smaraharaḥ, tripurāntakaḥ, kratudhvaṃsī, bhavaḥ, rudraḥ, aṣṭamūrtiḥ, śivaḥ, īśvaraḥ, śaṅkaraḥ, khaṇḍaparaśuḥ, mṛḍaḥ, pinākī(51)shiva, god
śaṃkhaḥMasculineSingularkambua conch
sarvajñaḥ1.1.13MasculineSingularmārajit, tathāgataḥ, sugataḥ, śrīghanaḥ, advayavādī, jinaḥ, bhagavān, dharmarājaḥ, muniḥ, munīndraḥ, daśabalaḥ, lokajit, samantabhadraḥ, buddhaḥ, śāstā, vināyakaḥ, ṣaḍabhijñaḥa gina or buddha
sitaḥ3.3.87MasculineSingularkulajaḥ, budhaḥ
śivā2.2.5FeminineSingularjambukaḥ, kroṣṭā, mṛgradhūrtakaḥ, pheravaḥ, vañcalaḥ, gomāyuḥ, pheruḥ, sṛgālaḥ, bhūrimāyaḥ
śūlam3.3.204MasculineSingularkālaḥ, maryādā, abdhyambuvikṛtiḥ
vāṣpam3.3.137NeuterSingularbudhaḥ, manojñaḥ
vidvān2.7.5MasculineSingulardhīraḥ, prājñaḥ, kaviḥ, kṛtī, vicakṣaṇaḥ, doṣajñaḥ, kovidaḥ, manīṣī, saṃkhyāvān, dhīmān, kṛṣṭiḥ, dūradarśī, san, budhaḥ, jñaḥ, paṇḍitaḥ, sūriḥ, labdhavarṇaḥ, dīrghadarśī, vipaścit, sudhīḥ
vṛṣākṛpī3.3.137MasculineSingularbudhaḥ, manojñaḥ
nīlāmbujanmaNeuterSingularindīvaramblue lotus
kambugrīvā2.6.89FeminineSingular
cibukam2.6.91NeuterSingular
jambukaḥ3.3.3MasculineSingularaṅkaḥ, apavādaḥ
kambu3.3.141MasculineSingularjaḍībhāvaḥ, sthūṇā
arbudaḥ3.5.19MasculineSingular
arbudaḥ3.5.33MasculineSingular
Monier-Williams Search
1161 results for bu
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
bubhukṣāf. (fr. Desiderative of3. bhuj-) desire of enjoying anything View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhukṣāf. wish to eat, appetise, hunger etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhukṣāpanayam. "that which takes away hunger", food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhukṣāpīditamfn. pained by hunger, hungry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhukṣitamfn. hungry, starving, ravenous , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhukṣumfn. wishing to eat, hungry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhukṣumfn. desirous of worldly enjoyment (opp. to mumukṣu-) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhūrṣāf. (fr. Desiderative of bhṛ-) desire of supporting (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhūrṣumfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') wishing to nourish or support, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhūṣāf. desire of being or living View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhūṣakamfn. (fr. Desiderative of bhu-) wishing the welfare of, wishing to be of service to (genitive case or comp.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhūṣumfn. wishing to be or become anything (Nominal verb) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhūṣumfn. wishing to become powerful or prevail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhūṣumfn. wishing the welfare of (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhutsāf. (fr. Desiderative) desire to know, curiosity about (accusative or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhutsātsumfn. wishing to know (accusative or compound) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhutsātsumfn. curious, inquisitive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhutsātsumfn. desirous to know everything (said of the gods) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubhutsitan. idem or 'f. (fr. Desiderative) desire to know, curiosity about (accusative or compound) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubodhayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to excite the attention, desirous of admonishing (see bibodhayiṣu-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bubodhayiṣuSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buburam. water (equals udaka- ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bu cl.6 P. buḍati-, to cover, conceal (varia lectio for cuḍ-) ; to emit, discharge (varia lectio for puḍ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bud cl.1 P. A1. bodati-, te-, to perceive, learn (see bund-and budh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buḍabuḍaind. an onomatopoetic (i.e. formed from imitation of sounds) word imitative of the bubbling sound made by the sinking of an object in water (see budbuda-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budbudam. (onomat.; see buḍabuḍa-) a bubble (often as a symbol of anything transitory) (see compound) etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budbudam. an ornament or decoration resembling a bubble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budbudam. an embryo five days old (n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budbuf. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budbudan. a particular disease of the eye, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budbudākṣamfn. one who has particular disease of the eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budbudatvan. the being a (mere) bubble (as an embryo) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budbudayāśu(d/a--) mfn. one whose semen is a (mere) bubble impotent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddha buddhi- See columns 2 and 3. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhamfn. awakened, awake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhamfn. expanded, blown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhamfn. conscious, intelligent, clever, wise (opp. to mūḍha-) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhamfn. learnt, known, understood ("by" , usually instrumental case,but also genitive case according to ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddham. a wise or learned man, sage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddham. (with Buddhists) a fully enlightened man who has achieved perfect knowledge of the truth and thereby is liberated from all existence and before his own attainment of nirvāṇa- reveals the method of obtaining it, (especially) the principal buddha- of the present age (born at kapila-vastu- about the year 500 B.C. his father, śuddhodana-, of the śākya- tribe or family, being the rāja- of that district, and his mother, māyā-- devī-, being the daughter of rāja- su-prabuddha- ;hence he belonged to the kṣatriya- caste and his original name śākya-muni- or śākya-siṃha- was really his family name, while that of gautama- was taken from the race to which his family belonged;for his other namesSee ;he is said to have died when he was 80 years of age, prob. about 420 B.C. ;he was preceded by 3 mythical buddha-s of the present kalpa-, or by 24, reckoning previous kalpa-, or according to others by 6 principal buddha-s ;sometimes he is regarded as the 9th incarnation of viṣṇu- etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhan. knowledge (Bombay edition buddhi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhabhadram. Name of 2 men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhabhadram. Name (also title or epithet) of a Buddhist mendicant, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhabhaṭṭa m. Name of 2 men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhabhūmim. Name of a Buddhist sūtra- work (also buddhabhūmisūtra -sūtra- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhabhūmisūtran. buddhabhūmi
buddhacakṣusn. ,"Buddha's eye", Name of one of the 5 sorts of vision View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhacaritan. "the acts of buddha-", Name of a kāvya- by aśva-ghoṣa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhacaritran. Buddha's history, narrative of Buddha's life, Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhacaryan. Buddha's acts or life View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhacchāyāf. Buddha shadow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhadāsam. Name of a scholar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhadattam. "given by Buddha", Name of a minister of king caṇḍa-mahāsena- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhadevam. Name of a man
buddhadharmam. Buddha's law View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhadharmam. Buddha's marks or peculiarities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhadiś(?) m. Name of a prince View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhadravyan. "Buddha's property", (prob.) the relics deposited in a stūpa- (equals staupika-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhadravyan. avarice, miserly accumulation of wealth (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhadvādaśīvratan. a particular observance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhadvādaśīvratan. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhāgamam. Buddha's doctrine (personified) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhagayāf. Buddha's gayā-, Name of a sacred place near gaya- (in Behar), where gautama- Buddha and all the other Buddhas are said to have attained to true wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhaghoṣam. Name of a Buddhist scholar (who lived at the beginning of the 5th century A.D.;the name is not found in Sanskrit works) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhaguptam. (prob.) wrong reading for budha-g- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhagurum. a Buddhist spiritual teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhaiḍūkam. a temple in which relics of buddha- are preserved (equals caitya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhajñānan. Buddha's knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhajñānaśrīm. Name of a Buddhist scholar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhakam. Name of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhakāpam. Name of the present buddha- era (which has already had 4 buddha-s, gautama- being the fourth). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhakapālinīf. Name of one of the 6 goddesses of magic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhakāyavarṇapariniṣpattyabhinirhārāf. a particular dhāraṇī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhakṣetran. Buddha's district, the country in which a Buddha appears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhakṣetrapariśodhakan. Name of one of the 3 kinds of praṇidhāna- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhakṣetravaralocanan. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhālaṃkārādhiṣṭhitāf. a particular dhāraṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhamantran. a Buddhist prayer or charm (= dhāraṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhamārgam. Buddha's way or doctrine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhamitram. Name of the 9th Buddhist patriarch (who was a disciple of vasu-bandhu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhanandi(?) m. Name of the 8th Buddhist patriarch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhāṇḍaka wrong reading for buddhaiḍūka- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhanirmāṇam. a magic figure of buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhāntam. waking condition, the being awake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhānusmṛtif. continual meditation on Buddha View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhānusmṛtif. Name of a Buddhist sūtra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhapakṣa(?) m. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhapālam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhapālitam. Name of a disciple of nāgārjuna-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhapiṇḍīf. a mass of buddha-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhapurāṇan. Buddha's purāṇa-, Name of parāśara-'s laghu-lalita-vistara-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddharājam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddharakṣitam. "guarded by Buddha", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddharakṣitāf. Name of a woman, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhasaṃgham. plural Buddha, the law, and the monkhood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhasaṃgītif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhasenam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhasiṃham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhatvan. the condition or rank of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhavacanan. "Buddha's word", the Buddhist sūtra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhavanagirim. Name of a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhavapurdhārinmfn. bearing the body or form of Buddha View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhavat(buddh/a--) mfn. containing a form of budh- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhāvataṃsakam. or n. (?) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhāvatāram. "Buddha's descent", Name of chapter of the khaṇḍa-praśasti- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhaviṣayam. equals -kṣetra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhaviṣayāvatāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. the power of forming and retaining conceptions and general notions, intelligence, reason, intellect, mind, discernment, judgement etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. perception (of which 5 kinds are enumerated, or with manas-6; see indriya-, buddhīndriya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. comprehension, apprehension, understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. (with ātmanaḥ-,or buddhir brāhmī-) knowledge of one's self. psychology View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) Intellect (equals adhy-avasāya-,the intellectual faculty or faculty of mental perception, the second of the 25 tattva-s; see buddhi-tattva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. presence of mind, ready wit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. an opinion, view, notion, idea, conjecture etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. thought about or meditation on (locative case or compound), intention, purpose, design (buddhyā-,with the intention of. designedly, deliberately; anugraha-b-,with a view to id est in order to show favour; buddhiṃ-kṛ-or pra-kṛ-,to make up one's mind, resolve, decide, with locative case dative case accusative with prati-,or infinitive mood) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. impression, belief, notion (often in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' = considering as, taking for) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. right opinion, correct or reasonable view View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. Name of the 5th astrology mansion, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. Intelligence personified (as a daughter of dakṣa- and wife of dharma- and mother of bodha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhif. Name of a woman, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhibalan. a particular kind of play View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhibheda() m. disturbance or aberration of mind. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhibhrama() m. disturbance or aberration of mind. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhibhṛtmfn. possessing intelligence, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhicchāyāf. reflex action of the understanding on the soul View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhicintakamfn. one who thinks wisely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhicyutamfn. one who has lost his intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhidevīf. Name of a princess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhidyūtan. "intellect-game", game at chess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhigamya mfn. to be apprehended by the intellect, intelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhigrāhyamfn. to be apprehended by the intellect, intelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhihīnamfn. equals -varjita- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhihīnatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhijīvinmfn. subsisting by intelligence, rational, intelligent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhikāmāf. Name of one of the mātṛ-s attendant on skanda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhikaram. (with śukla-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhikārīf. Name of a princess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhikṛtmfn. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') one who forms the notion of, supposing, conjecturing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhikṛtamfn. acted wisely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhilāghavan. lightness or levity of judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhilakṣaṇan. a sign of intellect or wisdom, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatmfn. endowed with understanding, intelligent, learned, wise etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatmfn. humble, docile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatmfn. famed, known (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatm. a rational being, man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatm. the large shrike View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimatikāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimattāf. () intelligence, wisdom. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimattaramfn. more or very intelligent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimattvan. () intelligence, wisdom. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimayamf(ī-)n. consisting in intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhimoham. confusion of mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhīndriyan. an organ of sense or perception (5 in number, viz, eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin, opp. to, karmendriyāṇi- q.v; manas-,"the mind"belonging to both; see indriya-) etc. (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiprabham. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhipradānan. the giving a commission View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhipradīpam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiprāgalbhīf. soundness of judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhipuran. city of the intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhipuraḥsaramfn. equals next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhipuramāhātmyan. Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhipūrvamf(ā-)n. preceded by design, premeditated, intentional, wilful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhipūrvakamfn. (and buddhipūrvakam kam- ind.) equals prec. ( buddhipūrvakatva -tva- n. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhipūrvakamind. buddhipūrvaka
buddhipūrvakatvan. buddhipūrvaka
buddhipūrvamind. intentionally, purposely
buddhirājam. (with samrāj-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhisāgaram. "ocean of wisdom", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhisahāyam. a counsellor minister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiśaktif. an intellectual faculty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiśālinmfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhisaṃkīrṇam. a kind of pavilion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhisampannamfn. equals -yukta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiśarīram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiśastramfn. armed with understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiskandhamayamf(ī-)n. one whose trunk or stem is the intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiśreṣṭhamfn. best (when effected) by the intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiśrīgarbham. Name of a bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhisthamfn. fixed in or present to the mind ( buddhisthatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhisthatvan. buddhistha
buddhiśuddhamfn. pure of purpose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiśuddhif. purification of the mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhitasind. from or by the mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhitattvan. the intellectual faculty or principle (the 2nd of the 8 prakṛtayaḥ- or"producers"in the sāṃkhya-, coming next to and proceeding from mūla-prakṛti- or a-vyakta-), (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivaibhavan. strength or force of understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivaram. Name of a minister of vikramāditya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivarjitamfn. destitute of understanding, foolish, ignorant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhividhvaṃsakamfn. destroying consciousness or reason View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivilāsam. play of the mind or fancy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivilāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivilāsinīf. Name of commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivināśam. loss of understanding, deficiency of intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivirodhinm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiviṣayam. a matter apprehensible by reason View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivisphuraṇam. a particular samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivivardhanamfn. increasing the understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivṛddhif. growth or development of intellect, growth of understanding or wisdom ( buddhivṛddhikara -kara- mfn.producing it) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivṛddhim. Name of a disciple of śaṃkara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhivṛddhikaramfn. buddhivṛddhi
buddhiyogam. devotion of the intellect, intellectual union with the Supreme Spirit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiyogamayamf(ī-)n. consisting in or sprung from it View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhiyuktamfn. endowed with understanding, intelligent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhoktasaṃsārāmayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhopāsakam. (f(ikā-).) a worshipper of buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhyadhikamfn. superior in intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhyatītamfn. beyond the reach of the understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buddhyavajñānan. disregard or contempt of any one's understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budh cl.1 P. A1. () bodhati-, te- ; cl.4 A1. b/udhyate- (Epic also P. ti-; perfect tense P. bubodha- ; subjunctive b/ubodhati- ; A1. bubudh/e-, parasmE-pada bubudhān/a- ; Aorist P. subjunctive bodhiṣat- ; imperative bodhi- ; A1.3 plural abudhram-, ran-; parasmE-pada budhān/a- subjunctive budh/anta- ; abhutsi- ; preceding A1. bhutsīṣṭa- ; future bhotsyati-, te- etc.; boddhā- grammar; ind.p. buddhvā- ; -budhya- etc.; infinitive mood b/udhe- ; budh/i- ; boddhum- etc.) , to wake, wake up, be awake etc. ; to recover consciousness (after a swoon) (Aorist Passive voice abodhi-) ; to observe, heed, attend to (with accusative or genitive case) ; to perceive, notice, learn, understand, become or be aware of or acquainted with etc. ; to think of id est present a person ("with" instrumental case) ; to know to be, recognize as (with two accusative) etc. ; to deem, consider or regard as (with two accusative) : Passive voice budhyate- (Aorist abodhi-), to be awakened or restored to consciousness ; See above: Causal bodh/ayati-, te- (Aorist abūbudhat-; Passive voice bodhyate-), to wake up, arouse, restore to life or consciousness etc. ; to revive the scent (of a perfume) ; to cause (a flower) to expand ; to cause to observe or attend, admonish, advise etc. ; to make a person acquainted with, remind or inform of. impart or communicate anything to (with two accusative) etc.: Desiderative bubhutsati-, te- (grammar also bubodhiṣati-, te-,and bubudhiṣati-, te-), to wish to observe, desire to become acquainted with : Desiderative of Causal See bibodhayiṣu- and bubodhayiṣu-: Intensive bobudhīti- (grammar also bobudhyate-, boboddhi-), to have an insight into, understand thoroughly (with accusative) [ confer, compare Zend bud; Greek for () in, Slavonic or Slavonian bu8de8ti,bu8dru8; Lithuanian bude4ti,budru4s; Gothic biudan; German biotan,bieten; Anglo-Saxon be4odan; English bid.]
budhmfn. (Nominal verb bhut-) awaking (see uṣarb/udh-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhmfn. intelligent, wise (see a-budh-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhamfn. awaking (see uṣar-budha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhamfn. intelligent, clever, wise etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budham. a wise or learned man, sage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budham. a god View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budham. a dog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budham. Name of a descendant of soma- (and hence also called saumya-, saumāyana-,author of , and father of purū-ravas-;identified with the planet Mercury) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budham. Mercury (regarded as a son of soma- or the moon) etc. of a descendant of atri- and author of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budham. of a son of vega-vat- and father of tṛṇa-bindu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budham. of various authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhāf. Nardostachys Jatamansi View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhacāram. Name of a chapter of bhaṭṭotpala-'s commentator or commentary on and of a chapter of yavaneśvara-'s mīna-rāja-jātaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhadarśanacāram. Name of chapter of yavaneśvara-'s mīna-rāja-jātaka-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhadeśam. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhadinan. bhaṭṭotpala-'s (or the planet Mercury's) day, Wednesday View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhaguptam. Name of a prince (also written buddha-g-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhajanam. a wise man W View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhakam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhakauśikam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhamanoharamn. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhānamfn. awaking, rousing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhānamfn. being heeded (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhānamfn. knowing, wise, prudent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhānamfn. one who speaks kindly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhānam. a sage, spiritual guide, holy teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhanāḍif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhanvatmfn. containing the root budh- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhapūjāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budharañjiṇīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budharatnan. " bhaṭṭotpala-'s gem", an emerald View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhaśāntif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhasānum. equals parna- or equals yajña-puruṣa-
budhasmṛtif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhāṣṭamīf. "the 8th (day) of bhaṭṭotpala-", Name of a festival View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhāṣṭamīvratan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhāṣṭamīvratakālanirṇayam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhasūktan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhasutam. " bhaṭṭotpala-'s son", Name of purū-ravas- (the first king of the lunar dynasty) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhatātam. bhaṭṭotpala-'s (or the planet Mercury's) father, the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhavāram. equals -dina- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budheind. on a Wednesday (equals budha-vāre-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budheyam. plural Name of a school of the white yajur-veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhilamfn. wise, learned View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhitamfn. known, understood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhnamn. (probably not connected with budh-;but see ) bottom, ground, base, depth, lowest part of anything (as the root of a tree etc.) (b/udhna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhnamn. the sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhnamn. the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhnamn. Name of a son of the 14th manu- ; often wrong reading for budhnya- ([ confer, compare Greek Latin fundus; German bodam,bodem,Boden; Anglo-Saxon botm; English bottom.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhnarogam. a particular disease (see bradhna-and bradhma-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhnavat(budhn/a--) mfn. having a foot or basis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhniyamfn. -next View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhnyamfn. being on the ground or at the base, coming from or belonging to the depths (very often in connexion with /ahi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhnyamfn. Name of a son of the 14th manu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhudākāratāf. the form or nature of a (mere) bubble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
budhyamfn. See a-budhy/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buḍilam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buhnāSee śveta-b-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukind. an onomatopoetic (i.e. formed from imitation of sounds) word. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukam. equals hāsya-, laughter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukam. (also written vuka-) Agati Grandiflora View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukinmfn. gaRa prekṣādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukk cl.1.10. P. bukkati-, bukkayati-, to bark, yelp, sound, talk ( also"to give pain"). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkamf(ā-or ī-)n. the heart (ā- f. ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkam. a goat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkam. the Ricinus plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkam. Name of a prince (who reigned at vidyā-nagara- 1359-79 and was the patron of sāyaṇa-;he is also called bukka-bhūpati-, -mahīpati-, -rāja-, -rāya-,and bukkaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkam. and f. equals samaya- (wrong reading for hṛdaya-?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkāgramāṃsan. the heart (prob. a wrong blending of bukkā-and agramāṃsa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkanm. the heart View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkanan. the bark of a dog or any noise made by animals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkāram. the roaring of a lion, cry of any animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkasam. a caṇḍāla- (see pukkasa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkasaf. equals kālī- (black colour?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukkasīf. the indigo plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bul cl.10 P. bolayati-, to cause to sink, submerge ; to sink, dive, plunge into and emerge again View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bula gaRa balādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bulbamfn. (prob.) oblique View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bulif. equals buri- or the anus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bulilamName of a man (equals buḍila-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bullam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bulyamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bumbhīf. coarse ground meal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bumbhikāf. idem or 'f. coarse ground meal ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bund cl.1 P. A1. (; varia lectio cund-and bundh-) to perceive, learn, understand View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bundam. an arrow (equals iṣu- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bundh cl.10 P. bundhayati-, to bind (see bun/a-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bundiran. a house View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buṅg (or vuṅg-) cl.1 P. buṅgati-, to forsake, abandon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
burif. the female organ of generation (equals buli-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buruḍam. a basket-maker, mat-maker View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bus cl.4 P. busyati-, to discharge, pour forth, emit ; to divide, distribute (varia lectio for vyuṣ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buśa buṣa- wrong reading for busa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
busan. (prob.) vapour, mist, fog View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
busan. chaff and other refuse of grain, any refuse or rubbish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
busan. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
busan. dry cow-dung View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
busan. the thick part of sour curds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
busan. wealth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buf. (in dramatic language) a younger sister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
busaplāvīf. a beetle (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
busasamfn. (fr. bus/a-) gaRa tṛṇādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bust cl.10 P. bustayati-, to honour, respect etc. (= or varia lectio for pust- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bustam. n. (gaRa ardharcādi-) the burnt exterior of roast meat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bustam. the husk or shell of fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bu cl.1.10. P. boṭati-, boṭayati-, to hurt, kill () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buvamind. an onomatopoetic (i.e. formed from imitation of sounds) word (see sa-buva-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhibuddhif. (in sāṃkhya- philosophy) Name of a function of the intellect (comprising adhyavasāya-, abhimāna-, icchā-, kartavyatā-,and kriyā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiprabudhA1. - budhyate-, to feel, experience, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisambuddhamfn. deeply versed in View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisambuddhamfn. having attained the bodhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisambudh(with samyak-- sambodhin-), to obtain the highest perfect knowledge, Sukh, i. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivibudh -budhyate-, to notice, learn from. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhamfn. unwise, foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhamfn. not seen or noticed, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhatvan. foolishness. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhif. want of understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhif. ignorance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhif. stupidity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhimfn. ignorant, stupid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhimatmfn. unwise, foolish.
abuddhipūrva mfn. not preceded by intelligence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhipūrvamfn. beginning with non-intelligence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhipūrvaind. ignorantly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhipūrvakamfn. not preceded by intelligence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhipūrvakamfn. beginning with non-intelligence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhipūrvakamind. ignorantly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhisthamfn. not being in the conscience of commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abuddhyāind. unintentionally. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudhmfn. ([ ]) stupid, foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudh(a-budha-) m. a fool View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābudhP. (imperative 2. sg. -b/odhā-) to attend to, mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudhamfn. ([ ]) stupid, foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudham. (a-budha-) a fool View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudhnamfn. bottomless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudhyamfn. not to be awakened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābudhyan. (fr. a-budha-), want of discernment, foolishness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abudhyamānamfn. not being awake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābuttam. (in dramatic language) a sister's husband (probably a Prakrit word) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āḍhakajambukamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyarbuda n. a congenital tumour, goitre. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādibuddhamfn. "perceived in the beginning" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādibuddham. Name of the chief deity of the northern Buddhists. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adribudhna(/adri--) mfn. rooted in or produced on a rock or mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahambuddhif. equals ahaṃ-karaṇa- below View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahambuddhif. pride, haughtiness, ( anahambuddhi an-ah/am--buddhi- negative mfn."free from pride") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahirbudhnyam. (considered as one word and therefore declinable as follows dative case ahir-budhnyāya- ; instrumental case plural ahir-budhnyaiḥ- ;often incorrectly written ahir-budhna-or -bradhna-) Name of a rudra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahirbudhnyam. plural Name of the rudra-s (See before) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahirbudhnyan. Name of a hymn of the , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahirbudhnyaSee /ahi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhirbudhnyan. Name of the nakṣatra- uttara-bhadra-padā- (presided over by ahir-budhnya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahirbudhnyadevatāf. plural "having ahirbudhnya- as deity", the nakṣatra- uttara-bhadrapadā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahirbudhnyadevatyan. "having ahirbudhnya- as deity", the nakṣatra- uttara-bhadrapadā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahirbudhnyas Nominal verb sg. m. (instrumental case /ahinā budhny/ena- ) = , the serpent of the deep (enumerated in among the divinities of the middle region, the abyss in which he lives being that of the region of mist) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahirbudhnyas Nominal verb sg. m. allegorically identified with agni- gārhapatya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahirbudhnyas Nominal verb sg. m. in later times: View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṛtabuddhimfn. having an unformed mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akṛtabuddhitvan. ignorance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābuf. the bottle-gourd (Lagenaria Vulgaris Ser) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābumn. a vessel made of the bottle-gourd etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābuf. (used by Brahmanical ascetics) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābun. the fruit of the bottle-gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālābuf. the pumpkin gourd, Cucurbita Pepo View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābugandhimfn. smelling of the bottle-gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābukan. the fruit of the bottle-gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābuf. the bottle-gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābukeśvaran. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābumayamfn. made of a bottle-gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābupātran. a jar made of the bottle-gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābusuhṛdm. "friend of the bottle-gourd", sorrel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alābuvīṇāf. a lute of the shape of a bottle-gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alambuṣam. the palm of the hand with the fingers extended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alambuṣam. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alambuṣam. of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alambuṣāf. a barrier, a line or anything not to be crossed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alambuṣāf. a sort of sensitive plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alambuṣāf. Name of an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpabuddhimfn. weak-minded, unwise, silly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
alpāmbutīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambun. water etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambun. a kind of Andropogon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambun. Name of a metre (consisting of ninety syllables) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambun. the number,"four" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambubhakṣyamfn. subsisting on water, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambubhṛtm. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambubhṛtm. talc View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambubhṛtm. the grass Cyperus Pertenuis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambucāmaran. "water-chowri", the aquatic plant Valisneria. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambucaramfn. moving in the water, aquatic. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambucārinmfn. moving in water (as a fish, etc.) (see ap-cara- sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order 2. /ap-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudam. "giving water", a cloud, the plant Cyperus Hexastychius Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmbudamfn. (fr. ambu-da-), coming from a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudaivan. "having the waters as deity", Name of the astrological mansion pūrvāṣāḍhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudāraṇyan. Name of a forest. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudeva n. "having the waters as deity", Name of the astrological mansion pūrvāṣāḍhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudhakāminīf. "ocean-lover", a river, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudharam. "water-holder", a cloud. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudhāram. a cloud, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudhim. receptacle of waters, the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudhim. the number,"four" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudhikāminīf. a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambudhisravāf. the plant Aloes Perfoliata. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambugamfn. "water-goer", living in water. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambughanam. hail, frozen rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuhastam. a water-elephant (confer, compare jala-- dvīpa-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujamfn. produced in water, water born, aquatic, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujam. the plant Barringtonsa Acutangula Gaertn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujam. a lotus (Nymphaea Nelumbo) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujam. a muscle-shell , the thunderbolt of indra- ("cloud-born") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujabāndhavam. "lotus-friend", the sun, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujabhūm. "being in a lotus", the god brahmā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujākṣamf(ī-)n. lotus-eyed. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujanmann. a lotus (Nymphaea Nelumbo) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujāsanāf. "lotus-seated", lakṣmī-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujasthamfn. sitting on a lotus. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujinīf. a lotus plant, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambujīvinmfn. living by water (as a fisherman etc.), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukaṇam. "a drop of water", a shower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukaṇṭaka m. the short-nosed alligator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukāntāram. Name (also title or epithet) of varuṇa-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukapham. cuttlefish-bone, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukapim. Delphinus Gangeticus, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukeśaram. lemon tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukirātam. the short-nosed alligator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukīśa m. a porpoise (especially the Gangetic, Delphinus Gangeticus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukriyāf. a funeral rite (equals jala-kriyā-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukukkuṭam. a water-fowl, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambukūrmam. a porpoise (especially the Gangetic, Delphinus Gangeticus) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambulīlāgehan. a pleasure-house standing in water, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambumatmfn. watery, having or containing water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambumatīf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambumātrajamfn. produced only in water. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambumayamf(ī-)n. consisting of water, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambumucm. a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuñananāf. "having a lotus face", Name of the tutelary deity of the ojiṣṭha- family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambunātham. "lord of the waters", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambunidhim. "treasury of waters", the ocean. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambunivaham. "water-bearer", a cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambupam. "drinking water", the plant Cassia Tora or Alata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambupam. "lord of the waters", varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambupaddhatif. current, stream, flow of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambupakṣinm. aquatic bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambupātam. current, stream, flow of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambupatim. equals 2 -pa- , the ocean. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambupattrāf. (equals -da-), the plant Cyperus Hex. Calcutta edition View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuprasādam. the clearing nut tree, Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this plant are generally used in India for purifying water[ see ];they are rubbed upon the inner surface of a vessel, and so precipitate the impurities of the fluid it contains). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuprasādanan. the clearing nut tree, Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this plant are generally used in India for purifying water[ see ];they are rubbed upon the inner surface of a vessel, and so precipitate the impurities of the fluid it contains). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambupriyam. a kind of ratan (also called vidula-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amburājam. equals nātha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amburājam. equals -pa- 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amburāśim. "heap of waters", the ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amburayam. a current View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amburohiṇīf. idem or 'f. the lotus ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amburuhan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) "water-growing", the day-lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amburuhāf. Hibiscus Mutabilis. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amburuhiṇīf. the lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambusamplavam. a flow of water, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambusarpiṇīf. "water-glider"a leech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambusecanīf. (-vāhinī-) a wooden baling vessel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuśirīṣikāf. Name of a plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuśītāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambusūkaram. a kind of porcine crocodile, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambutālam. (equals -cāmara-) the plant Valisneria. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambutaskaram. "water thief", the sun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvācīf. four days in āṣāḍha- (the tenth to the thirteenth of the dark half of the month, when the earth is supposed to be unclean, and agriculture is prohibited) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvācīpradan. the tenth in the second half of the month āṣāḍha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvācītyagam. the thirteenth of the same View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāham. a cloud etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāham. the grass Cyperus Pertenuis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāham. a water-carrier View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāham. talc View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāham. the number,"seventeen" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāhinmfn. carrying or conveying water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāhinīf. a wooden baling vessel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāhinīf. Name of a river (varia lectio madhu-vāhinī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvallīf. Momordica Charantia, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvardhanan. high sea-tide, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāsam. Name (also title or epithet) of varuṇa-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāsīf. the trumpet flower (Bignonia Suaveolens) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvāsinī f. the trumpet flower (Bignonia Suaveolens) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvegam. a current of water, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ambuvetasam. a kind of cane or reed growing in water.
ambuyantran. clepsydra View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anahambuddhimfn. ahambuddhi
anālambu([ ]) or better View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anambum. "waterless", the bird cātaka-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anarthabuddhimfn. having a worthless intellect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavabudhyamānamfn. deranged View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
annabubhukṣumfn. desirous of eating food. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anubudhto awake ; to recollect ; to learn (by information): Caus. -bodhayati-, to communicate, to remind, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apakvabuddhimfn. of immature understanding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apekṣābuddhif. (in vaiśeṣika- philosophy) a mental process, the faculty of arranging and methodizing, clearness of understanding. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudam. Ved. a serpent-like demon (conquered by indra-, a descendant of kadrū- therefore called kādraveya- ;said to be the author of ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudam. id. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudan. Name of the above-named hymn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudamn. a long round mass (said especially of the shape of the foetus in the second half of the first month[ ] or in the second month[ ]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudamn. a swelling, tumour, polypus etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudathe cartilage of a rib, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudan. (/arbuda-), (also m. ) ten millions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudam. Name of a mountain in the west of India (commonly called Abu, a place of pilgrimage of the jaina-s, and celebrated for its jaina- temples) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbuda(with Buddhists) Name (also title or epithet) of one of the 8 cold hells, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudadhāind. millionfold, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudākaram. "shaped like a tumour", the plant Cordia Myxa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudamāhātmyan. Name (also title or epithet) of a chapter of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudaparvatam. the mountain arbuda-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudāraṇyan. Name of a forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudaśikharam. id. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudham. equals /arbuda- m. above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudim. a serpent like demon (probably equals /arbuda-and arbud/a- m.above, but called /indramedhin- q.v) (in almost every verse) (see ny-/arbudi-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārbudim. (fr. arbuda-), Name of a Vedic ṛṣi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudinmfn. afflicted with a swelling or tumour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbudodāsarpiṇīf. "creeping near of arbuda- ", Name (also title or epithet) of a particular sacrificial path, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arbukam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhāmbumfn. consisting half of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārogyāmbun. healthful water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asadbuddhimfn. foolish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asitāmburuham. the black lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āstrabudhnam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvabudhna(/aśva-.) mf(ā-)n. "based on horses", carried by horses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvabudhyamfn. (/aśva-.) based on horses, consisting of horses (as wealth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvabudhyamfn. horses (as wealth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvaśaphabudhnamfn. having ground shaped like a horse's hoof. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atimanuṣyabuddhimfn. having a superhuman intellect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātmabuddhif. self-knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
audabuddhim. a descendant of udabuddha- gaRa pailādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avabuddhamfn. learnt (as skilfulness, kanśala-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avabudh budhyate- (future 3. plural -bhotsyante- ,rarely P. exempli gratia, 'for example' -budhyati- ;2. sg. -budhyasi- ) to become sensible or aware of, perceive, know Causal (imperfect tense -bodhayat-) to make one aware of, remind of ; to cause to know, inform, explain etc.: Passive voice -budhyate-, to be learnt by (instrumental case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avibudhamfn. not wise, ignorant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avibudhanot surrounded by learned men, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avibudham. not a god. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avipakvabuddhimfn. having an immature or inexperienced mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aviplutamanobuddhimfn. idem or 'mfn. whose mind is not deviating ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
babbula() and babbūla- () m. Acacia Arabica (see varvūra-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bujīvyāsam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
baddhāmbun. water derived from a current View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhabuddhipratibadhyapratihandhakatāvicāram. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhabuddhipratibadhyatāvādam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhabuddhivādam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhabuddhivādārtham. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādhabuddhivicāram. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bālabuddhiprakāśinīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bamburevaṇam. or n. (?) Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
barburan. (or m.) water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
barburam. equals babbula- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣpāmbun. equals pa-salila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣpāmbupūram. a flood of tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāṣpāmbuśīkaram. plural tears-drops View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bastāmbun. equals basta-mūtra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhakṣyālābuf. a variety of cucumber (equals rājālābu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhasmālābukan. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound') a gourd or vessel for preserving ashes
bhavāmbudhi(A.) m. equals bhavābdhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhavāmburāśi() m. equals bhavābdhi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvitabuddhimfn. one who has cultivated or purified his mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhedabuddhif. perception or idea of a difference or distinction View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhrāntabuddhimfn. confused or perplexed in mind, puzzled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūjambu f. wheat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūjambuf. Flacourtia Sapida or its fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūkarbudārakam. Cordia Myxa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūmibudhnamfn. having the earth for a bottom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūmijambu f. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūmijambuf. Premna Herbacea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūmijambu f. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūmijambuf. Premna Herbacea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bimbum. the betel-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bodhisattvabuddhānusmṛtisamādhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bṛbum. Name of a man (according to "the carpenter of the paṇi-s") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buf. a small pillow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candrabudhna(dr/a--) mfn. having a bright standing-ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
candrikāmbuja(m-) n. "moonshine-lotus", a lotus blossoming during night View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chubukan. equals aub-, the chin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cibukan. (equals cub-) idem or 'm. the chin ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cibukamn. tongs (saṃdaṃśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cibukam. Pterospermum ruberifolium View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cibukam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cirasuptabuddhimfn. one whose mind has been long asleep, long senseless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cittadhārābuddhisaṃku sumitā- bhyudgata-, m. Name (also title or epithet) of a tathāgata-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cubukan. (equals cib-, ch/ub-) the chin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cubukan. the top of an altar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cubukadaghnamfn. reaching to the chin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dabhrabuddhimfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ḍambura? View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dantārbudam. n. equals ta-śopha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devendrabuddhim. Name of a learned Buddhist View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmabuddhimfn. having a virtuous mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmabuddhimfn. Name of a merchant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhṛṣṭabuddhim. "bold-minded", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyānibuddha m. a spiritual (not material) buddha- or bodhi-sattva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ḍombuf. (in music) a kind of measure. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drabuddham. or n. a particular high number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛḍhabuddhim. "firm-minded", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
drohabuddhimfn. maliciously-minded, malevolent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dugdhāmbudhim. equals dhābdhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durbuddhif. weak-mindedness, silliness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durbuddhimfn. silly, foolish, ignorant, malignant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durbudhamfn. weak-minded, silly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣṭabuddhimfn. ill-disposed against (upari-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duṣṭabuddhim. Name of a villain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekabuddhimfn. of one mind, unanimous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekabuddhimfn. "having only one idea", Name of a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaganāmbun. rain-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gambhīrabuddhim. "of profound mind", Name of a son of manu- indra-sāvarṇi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gandhāmbun. equals dha-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṅgāmbun. (m-) Ganges water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gaṅgāmbun. pure rain-water (such as falls in the month āśvina-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghanāmbun. equals na-vāri- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gharmāmbun. equals rma-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghaṭālābuf. equals ṭābhidhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ghoṣabuddha(gh/oṣ-) mfn. made attentive by the sound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
giribudhna(r/i--) mf(ā-)n. equals /adri-b- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gombun. equals -jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmyabuddhimfn. clownish, ignorant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāsāmbun. sg. food and drink View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gṛhāmbun. sour gruel made from the fermentation of rice-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gucchabudhnā varia lectio for -vadhrā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haribuṅgapuran. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hatabuddhimfn. equals -citta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemāmbun. liquid golden, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hemāmbuja() () n. a golden lotus-flower. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hibukan. (= ,) Name of the fourth lagna- or astrological sign, fourth astrological house (equals pātāla-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāmbun. cold water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
himāmbun. dew View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hīnabuddhimfn. of weak understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitabuddhif. friendly intention (dhyā-,"with friendly intention") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hitabuddhimfn. friendly minded, well-disposed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayāmbujan. equals hṛt-paṅkaja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indriyabuddhif. perception by the senses, the exercise of any sense, the faculty of any organ. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaḍabuddhimfn. idem or 'mfn. idem or 'mfn. (a--. negative) ' ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaḍabuddhimfn. (Comparative degree) iv, 20. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalabudbudam. a water bubble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalagambum. Name of a son of sūrya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalajambuf. a kind of jambu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalajambukālatāf. Name of an aquatic plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jalāmbugarbhāf. Name of gopā- in a former birth, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambuf. the rose apple tree (Eugenia Jambolana or another species) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambuf. the shrub nāga-damanī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambun. the rose apple fruit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambumf. (?; gaRa varaṇādi-) equals -dvīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambumf. Name of a fabulous river (flowing from the mountain meru-;formed by the juice of the fruits of the immense jambu- tree on that mountain see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambumf. see āḍhaka--, kāka--, go-rakṣa--, mahā--. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambudhvajam. "having the jambu- tree as its standard" equals -dvīpa-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambudhvajam. Name of a nāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambudvīpam. the central one of the 7 continents surrounding the mountain meru- (= India ;named so either from the jambu- trees abounding in it, or from an enormous jambu- tree on Mount meru- visible like a standard to the whole continent) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāmbudvīpakamfn. dwelling in jambū-dvīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāmbudvīpakamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāmbudvīpakamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambudvīpaprajñaptif. "(mythical) geography of jambudvīpa-", Name of upāṅga- vi of the jaina- canon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambudvīpavaralocanam. Name of a samādhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambudvīpeśvaram. a sovereign of India, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambukam. a jackal etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambukam. a low man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambukam. Eugenia Jambos View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambukam. a kind of Bignonia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambukam. Name of varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambukam. of an attendant in skanda-'s retinue View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambukam. of a śūdra-, (śamb-,C) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambuf. a female jackal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāmbukamfn. coming from a jackal (jam-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambukeśan. Name of liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambukeśvaratīrthan. Name of a tīrtha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambulam. a kind of disease of the outer ear View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambulam. equals bu-, Eugenia Jambolana View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambulam. Pandanus odoratissimus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambumālinm. Name of a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambumatm. "rich in jambu- trees", a mountain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambumatm. a monkey View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambumatīf. an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambuparvatam. equals dvīpa-
jambuprastham. Name of a village (mbū-p-,B) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jamburudram. Name of a nāga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambusarathe town Jumbooseer (in gurjara-, between Cambay and Baroch). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jambuvanajan. "growing in jambu- forests", the white flower of the China rose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāmbuvat -, for ba-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janārdanavibudham. Name of a scholiast (author of bhāvārtha-dīpikā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jantukambun. a shell inhabited by an animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātabuddhimfn. become wise , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jhābukam. equals jhāvuka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jinendrabuddhif. See before. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīrṇabudhnam. equals -pattra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jīrṇabudhnakan. equals -parṇna-ja- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāmbun. the scum of boiled rice or water in which grain has been washed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kabulif. the hinder part of an animal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalambuf. Convolvulus repens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalambuṭan. fresh butter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. (u- n. ) a conch View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. a shell etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. a bracelet or ring made of shells View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. a bracelet in general View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. three lines or marks in the neck (indicative of good fortune) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. the neck View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. an elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. a tube-shaped bone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. a vein or tubular vessel of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambum. a sort of Curcuma View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambugrīvamf(ā-)n. equals -kaṇṭha- above etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambugrīvam. "shell-neck", Name of a tortoise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambugrīvāf. a shell-like neck (id est one marked with three lines, see above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambujam. a kind of drum. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambukam. a conch, shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambukam. a mean person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambuf. Physalis Flexuosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambukan. Name of a town View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmbuf. (equals kamb-) Physalis flexuosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambukaṃdharamfn. idem or 'mf(ī-)n. "shell-neck", having folds in the neck like a spiral shell (see above) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambukaṇṭhamf(ī-)n. "shell-neck", having folds in the neck like a spiral shell (see above) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambukāṣṭhāf. Physalis Flexuosa View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambumālinīf. idem or 'f. Andropogon Aciculatus ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kambupuṣpīf. Andropogon Aciculatus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmbuvam. Name of a locality (? ḍhakka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kapotakarburamfn. spotted like a dove, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karakāmbum. the cocoa-nut tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karāmbukam. Carissa Carandas View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karbumfn. variegated, spotted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karbudāram. Bauhinia candida View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karbudāram. Bauhinia variegata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karbudāram. Barleria caerulea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karbudārakam. Cordia latifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karbukam. plural Name of a people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburamf(ā-)n. variegated, of a spotted or variegated colour etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburam. sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburam. a rakṣas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburam. Curcuma Amhaldi or Zerumbet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburam. a species of Dolichos View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karbuf. a venomous kind of leech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburam. Bignonia suaveolens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburam. equals barbarā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburan. gold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburan. thorn-apple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburan. water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburakamfn. variegated, spotted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburāṅgāf. a species of fly or bee View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karburaphalam. a particular plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karbuf. Name of durgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
karmabuddhif. the mental organ of action, manas- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kasāmbun. a heap of wood (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāṣṭhāmbuvāhinīf. a wooden bucket or baling vessel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṭukālābum. Trichosanthes Dioeca View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kembukan. cabbage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kembukan. the kernel of the Areca nut View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
keśāmbun. Pavonia odorata View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
khalebusamind. at the time when the chaff is on the threshing-floor, at the threshing-time gaRa tiṣṭhadgvādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiyāmbum. a kind of aquatic plant (equals ky/āmbū-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyāmbudhim. Name of work by prāṇa-kṛṣṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛpaṇabuddhimfn. equals -dhī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛśabuddhimfn. weak-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛṣṇakarburavarṇam. "of a variegated dark colour", a kind of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtabuddhimfn. of formed mind, learned, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtabuddhimfn. (a-k-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtabuddhimfn. one who has made a resolution, resolved (with dative case [ ]or infinitive mood [ ]) (see ) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṛtabuddhimfn. informed of one's duty, one who knows how religious rites ought to be conducted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
krūrabuddhimfn. cruel-minded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣārāmbun. an alkaline juice or fluid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣārāmbudhim. the salt ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīrāmbudhim. equals ra-dhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrabuddhim. "of little understanding"or"of a low character", Name of a jackal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrakambum. a small shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣudrāmbupanasam. varia lectio for kṣudrāmla-p- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kubuddhimfn. having vile sentiments View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kubuddhimfn. stupid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kubuddhif. a wrong opinion. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśāgrabuddhimfn. one whose intelligence is as sharp as the point of kuśa- grass, shrewd, intelligent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśāgrabuddhif. shrewdness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśalabuddhimfn. wise, able, intelligent. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuśāmbu varia lectio for ba- (the son of kuśa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kustumburum. idem or 'f. the plant coriander (see tumburī-.)' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kustumburum. (sa-k-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kustumburun. the seed of coriander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutumbukam. a kind of pot-herb View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutumbukaetc. See 1. ku-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kutumburun. a bad fruit of the plant Diospyros embryopteris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buor lābū- f. equals alābu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukāyanam. Name of a philosophical writer (mentioned in the mīmāṃsā-sūtra-s). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buf. a kind of lute (see alābu-vīṇā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laghubuddhapurāṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laladambum. (fr. pr. p. lalat-+ a-) the citron tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lambukam. Name of the 15th astrological yoga- (see lambaka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lambukam. Name of a serpent-demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lambuṣāf. a necklace of seven strings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
latāmbuja(m-) n. a kind of cucumber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lavaṇāmburāśim. "mass of salt water", the sea, ocean , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
libuf. a creeping plant, creeper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāmbuja(m-) n. equals -kamala- above View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madāmbu n. equals mada-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhurālābuf. a kind of cucumber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābuddham. the great buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābuddharūpan. a great image of Gautama buddha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābuddhif. the intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābuddhimfn. having great understanding, extremely clever (-buddhe- wrong reading for -yuddhe- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābuddhim. Name of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābuddhim. of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābudhna(mah/ā--) mfn. having a wide bottom or base (said of a mountain) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābuśam. a sort of rice (which takes a year to ripen) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahābuśam. barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahājambu f. a species of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahākambumfn. stark naked (said of śiva-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmbuja(m-) n. a particular high number, a billion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāmbuka(m-) m. Name of śiva- (perhaps wrong reading for mahāmbu-da-; see -megha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahārbuda(r-) n. 10 arbuda-s = 1000 millions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahidāsabudham. (prob. wrong reading for bhaṭṭa-) Name of an author (see mahī-dāsa-bhaṭṭa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malināmbun. "black-fluid", ink View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṃsabudbudavatmfn. having fleshy protuberances View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṃsārbudam. a particular disease of the membrum virile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mandabuddhimfn. equals -dhī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mañjuśrībuddhakṣetraguṇavyūham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānuṣibuddham. a human buddha- (opp. to dhyāni-b-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
medorbudan. a fatty tumour unattended with pain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
melāmbu(melāmbu-) n. ink View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛgajambukam. dual number a deer and a jackal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mṛtpiṇḍabuddhim. "clod-pated", a fool, blockhead View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mūḍhabuddhi() mfn. equals -dhī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mugdhabuddhimfn. equals -dhī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhāmbujan. equals mukha-kamala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktabuddhimfn. one whose soul is liberated, emancipated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhombupam. "drinking sky-water or rain"the cātaka- bird
nadyambujīvanamfn. (country) thriving by river-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgabuddham. Name of an ancient teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgabuddhim. Name of a medical author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgabuddhinighaṇṭum. Name of his work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāgālābuf. a kind of gourd View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naibukan. Name of particular rites to be performed at full moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nallābudham. Name of authors View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nānābuddhirucmfn. one whose mind delights in various things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nardabudamfn. equals garbhasya śabdayitā-, niśāmakaḥ- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāsārbuda(rb-) (rt-) n. polypus of the nose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nāṭyālābuf. a kind of gourd (varia lectio nāgāt-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navāmbun. fresh water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayanabudbudan. eyeball View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nayanāmbun. equals na-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
netrāmbu() n. equals tra-vāri-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nibudhP. -bodhati- (Aorist -b/odhiṣat- ), to learn or hear anything (accusative) from any one (genitive case,rarely sakāśāt-), to attend or listen to (especially imperative nibodha-, dhata-;rarely dhasva-, dhadhvam-) ; to know, understand, consider as (often with double accusative) etc.: Causal -bodhayati-, to cause to know or learn, to inform, tell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nibusīkṛtamfn. freed from chaff, husked (see nir-b-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlabuhnāf. Convolvulus Argenteus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nīlāmbujanmann. the blue water-lily View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirambumfn. abstaining from water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirambumfn. destitute of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirarbudam. or n. Name of a hell in which the wicked are punished by excessive cold View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbuddhimfn. senseless, ignorant, stupid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbusamfn. free from chaff View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirbusīkṛtamfn. freed from chaff, husked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nityabuddhimfn. considering anything (locative case) as constant or eternal View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyarbudan. one hundred millions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyarbudim. Name of a divine being of combative propensities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pādāmbumfn. containing a fourth part of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāpabuddhif. evil intent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāpabuddhimfn. evil-minded, wicked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāpabuddhim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parārbudam. a species of fire-fly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribubhukṣitamfn. (Desiderative of pari--3. bhuj-), very hungry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parokṣabuddhimfn. regarding as something distant, indifferent to, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paścimāmbudhim. the western sea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pavanombuja(!) m. Grewia Asiatica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabuddhamfn. awakened, awake, roused, expanded, developed, opened, blown etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabuddhamfn. come forth, appeared View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabuddhamfn. (anything) that has begun to take effect (as a spell) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabuddhamfn. known, understood, recognised View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabuddhamfn. enlightened, clear-sighted, clever, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabuddham. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabuddhatāf. intelligence, wisdom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabudhA1. -budhyate- (Ved. infinitive mood -b/udhe-), to wake up, wake, awake (intrans.) etc. ; to expand, open, bloom, blossom etc. ; P. -bodhati-, to become conscious or aware of know, understand, recognise as (2. accusative) : Causal -bodhayati-, to wake up, awaken (trans.) etc. ; to cause to expand or bloom ; to stimulate (by gentle friction), ; to make sensible, cause to know, inform, admonish, persuade, convince etc. ; to instruct, teach (two accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabudhmfn. watchful, attentive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabudhf. awaking View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prabudham. a great sage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgalbhyabuddhif. boldness of judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāṇabuddhif. sg. life and intelligence (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapañcabuddhimfn. having a cunning mind, artful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapañcabuddhim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prapātāmbun. water falling from a rock View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāptabuddhimfn. instructed, intelligent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāptabuddhimfn. becoming conscious (after fainting) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddha(pr/ati--) mfn. awakened, awake (also said of the Dawn) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddha(pr/ati--) mfn. one who has attained to perfect knowledge (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddha(pr/ati--) mfn. illuminated, enlightened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddha(pr/ati--) mfn. observed, recognized View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddha(pr/ati--) mfn. known, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddha(pr/ati--) mfn. made prosperous or great View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddhakamfn. known, recognized (a-pratib-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddhātmanmfn. having the mind roused or awakened, awake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddhavastumfn. understanding the real nature of things View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddhif. awakening View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddhif. hostile disposition or purpose (equals śatru-b-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibuddhivatmfn. having hostile intentions View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratibudhA1. -budhyate- (Epic also P. ti-), to awaken (intr.), awake, wake etc. ; to perceive, observe, learn (2. perfect tense subjunctive -b/ubodhatha-; parasmE-pada A1. b/udhyamāna-,"attentive") ; to awaken (trans.) : Passive voice (only Aorist abodhi-) to expand : Causal bodhayati-, to awaken (trans.) ; to instruct, inform, admonish etc. ; to commission, charge, order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratisambuddhamfn. ( budh-) restored to consciousness. recovered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiśukrabudha(in the beginning of a compound), towards the planets Venus or Mercury View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prativibudhA1. -budhyate-, to be awakened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiyātabuddhimfn. one whose mind is turned towards (dative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddham. a buddha- who lives in seclusion and obtains emancipation for himself only (as opp. to those buddha-s who liberate others also) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddhacatuṣṭayan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddhakathāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddhatvan. the state of a pratyeka-buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyāmbumfn. fond of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyāmbum. the mango tree View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prodbuddha(pra-udb-) mfn. awakened (met.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthubudhnamfn. (or pṛth/u-b-) broad-based, having a broad basis or foot, having a broad sole or under-part View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pṛthubudhnamfn. broad in the hinder part (as a worm) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṇyavāgbuddhikarminmfn. pure in word and thought and deed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puraścaryārasāmbudhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvāmbudhim. the eastern ocean View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puṣpāmbun. the honey or nectar of flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktāmbupūram. a stream or flow of blood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktāmburuhan. a red lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktārbudan. a bloody tumour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raṇajambukam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratāmbuka(?) n. dual number the two cavities immediately above the hips View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratāmbuka(?) n. dual number the two deep places immediately over the hips View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṛjubuddhi mfn. of honest mind, sincere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rombillaveṅkaṭabudham. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rūpamañjarīpādāmbujasevāprārthanāf. Name of stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabarajambuName of a place (See śābarajambuka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śābarajambukamfn. (fr. śabara-jambu-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śābulyāSee śābalyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabuvamfn. accompanied by the sound b/uvam- (varia lectio sabva-) (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāgarabuddhidhāryabhijñaguptam. Name of a buddha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāgarāmburaśanamf(ā-)n. sea-girt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāgaravaradharabuddhivikrīḍitābhijñam. Name of ānanda- (as buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabuddhimfn. thousand-witted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasrabuddhim. Name of a fish (see -dhī-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākajambum. Name of a place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākajambukamfn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākālābum. a species of cucumber View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyabuddham. equals -muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākyabuddhim. Name of a scholar (wrong reading -bodhi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabuddhimfn. esteeming all things alike, indifferent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabuddhim. Name of a muni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samāhitamanobuddhimfn. having the mind or thoughts collected or composed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samarajambukam. "battle-jackal", Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samārbuda(r-) n. 100 millions of years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samavabudhA1. -budhyate-, to perceive clearly, understand fully, learn, know View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhinnabuddhimfn. one whose understanding is broken or impaired View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambum. a bivalve shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambum. Name of a man, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāmbum. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambubodhayiṣumfn. (fr. Desiderative of Causal) wishing to arouse or make attentive View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambubodhayiṣumfn. wishing to convert View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambuddhamfn. wide awake, clever, wise, prudent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambuddhamfn. well perceived, perfectly known or understood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambuddham. a buddha- or a jaina- deified sage (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambuddhif. perfect knowledge or perception View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambuddhif. calling out to (a person in the distance), making one's self heard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambuddhif. the vocative case or its termination View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambuddhif. an epithet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambudhA1. -budhyate- (pr. p. -budhyamāna- q.v), to wake up ; to perceive or understand thoroughly, notice, observe, know etc.: Causal -bodhayati-, to cause to wake up, rouse ; to cause to know, inform, advise, instruct ; teach (two accusative) etc. ; to call to on ; to cause to agree : Desiderative of Causal See sam-bubodhayiṣu-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambudhyamānamfn. being quite aware View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambukam. (see below and śāmbuka-) a bivalve shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambukam. a particular noxious insect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambukam. Name of a śūdra- (Bombay edition jambuka-) (varia lectio kañcuka-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambukam. of a poet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāmbukam. a bivalve shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambukkam. a bivalve shell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambuvardhanam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmbuvāsaramfn. (of doubtful meaning) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāmbuvim. plural Name of a śākhā- or school View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdigdhabuddhi() mfn. having a doubtful mind, sceptical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhārabuddhimatmfn. intending to destroy the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhriyamāṇabusamind. while the chaff is being got in gaRa tiṣṭhadgu-prabhṛti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃhṛtabusamind. after the chaff has been got in gaRa tiṣṭhadgu-prabhṛti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnibudhP. -bodhati-, to perceive completely or thoroughly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprabuddhamfn. roused up, awakened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samprabudhA1. -budhyate-, to awake id est begin to take effect (as a spell or incantation) : Causal -bodhayati-, to rouse up, awaken View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sampratibudhCaus. -bodhayati-, to rouse up or awaken thoroughly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudbudhCaus. -bodhayati-, to rouse up thoroughly, awaken, animate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyaksambuddhamfn. one who has attained to complete enlightenment (said of the buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samyaksambuddhif. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāpāmbun. water used in formularies of cursing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptabuddhastotran. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saptabudhna(t/a--) mfn. having 7 floors or bases View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaradambudharam. an autumnal cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarkarāmbu(mbu-) n. sugared water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śarkarārbuda(rb-) m. n. a kind of tumour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvabuddhain compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvabuddhakṣetrasaṃdarśanam. a particular samādhi- (wrong reading -buddha-kṣatra-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvabuddhasaṃdarśanam. Name of a world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvabuddhavijayāvatāram. Name of a Buddhist sūtra- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śāstrabuddhif. learning (derived) from the śāstra-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatabuddhimfn. hundred-witted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śatabuddhim. Name of a fish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṭhabuddhi(; śaṭhabuddhitā -- f. ) mfn. wicked -minded, malicious. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaṭhabuddhitāf. śaṭhabuddhi
siddhabuddham. Name of a teacher of yoga- (varia lectio śuddha-buddhi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghrabuddham. Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śīghrabuddhimfn. quick-witted View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śikarāmbu() n. rain-water. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sirāmbu(sirāmbu-) n. the fluid in the vessels of the body, blood etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śītabudhnamfn. having a cold bottom (as a vessel) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sitāmbuja n. a white lotus View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivāmbudhim. Name of a stotra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
snānāmbun. bath-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
somāmbupam. dual number "drinker of soma-"and"drinker of water", Name of two divine beings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṇāmbum. "having crimson water", Name of one of the seven clouds at the destruction of the world View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śoṇitārbudan. a bloody tumour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sphuṭabudbudaNom. P. sphuṭabudbudati-, to apparently resemble a water-bubble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śramāmbun. equals śrama-jala- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛgālajambu f. a water-melon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sṛgālajambuf. the fruit of the jujube View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthirabuddhimfn. steady-minded, resolute, steadfast, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthirabuddhim. Name of a asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthirabuddhikam. Name of a dānava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthitabuddhidattam. Name of a buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlabuddhimfn. dull-witted, stupid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sthūlabuddhimatmfn. idem or 'mfn. dull-witted, stupid ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
strībuddhif. the female understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhif. good understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimfn. of good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhim. Name of a son of māra-putra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhim. of two kings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhim. of a crow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhicandram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimatmfn. very intelligent or wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimiśram. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subuddhimiśramaheśvaram. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
subudhamf(ā-)n. vigilant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhabuddha wrong reading for next. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhabuddhimfn. equals -dhī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuddhabuddhim. Name of a teacher (varia lectio siddha-buddha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sudurbuddhimfn. very foolish or stupid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhabuddhif. easy understanding or knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sukhāmbun. equals sukha-salila- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklabuddhikaraSee b-k-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumandabuddhimfn. very dull-witted or much disheartened View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suprabuddhamfn. completely enlightened (as a buddha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suprabuddham. Name of a king of the śākya-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
suptaprabuddhamfn. awakened from sleep View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sutahibukayogam. junction of the 4th and 5th astrology houses (said to be suitable for marriages) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svedāmbu() n. equals sveda-jala-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvetabuhnāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
buvan. an antidote against poison (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tailāmbuf. equals la-- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ṭakkibuddham. Name of a man, -vii. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taṇḍulāmbun. rice-water or gruel. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarambujan. (borrowed fr. $) a water-melon (see kharbūja-), Tantr. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taumburavan. the story of (śiva- and) tumburu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
taumburavinm. plural the pupils of tumburu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tīkṣṇabuddhimfn. sharp-witted. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tilāmbun. water with sesamum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
toyāmbudhim. the sea of fresh water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trivibudhīf. 3 deities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryambukaa kind of fly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tumbukam. equals baka- (n., its fruit) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tumbukinmfn. (in music) puffing the cheeks in singing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tumbukinm. a kind of drum. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tumbumam. plural Name of a race View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tumburamf(ī-)n. See bara- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tumbuf. See ru-, tubarī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tumburum. Name of a pupil of kalāpin- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tumburum. of a gandharva- etc. ("attendant of the 5th arhat- of the present avasarpiṇī-") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tumburun. coriander or the fruit of Diospyros embryopteris (also -and tubarī- ) (metrically -) 118 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tuṣāmbun. sour rice- or barley-gruel View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uccābudhna(ucc/ā-) mfn. having the bottom upwards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbudbudamfn. bubbling out forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbuddhamfn. roused up, awaked View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbuddhamfn. come forth, appearing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbuddhamfn. blown, budded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbuddhamfn. excited View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbuddhamfn. reminded, made to think of, recalled View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbuddhasaṃskāram. association of ideas, recalling anything to remembrance. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbudhA1. -budhyate- (Aorist 3. plural -abudhran- ) to awake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udbudhnyaNom. (fr. -budhna-) P. -budhnyati-, to come out of the deep, come or spring up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ulūkhalabudhnamfn. forming the base or pedestal of a mortar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
umburam. idem or 'm. Name of a gandharva- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparibuddhimfn. of lofty intellect. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uparibudhna(up/ari--) mfn. raised above the ground View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvabudhnamfn. turned with the bottom upwards (as a vessel) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣarbudh(Nominal verb -bhut-) mfn. awaking with the morning light, early awaked (a N. especially applied to agni- as kindled in the early morning) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣarbudhamfn. idem or '(Nominal verb -bhut-) mfn. awaking with the morning light, early awaked (a N. especially applied to agni- as kindled in the early morning) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣarbudhamfn. fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣarbudhamfn. a child View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣarbudhamfn. Ricinus Communis View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
utpannabuddhimfn. one in whom wisdom is produced, wise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaibudhamf(ī-)n. (fr. vi-budha-) belonging or peculiar to the gods, divine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vajrāmbuf. Name of a goddess View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vakrabuddhimfn. "crooked-minded", deceitful, false View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaktrāmbujan. a lotus-like face View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vālukāmbudhi(mb-) equals vālukābdhi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vārabuṣā f. Musa Sapientum (see vāraṇa-busā-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāraṇabu f. Musa Sapientum View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varaṇḍalambukam. the string of a fish-hook (?) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇabuddhif. the idea or notion connected with particular letters or sounds View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣāmbun. rain-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣāmbupravaham. a receptacle or reservoir of rain-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣuhāmbudam. a rain-cloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntaśāstrāmbudhiratnan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibubhūṣāSee under vi-bhū-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibubhūṣāf. (fr. Desiderative) the wish or intention to manifest one's self. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibububhūṣumfn. wishing to develop or expand one's self. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibuddhamfn. (for 2.See vi-budh-) without consciousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibuddhamfn. (for 1.See) awakened, wide awake etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibuddhamfn. expanded, blown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibuddhamfn. clever, experienced, skilful in (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibuddhacūtam. a mango-tree in blossom View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibuddhakamalamfn. having expanded lotuses View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibuddhimfn. unreasonable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhA1. -budhyate-, to awake, be awake or a wakened etc. ; to become conscious or aware of, perceive, learn : Causal -bodhayati-, to awaken etc. ; to restore to consciousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhamfn. (for 2.See vi-budh-) destitute of learned men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhamfn. (for 1.See) very wise or learned etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudham. a wise or learned man, teacher, Pandit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudham. a god etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudham. the moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudham. Name of a prince (son of deva-mīḍha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudham. of kṛta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudham. of the author of the janma-pradīpa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhācāryam. "teacher of the gods", Name of bṛhas-pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhādhipam. () sovereign of the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhādhipatim. () sovereign of the gods ( vibudhādhipatya tya- n.sovereignty of the gods ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhādhipatyan. vibudhādhipati
vibudhagurum. "teacher of the gods", bṛhas-pati- or the planet Jupiter View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhamatimfn. of wise understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhānam. a wise man, teacher, preceptor View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhanadīf. equals -taṭinī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhānucaram. a god's attendant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhapatim. "king of the gods", Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhapriyāf. "favourite of the gods", Name of a metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudharājam. equals -pati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudharañjanīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudharipum. an enemy of the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudharṣabham. (for -ṛṣ-) chief of the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhasadmann. "abode of the gods", heaven or the sky View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhasakham. a friend of the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhaśatru() m. "foe of the gods", a demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhastrīf. "divine female", an apsaras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhataṭinīf. "river of the gods", the gaṅgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhatvan. wisdom, learning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhāvāsam. "god's abode", a temple View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhavidviṣ () m. "foe of the gods", a demon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhavijayam. a victory won by the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhendram. "best of the wise", (with ācārya-or āśrama-) Name of a teacher View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudheśvaram. lord of the gods View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhetaram. "other than a god", an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibudhopadeśam. Name of a vocabulary. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vibukam. the son of a vaiśya- and a malli- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bukośa(?) m. equals cāmara-, a chowrie View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijñabuddhif. Indian spikenard View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vikṛtabuddhimfn. changed in mind, estranged, made unfriendly or ill-disposed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vilocanāmbun. "eye-water", tears View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vimalabuddhim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparītabuddhimfn. () equals -citta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viprabuddhamfn. ( budh-) awakened, awake View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipratipannabuddhimfn. having a false opinion, being mistaken or in error View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipulabuddhimfn. () endowed with great understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vipulināmburuhamfn. having no sandbanks nor lotus-flowers (as a river) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vīrabukkam. Name of the founder of vidyā-nagara- (See bukka-).
viśiṣṭabuddhif. differenced or distinguishing knowledge (exempli gratia, 'for example' the knowledge of "a man carrying a staff"which distinguishes him from an ordinary man) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśvabudbudam. the world compared to a bubble, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśveśvarāmbumunim. Name of author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vītaviruddhabuddhimfn. one whose hostile feelings have passed away, peaceable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣṭyambun. rain-water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyavasāyabuddhimfn. having a resolute mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāvṛttabuddhif. "limited conception", the conception of a class containing few individuals. (or of a class comprised in a higher class) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yatākṣāsumanobuddhimfn. one who controls his eyes and breath and soul and mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathābuddhiind. according to knowledge, to the best of one's judgement View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavabusan. the husk of barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yavabusakamfn. (to be paid) at the time of producing chaff from barley (as a debt) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
Apte Search
105 results
bubhukṣā बुभुक्षा 1 Desire of eating, hunger. -2 The desire of enjoying anything.
bubhukṣita बुभुक्षित a. (also बुभुक्षत्) Hungry, starving, pinched with hunger; बुभुक्षितः किं न करोति पापम् Pt.4.15; or बुभुक्षितः किं द्विकरेण भुङ्क्ते Udb.; Mb.12.234.13.
bubhukṣu बुभुक्षु a. 1 Hungry. -2 Desirous of worldly enjoyments (opp. मुमुक्षु); cf. Kull. on Ms.2.224.
bubhūṣā बुभूषा Wish to be or become.
bubhūṣaka बुभूषक a. Wishing the welfare of.
bubhūṣu बुभूषु a. 1 Wishing to be or become; प्रभुर्बुभूषुर्भुवन- त्रयस्य यः Śi.1.49. -2 Wishing to become powerful or prosperous; अथैतानि न सेवेत बुभूषुः पुरुषः क्वचित् Bhāg.1. 17.41. -3 Wishing the welfare of.
bubhutsā बुभुत्सा Desire to know, curiosity.
bubhutsu बुभुत्सु a. Desirous to know or learn, curious, inquisitive.
bubudhāna बुबुधान a. (See बुधान q. v.); L. D. B.
buburam बुबुरम् Ved. Water.
bu बुड् 6 P. (बुडति) 1 To cover, hide, conceal. -2 To emit, discharge.
bud बुद् 1 U. (बोदति-ते) See बुन्द्. 1 To perceive, see, apprehend, discern. -2 To understand, know.
budbudaḥ बुद्बुदः 1 A bubble; सततं जातविनष्टाः पयसामिव बुद्बुदाः पयसि Pt.5.7. -2 A type of anything very transitory. -3 Embryo five days old; कललं त्वेकरात्रेण पञ्चरात्रेण बुद्बुदम् Bhāg.3.31.2.
buddha बुद्ध p. p. [बुध्-क्त] 1 Known, understood, perceived. -2 Awakened, awake. -3 Observed. -4 Enlightened, wise; एवमेव मनुष्येन्द्र धर्मं त्यक्त्वाल्पकं नरः । बृहन्तं धर्ममाप्नोति स बुद्ध इति निश्चितम् ॥ Mb.3.33.67; (see बुध्). -5 Expanded (विकसित); सरःसु बुद्धाम्बुजभूषणेषु विक्षोभ्य विक्षोभ्य जलं पिबन्ति Rām.4.3.41;5.14.24. -द्धः 1 A wise or learned man, a sage. -2 (With Buddhists) A wise or enlightened person who, by perfect knowledge of the truth, is absolved from all existence, and who reveals to the world the method of obtaining the Nirvāṇa or final emancipation before obtaining it himself; -3 'The enlightened', N. of Śākyasimha, the celebrated founder of the Bauddha religion; (he is said to have been born at Kapilavastu and to have died in 543 B. C.; he is sometimes regarded as the ninth incarnation of Viṣṇu; thus Jayadeva says :-- निन्दसि यज्ञविधेरहह श्रुतिजातं सदयहृदय दर्शितपशुघातं केशव धृतबुद्धशरीर जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1); क्वचिद्बुद्धः कल्किर्विहरसि कुभारापहतये Viṣṇu-mahimna 4; ततः कलौ संप्रवृत्ते संमोहाय सुरद्विषाम् । बुद्धो नाम्नाञ्जनसुतः कीकटेषु भविष्यति Bhāg. -4 The Supreme Soul (परमात्मा); अथ बुद्धमथा- बुद्धमिमं गुणविधिं शृणु Mb.12.38.1. -द्धम् Knowledge. -Comp. -अन्तः waking condition, the being awake; स वा एष एतस्मिन् बुद्धान्ते रत्वा Bṛi. Up.4.3.17. -आगमः the doctrines and tenets of the Bauddha religion. -उपासकः a worshipper of Buddha. -गया N. of a sacred place of pilgrimage. -गुरुः a Buddhist spiritual teacher. -मार्गः the doctrines and tenets of Buddha, Buddhism.
buddhiḥ बुद्धिः f. [बुध्-क्तिन्] 1 Perception, comprehension. -2 Intellect, understanding, intelligence, talent; तीक्ष्णा नारुंतुदा बुद्धिः Śi.2.19; शास्त्रेष्वकुण्ठिता बुद्धिः R.1.19. -3 Information, knowledge; बुद्धिर्यस्य बलं तस्य H.2.122 'knowledge is power'; P.I.4.52. -4 Discrimination, judgement, discernment; विदेशेष्वपि विज्ञाताः सर्वतो बुद्धिनिश्चयाः Rām.1.7.17. -5 Mind; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः M.1.2; so कृपण˚, पाप˚ &c. -6 Presence of mind, readiness of wit. -7 An impression, opinion, belief, idea, feeling; दूरात्तमवलोक्य व्याघ्रबुद्ध्या पलायन्ते H.3; अनया बुद्ध्या Mu.1 'in this belief'; अनुक्रोशबुद्ध्या Me.117. -8 Intention, purpose, design; मन्दीचकार मरणव्यवसायबुद्धिम् Ku.4.45. (बुद्ध्या 'intentionally', 'purposely', deliberately'). -9 Returning to consciousness, recovery from a swoon; Māl.4.1. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Intellect, the second of the 25 elements of the Sāṅkhyas; एषा ते$भिहिता सांख्ये बुद्धिर्योगे त्विमां शृणु Bg.2.39. -11 Nature (प्रकृति); Bhāg.3.27.18. -12 A means, way (उपाय); किं करिष्याम भद्रं ते बुद्धिरत्र विचार्यताम् Rām.1.4.9. -13 N. of the 5th astrological mansion. -Comp. -अतीत a. beyond the range or reach of the intellect. -अधिक a. superior in intellect. -अवज्ञानम् contempt or low opinion for one's understanding; अप्राप्तकालं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि ब्रुवन् । प्रोप्नोति बृद्ध्यवज्ञानमपमानं च पुष्कलम् ॥ Pt.1.63. -इन्द्रि- यम् an organ of perception (opp. कर्मेन्द्रिय); (these are five :-the ear, skin, eye, tongue, and nose; श्रोत्रं त्वक् चक्षुषी जिह्वा नासिका चैव पञ्चमी; to these sometimes मनस् is added). -कृत् a. supposing, conjecturing. -कृत a. acted wisely. -गम्य, -ग्राह्य a. within the reach of, or attainable to, intellect, intelligible. -चिन्तक a. one who thinks wisely. -च्छाया reflex action of the understanding on the soul. -जन्मन् a perception that arises; सत्सं- प्रयोगे पुरुषस्येन्द्रियाणां बुद्धिजन्म तत् प्रत्यक्षम् MS.1.1.4. -जीविन् a. 1 employing the reason, rational. -2 Subsisting by intelligence; भूतानां प्राणिनः श्रेष्ठाः प्राणिनां बुद्धिजीविनः Ms.1. 96. -तत्त्वम् the second element of the Sāṅkhya philosophy. -द्यूतम् game at chess. -पूर्व a. purposed, intentional, wanton, wilful. -पूर्वम्, -पूर्वकम्, -पुरःसरम् ind. intentionally, purposely, wilfully. -प्रागल्भी soundness of judgment. -बलम् a kind of play. -भेदः, -भ्रमः distraction ar aberration of mind; न बुद्धिभेदं जनयेदज्ञानां कर्मसङ्गिनाम् Bg.3.26. -मोहः confusion of mind. -युक्त a. intelligent. -योगः intellectual communion with the Supreme Spirit. -लक्षणम् a sign of intellect or wisdom; प्रारब्धस्यान्तगमनं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम्. -लाघवम् lightness or levity of judgment; Rām. -वर्जित a. foolish, ignorant. -विध्वंसक a. destroying consciousness or reason. -विलासः play of the mind or fancy. -विषयः matter apprehensible by reason. -वृद्धिः development of intellect, understanding or wisdom; बुद्धिवृद्धिकराणि (शास्त्राणि) Ms.4.19. -वैभवम् strength of intellect. -शक्तिः intellectual faculty. -शस्त्र a. armed with understanding. -शालिन्, -संपन्न a. intelligent, wise. -शुद्ध a. honest in purpose, frank-minded. -संकीर्णम् a kind of pavilion. -सखः, -सहायः a counsellor. -हीन a. devoid of intellect, silly, foolish.
buddhimat बुद्धिमत् a. 1 Endowed with understanding, intelligent, rational; बुद्धिमत्सु नराः श्रेष्ठाः Ms.1.96. -2 Wise, learned; मन्युपङ्कामनाधृष्यां नदीं तरति बुद्धिमान् Mb.12.235.12. -3 Sharp, clever, acute. -4 Humble, docile. बुद्धिमत्ता buddhimattā त्त्वम् ttvam बुद्धिमत्ता त्त्वम् Wisdom, sagacity.
budh बुध् 1 U., Ā. (बोधति-ते, बुध्यते, बुद्ध) 1 To know, understand, comprehend; क्रमादमुं नारद इत्यबोधि सः Śi.1. 3;9.24; नाबुद्ध कल्पद्रुमतां विहाय जातं तमात्मन्यसिपत्रवृक्षम् R.14.48; यदि बुध्यते हरिशिशुः स्तनंधयः Bv.1.53. -2 To perceive, notice, recognise, mark; हिरण्मयं हंसमबोधि नैषधः N.1.117; अपि लङ्घितमध्वानं बुबुधे न बुधोपमः R.1.47;12.39. -3 To deem, regard, consider, esteem &c. -4 To heed, attend to. -5 To think, reflect. -6 To wake up, awake, rise from sleep; दददपि गिरमन्तर्बुध्यते नो मनुष्यः Śi.11.4; ते च प्रापुरुदन्वन्तं बुबुधे चादिपूरुषः R.1.6. -7 To regain consciousness, to come to one's senses; शनैरबोधि सुग्रीवः सो$लुञ्चीत्कर्णनासिकम् Bk.15.57. -8 To advise, admonish. -Caus. (बोधयति-ते) 1 To cause to know, make known, inform, acquaint with. -2 To teach, communicate, impart. -3 To advice, admonish; बोधयन्तं हिताहितम् Bk. 8.82; मच्चिता मद्गतप्राणा बोधयन्तः परस्परम् Bg.1.9. -4 To revive, restore to life, bring to senses or consciousness. -5 To remind, put in mind of; स्मरिष्यति त्वां न स बोधितो$पि सन् Ś.4.1. -6 To wake up, rouse, excite (fig.); अकाले बोधितो भ्रात्रा R.12.81;5.75. -7 To revive the scent (of a perfume). -8 To cause to expand, open; मधुरया मधुबोधितमाधवी Śi.6.2; सविता बोधयति पङ्कजान्येव Ś.5.28. -9 To signify, convey, indicate. -Desid. (बुबु-बो-धिषति-ते, बुभुत्सते) To wish to know &c.
budha बुध a. [बुध्-क] 1 Wise, clever, learned. -2 Intelligent. -3 Waking, awaking. -धः 1 A wise or learned man; निपीय यस्य क्षितिरक्षिणः कथां तथाद्रियन्ते न बुधाः सुधामपि N.1.1. -2 A god; N.1.1. -3 A dog. -4 The planet Mercury; रक्षत्येन तु बुधयोगः Mu.1.6 (where बुध has sense 1 also); R.1.47;13.76. -धा Spikenard. -धे ind. On a Wednesday. -Comp. -अष्टमी N. of a festival. -जनः a wise or learned man. -तातः the moon. -दिनम्, -वारः, -वासरः Wednesday. -रत्नम् an emerald. -सानुः 1 a leaf; L. D. B. -2 the presiding deity in a sacrifice. -सुतः an epithet of Purūravas.
budhāna बुधान a. [बुध्-आनच् किच्च] 1 One who teaches the Vedas. -2 Speaking kindly. -3 Wise, learned, prudent. -4 Waking (Ved.); ऋतस्य देवीः सदसो बुधाना Rv.4.51.8; 7.68.9. 1 A wise man, sage. -2 A holy teacher, spiritual guide.
budheyāḥ बुधेयाः m. (pl.) N. of a school of the शुक्लयजुर्वेद.
budhila बुधिल a. Learned, wise.
budhita बुधित a. Known, understood.
budhnaḥ बुध्नः 1 The bottom of a vessel; अर्वाग् बिलश्चमस ऊर्ध्व- बुध्नस्तस्मिन् यशो निहितं बिश्वरूपम् Bṛi. Up.2.2.3. -2 The foot of a tree; बुध्नानधुरवाग्भावभिया शुण्डाग्रमण्डलैः Śiva B. -3 The lowest part. -4 An epithet of Śiva. (Also बुध्न्य in the last sense). -5 The body. -6 Ved. The sky. -7 The stock of a musket (Mar. दस्ता); सुकाष्ठोपाङ्गबुध्नं च Śukra.4.128.
budhya बुध्य a. 1 Observable, noteworthy. -2 To be awaked or roused.
buk बुक् ind. An imitative word. -Comp. -कारः 1 the roaring of a lion. -2 the cry of an animal.
bukaḥ बुकः 1 Laughter (हास्य). -2 Agati Grandiflora (Mar. हदगा).
bukk बुक्क् 1 P., 1 U. (बुक्कति, बुक्कयति-ते) 1 To bark; H.3.52. -2 To speak, talk. -3 To sound in general.
bukkā बुक्का क्की The heart; Mv.6.33.
bukkaḥ बुक्कः क्कम् 1 The heart. -2 The bosom, chest; बुक्काघातैर्युवतिनिकटे प्रौढवाक्येन राधा Udb. -3 Blood. -क्कः 1 A goat. -2 Time (समय). -क्का Blood.
bukkan बुक्कन् m. The heart.
bukkanam बुक्कनम् 1 Barking, yelping. -2 The noise made by animals in general.
bukkasaḥ बुक्कसः A chāṇḍāla.
bukkasī बुक्कसी The Indigo plant.
bul बुल् 1 U. (बोलयति-ते) 1 To sink, plunge; बोलयति प्लवः पयसि. -2 To cause to sink.
buliḥ बुलिः f. 1 Fear (भय). -2 The female organ of generation; also बुरिः.
bulva बुल्व a. Oblique, awry.
bumbhī बुम्भी Coarse ground meal.
bund बुन्द् बुन्ध् 1 U. (बुन्दति-ते, बुन्धति-ते) 1 To perceive, see, descry. -2 To reflect, understand. -3 To hear; सस्रंसे शरबन्धेन दिव्येनेति बुबुन्द सः Bk.14.72.
bundh बुन्ध् 1 P. To bind.
buruḍaḥ बुरुडः A basket-maker, mat-maker.
bus बुस् 4 P. (बुस्यति) 1 To discharge, emit, pour forth. -2 To divide, distribute. बुसम् (-षम्) 1 Chaff. -2 Rubbish, refuse. -3 Dry cowdung. -4 Wealth. -5 The thick part of sour curds. -6 Water (Ved.). -सा (In drama) A young sister.
bust बुस्त् 1 U. (बुस्तयति-ते) 1 To honour, respect. -2 To disrespect, treat with disrespect or contempt.
bustam बुस्तम् 1 The burnt crust of roast meat. -2 The shell of fruit.
bu बुट् 1 P, 1 U. (बोटति, बोटयति-ते) To hurt, injure, kill.
adhyarbudam अध्यर्बुदम् [अधिकं or अधिजातं अर्बुदम्] A tumour, goitre; यज्जायते$न्यत्खलु पूर्वजाते ज्ञेयं तदध्यर्बुदमर्बुदज्ञैः Suśr.
anubudh अनुबुध् 4 A. To awake, to recollect; learn, obtain information of, know, be aware of; न सत्यमनुबुध्यते K. 14 does not perceive or recognise. -Caus. 1 To remind, put in mind of; अये सम्यगनुबोधितो$स्मि Ś.1 well reminded. -2 To advise, inform; इति शिष्येण किलान्वबोधयत् R.8.75.
abuddha अबुद्ध a. Foolish, unwise; अपवादमात्रमबुद्धानाम् Sān. S. -द्धः The individual soul (जीवात्मा); अथ बुद्धमथाबुद्धमिमं गुणनिधिं शृणु Mb.12.38. -द्धम् 1 Inanimate, lifeless matter (जड); बुद्धयमानं महाप्राज्ञमबुद्धपरिवर्जनात् Mb. 12.35.31. -2 Ignorance (अज्ञान); एवमप्रतिबुद्धत्वादबुद्धमनु- वर्तते Mb.12.33.1. ind. Inadvertantly; न बुद्धिपूर्वं नाबुद्धं स्मरामीह कदाचन Rām.2.22.8.
abuddhiḥ अबुद्धिः f. 1 Want of understanding (अविद्या); अबुद्धिरज्ञानकृता प्रबुद्धया कृष्यते मनः Mb.12.24.4. -2 Ignorance, stupidity; ˚मत् foolish, ignorant. a. Ignorant, dull-witted, stupid. -Comp. -पूर्व, -पूर्वक a. 1 not preceded by knowledge or consciousness; not wanton or intentional. -2 beginning with non-intelligence. (-र्वम् -र्वकम्) adv. unconsciously, ignorantly.
abudh अबुध् बुध a. Foolish, stupid; (पुत्रस्नेहशुचातुरौ) पितरा- वन्वतप्येतां पुत्रयोरबुधौ बलम् Bhāg.1.44.17. m. A fool. f. (अमुत्) Ignorance, want of intellect.
abudhya अबुध्य a. Ved. Not to be perceived or awakened.
abudhna अबुध्न a. Having no bottom or root, bottomless. अबुध्ने राजा वरुणो वनस्य ऊर्ध्वं स्तूपं ददते पूतदक्षः Rv.1.24.7. -ध्नम् Ved. The air or intermediate region; अभिगन्धर्वम- तृणदबुध्नेषु रजःसु आ Rv.8.77.5.
abhibuddhiḥ अभिबुद्धिः f. An organ of apprehension, a बुद्धीन्द्रिय or ज्ञानेन्द्रिय (opp. कर्मेन्द्रिय); these are the eye, tongue, ear, nose, and skin.
ambu अम्बु n. [अम्ब्-शब्दे उण्] 1 Water; गाङ्गमम्बु सितमम्बु यामुनम् K. P.1. -2 The watery element of the blood (cf. imber). -3 N. of a metre. -4 A term in astrology (लग्नावधिकं चतुर्थस्थानम्). -Comp. -कणः a drop of water. -कण्टकः (short-nosed), alligator. -कन्दः An acquatic plant Trapa bispinosa (Mar. शिंगाडा). -किरातः alligator. -कीशः, कूर्मः a tortoise (शिशुमार); particularly Gangetic. -केशरः lemon-tree (छालङ्गवृक्ष). -क्रिया libation of water; Bk.; presentation of water to the Manes of the deceased. -कुक्कुटी An acquatic hen. -ग, -चर, -चारिन् a. moving or living in water, aquatic (as fish &c.); अद्रिं दधाराम्बुचरात्मना Bhāg.8.5. 11; Ms.12.57. -घनः hail. -चत्वरम् a lake. -चामरम् an aquatic plant (शैवाल). -ज a. produced in water, aquatic (opp. स्थलज); सुगन्धीनि च माल्यानि स्थलजान्यम्बु- जानि च Rām. (-जः) 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -3 the Sārasa bird. -4 the conch; दध्मौ तारेण चाम्बुजम् Mb.7.173.9. -5 N. of a tree (हिज्जल). (-जम्) 1 a lotus; इन्दीवरेण नयनं मुखमम्बुजेन Ś. Til.3; A. Rām. 4.1.2. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. ˚भूः, ˚आसनः 'the lotus-born god' Brahmā; A. Rām. ˚आसना the goddess Lakṣmī. -जन्मन् n. a lotus; -m. 1 the moon. -2 the conch. -3 Sārasa. -तस्करः 'waterthief', the sun (whose heat drinks up water). -तालः = ˚चामर. -द a. giving or yielding water. (-दः) 1 a cloud; नवाम्बुदानीकमुहूर्तलाञ्छने R.3.53; -देवम्, -दैवम् The astronomical mansion पूर्वाषाढा. -धर [धरतीति धरः, अम्बूनां धरः; धृ-अच्] 1 a cloud; वशिनश्चाम्बुधराश्च योनयः Ku.4.43; शरत्प्रमृष्टाम्बुधरोपरोधः R.6.44. -2 the plant मुस्तक. -3 talc. -धिः [अम्बूनि धीयन्ते अत्र; धा-कि] 1 any receptacle of waters; such as a jar; अम्बुधिर्घटः Sk. ˚-स्रवा Aloe perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -2 the ocean; क्षार˚ Bh.2.6. -3 the number four (in Math.). ˚प्रसवा N. of a plant (घृतकुमारी). -नाथः The ocean. -नामन् Andropogon muricatum (Mar. वाळा). -निधिः 'treasure of waters', the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3. -प a. drinking water. (-पः) 1 the ocean. -2 Varuṇa, the regent of waters; रक्षो$म्बुपानिलशशीशपुराणि चाष्टौ Śid. Śir; शक्राम्बुपयमानां च चतुर्थस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.7.4.17. -3 N. of a plant (चक्रमर्दक; Mar.टाकळा). -पतिः Varuṇa; यथाम्बुपतिमित्रौ हि तारकं दैत्यसत्तमम् (अधावताम्) Mb.7.155.36. -पत्रा N. of a plant (उच्चटावृक्ष; Mar. फुरडी). -पद्धतिः f. -पातः current, flow or stream of water, cascade; गङ्गाम्बुपातप्रतिमा गृहेभ्यः Bk.1.8. -प्रसादः -प्रसादनम् [अम्बूनि प्रसादयति] the clearing nut tree (कतक Mar. निवळी). Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this tree are used for purifying water; when rubbed on the inner surface of the vessel, they precipitate the impurities which the water contains; (फलं कतकवृक्षस्य यद्यप्यम्बुप्रसादकम् । न नामग्रहणादेव तस्य वारि प्रसीदति) Ms.6.67. -भवम् a lotus. -भृत् m. 1 water-bearer, a cloud. -2 the ocean. -3 = ˚पत्रा q. v. -4 N. of a plant मुस्तक. -5 talc. -मात्रज a. produced only in water. (-जः) a conchshell. -मुच् m. a cloud; ध्वनितसूचितमम्बुमुचां चयम् Ki.5.12. -राजः 1 the ocean. -2 Varuṇa. -राशिः receptacle or store of water, the ocean; त्वयि ज्वलत्यौर्वं इवाम्बुराशौ Ś.3.3; चन्द्रोदयारम्भ इवाम्बुराशिः Ku.3.67, R.6.57;9.82. -रुह् n. 1 a lotus. -2 Sārasa. -रुहः, हम्, a lotus; विपुलिनाम्बुरुहा न सरिद्वधूः Ki.5.1. (-हा) N. of the land-lotus plant (स्थलपद्मिनी). -रोहिणी a lotus. -वाची [अम्बु तद्वर्षणं वाचयति सूचयति] an epithet applied to the earth during four days from the 1th to the 13th in the dark half of the month of Āṣāḍha when it is supposed to be unclean (रजस्वला इव) and agriculture is prohibited; Brav. P.2.77. ˚प्रदः the 1th day; ˚त्यागः 13th day. -वासिनी, -वासी N. of a plant (पाटला), the trumpet flower. -वाहः [अम्बु वहतीति] 1 a cloud; तडित्वन्त- मिवाम्बुवाहम् Ki.3.1; भर्तुर्मित्रं प्रियमविधवे विद्धि मामम्बुवाहम् Me. 11. -2 a lake. -3 water-bearer. -4 the number 17. -5 a sort of grass. -वाहिन् a. carrying or conveying water. -m. 1 a cloud. -2 = मुस्तक. (-नी) 1 a wooden vessel, a sort of bucket. -2 a woman fetching water. -3 N. of a stream. -विहारः sporting in water. -विस्रवा = घृतकुमारी. -वेग a. flowing quickly; यथानदीनां बहवो$म्बुवेगाः Bg.11.28. -वेतसः a kind of cane or reed growing in water. (Mar. लव्हाळा). -शिरीषिका N. of plant. -सरणम् flow or current of water. -सर्पिणी a leech (अम्बुनि सर्पति). -सेचनी a wooden baling vessel.
ambujinī अम्बुजिनी The lotus-creeper. -कुटुम्बिन् m. The sun, Śāhendra.1.4.
ambumat अम्बुमत् a. Watery, containing water. -ती N. of a river. अम्बुरः, (-म्बरः) A threshold of a door.
arbukāḥ अर्बुकाः N. of a people; Mb. अर्बु arbu (र्व rva) दः dḥ दम् dam अर्बु (र्व) दः दम् 1 A swelling, tumour, (of various kind); मांस˚, नासा˚, शोणित˚ &c. -2 One hundred millions. बहूनीह सहस्राणि प्रयुतान्यर्बुदानि च । अशक्यान्येव संख्यातुं पन्नगानां तपोधन ॥ Mb.1.35.19. -3 N. of a mountain in the West of India (Abu). -4 A serpent-like demon killed by Indra; Rv.1.51.6. -5 A serpent. -6 A cloud. -7 A place of pilgrimage (of the Jainas). -8 A long round mass, lump of flesh; यदि पिण्डः पुमान् स्त्री चेत् पेशी नपुंसकं चेदर्बुदम् Suśr; Y.3.75.89 (मांसपिण्ड). -9 N. of a people. -1 N. of a hell. -आकारः N. of the plant Cordis myxa (Mar. गोंदणी, भोंकर).
arbudiḥ अर्बुदिः 1 A serpent-like demon conquered by Indra; Av.11.9. and 1 (in almost every verse). -2 All-pervading lord.
arbudin अर्बुदिन् a. Afflicted with swelling or tumour.
ābutta आबुत्त = आवुत्त q. v.
ābudh आबुध् 1 P. To perceive, notice, understand (Ved.); Rv.7.22.3.
ābudhyam आबुध्यम् Want of discernment, foolishness.
ālābu आलाबुः (बूः) f. A pumpkin gourd; see अलाबु.
udbudh उद्बुध् 1 P. 1 To awaken, remind; उद्बुध्यध्वं समनसः सखायः Rv.1.11.1. -2 To arouse, animate, excite.
udbuddha उद्बुद्ध p. p. 1 Awakened, aroused, excited; मनसि उद्बुद्धमात्रो विकारो भावः S. D. -2 Opened, expanded, full-blown; ˚कनकाब्ज Māl.1.4. -3 Reminded, made to think of. -4 Recalled to memory (as an object seen before). -Comp. -संस्कारः association of ideas, calling anything to mind.
kabuliḥ कबुलिः f. The hinder part of an animal.
kambu कम्बु a. (-म्बु or -म्बू f.) Spotted, variegated. -म्बुः -म्बु (m., n.) A conch-shell; स्मरस्य कम्बुः किमयं चकास्ति दिवि त्रिलोकीजयवादनीयः N.22.22; Śi.18.54. -म्बुः 1 An elephant. -2 The neck. -3 The variegated colour. -4 A vein of the body. -5 A bracelet; कम्बुकेयूरधारिण्यः Mb.3.233.46. -6 A tube-shaped bone. -Comp. -आतायिन् m. a kind of kite. -कण्ठी a lady having the neck like a conch-shell. -ग्रीवा 1 a conch-shaped neck, (i. e. a neck marked with three lines like a shell and considered as a sign of great fortune). -2 a lady having the neck like the conch-shell.
kambukaḥ कम्बुकः 1 A conch-shell. -2 A mean or contemptible person.
karbu कर्बु a. Variegated, spotted; कर्बुरूपाः (नीलाः) Y.3.166. कर्बु (-र्वु) र a. 1 Variegated, or spotted; क्वचिल्लसद्- घननिकुरम्बकबुरः Śi.17.56. -2 Of the colour of pigeons, whitish, grey; पवनैर्भस्म कपोतकर्बुरम् Ku.4.27. -रः 1 The variegated colour. -2 Sin. -3 An evil spirit, demon. -4 The Dhattūra plant. -5 Rice growing amidst inundation. -रा N. of a plant (वर्वरी). -री An epithet of Durgā. -रम् 1 Gold. -2 Water. -3 The Dhattūra plant. कर्बु (-र्वु) रित a. 1 Variegated, अवदग्धकर्बुरितकेतुचामरैः U.6.4; Śi.5.68.
kalambuṭa कलम्बुट (Fresh) Butter.
cibu चिबु (वु) कम् The chin. चिबुकं सुदृशः स्पृशामि यावत् Bv. 2.34; Y.3.98; रात्रौ चिबुकसमर्पितजानुः Śaṅkarāchārya's Stotras.
cubukaḥ चुबुकः The chin; प्रगृह्य चुबुके$ध्यात्ममुदनीनमदच्युतः Bhāg. 1.42.7.
chubukam छुबुकम् Ved. The chin; कर्णाभ्यां छुबुकादधि Rv.1. 163.1. See चिबुक.
jambu जम्बु म्बू f. 1 The rose apple tree and its fruit; द्राक्षेक्षुरम्भाजम्बूभिः Bhāg.8.2.13. -Comp. -खण्डः, -द्वीपः, -पर्वतः N. of one of the seven continents surrounding the mountain Meru. -नदी one of the seven heavenly rivers. -प्रस्थः N. of a village; तोरणं दक्षिणार्धेन जम्बूप्रस्थं समागमत् Rām.2.71.11. -मालिन् N. of a Rākśasa killed by हनुमत्.
jambu जम्बु (म्बू) कः (-की f.) 1 A jackal. -2 A low man. -3 The rose apple tree. -4 An epithet of Varuṇa.
jambulaḥ जम्बुलः [जम्बुं तन्नामफलं लाति ला-क] 1 A kind of tree (= जम्ब q. v.). -2 The Ketaka plant. -लम् Jest or jesting compliments addressed to the bride and the bridegroom by the friends and female relatives of the bridegroom (or of the bride). -Comp. -मालिका the same as above.
drabuddhaḥ द्रबुद्धः द्धम् A particular high number; Buddh.
nibudh निबुध् 1 P. 1 To know, understand, learn; निबोध साधो तव चेत् कुतूहलम् Ku.5.52;3.14; Ms.1.68; Y.1.2. -2 To regard or consider as, deem. -3 To listen or attend to. -Caus. To explain, inform, acquaint.
nyarbudam न्यर्बुदम् Ved. One hundred millions (दशगुणं अर्बुदम्); विमानैर्न्यर्बुदैर्युताम् Bhāg.8.15.16.
pratibudh प्रतिबुध् 4 Ā. 1 To wake, wake up, awaken; तस्य सो$हर्निशस्यान्ते प्रसुप्तं प्रतिबुध्यते Ms.1.74; Y.1.33. -2 To perceive, be conscious, know. -Caus. 1 To awaken, rouse from sleep; प्रियया प्रतिबोध्यमानमपि सुप्तम् (हतहृदयम्) Ś.6.7. -2 To inform, make known, acqaint with, communicate; भावितात्मा भुवो भर्तुरथैनं प्रत्यबोधयत् R.1.74; Śi.6.8. -3 To charge or entrust with.
pratibuddha प्रतिबुद्ध p. p. 1 Awakened, roused, wide awake; प्रति- बुद्धापि किं करिष्यामि Ś.4; Māl.4; Ms.1.74. -2 Restored to consciousness. -3 Opened, blown; अप्रतिबुद्धो$पि चूतप्रसवो$त्र बन्धनभङ्गसुरभिर्भवति Ś.6. -4 Illuminated, enlightened. -5 Great, exalted. -6 Recognized, observed. -7 Celebrated, known.
pratibuddhiḥ प्रतिबुद्धिः f. 1 Awakening. -2 Hostile purpose or intention.
prabudh प्रबुध् 4 Ā., 1 P. 1 To awake, wake up, rise from sleep; प्रबुद्ध इव सुप्तम् Ś.5.11; Śi.9.3. -2 To blow, expand, bloom, be blown; साम्रे$ह्नीव स्थलकमलिनीं नप्रबुद्धां नसुप्ताम् Me.94. -3 To perceive, observe, be aware of. -Caus. 1 To awaken, waken, rouse; प्राबोधयन्नुषसि वाग्भिरुदारवाचः R.5.65;6.56. -2 To acquaint with, inform, make known; तमभ्यनन्दत् प्रथमं प्रबोधितः R.3.68. -3 To cause to expand or open; (पद्मानि) प्रबोधवत्यूर्ध्व- मुखैर्मयूखैः Ku.1.16. -4 To instruct, teach; explain. -5 To persuade, induce. -6 To stimulate, excite.
prabuddha प्रबुद्ध p. p. 1 Awakened, roused; तथा लिखितवान् प्रातः प्रबुद्धो बुधकौशिकः Rāma-rakṣā.15. -2 Wise, learned, clever; Pt.1. -3 Knowing, conversant with. -4 Fullblown, expanded; पुष्पैः समं निपतिता रजनीप्रबुद्धैः Ve.2.7. -5 Beginning to work or take effect (as a charm). -6 Enlivened, lively.
prabuddhatā प्रबुद्धता Intelligence, wisdom.
prabudhaḥ प्रबुधः A great sage.
babbu बब्बु (ब्बू) लः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभूळ).
barburaḥ बर्बुरः N. of a tree (Mar. बाभळ); उपसर्पेम भवन्तं बर्बुर वद कस्य लोभेन Bv.1.24. -रः, -रम् Water.
bimbu बिम्बुः The betel-nut tree.
lambuṣā लम्बुषा A necklace of seven strings.
bu लाबुः (बूः) A kind of gourd.
bukāyanaḥ लाबुकायनः N. of an old authority on philosophy quoted by Jaimini; MS.6.7.37.
bu लाबुकी A kind of lute.
vibudh विबुध् 1 P., 4 Ā. 1 To wake up, awake; निमील्य नेत्रे सहसा व्यबुध्यत Ku.5.57. -2 To become conscious. -3 To observe, perceive; find out. -Caus. 1 To awaken, rouse. -2 To restore to consciousness; अथ मोहपरायणा सती विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1.
vibuddha विबुद्ध p. p. 1 Aroused, awakened, wide awake; Ś.2. -2 Expanded, blossomed, full-blown; महाबलः कमलविबुद्धलोचनः Mb.7.155.43. -3 Clever, skillful; अन्यथा प्रतिपन्नास्ते विबुद्धाः स्वेषु कर्मसु Mb.14.36.29. -4 Unconscious.
vibudhaḥ विबुधः 1 A wise or learned man, sage; सख्यं साप्तपदीनं भो इत्याहुर्विबुधा जनाः Pt.2.47. -2 A god, deity; अभून्नृपो विबुधसखः परंतपः Bk.1.1; गोप्तारं न निधीनां महयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Subhāṣ. -3 The moon. -Comp. -अधिपतिः, -इन्द्रः, -ईश्वरः epithets of Indra. -अनुचरः a god's attendant; Ms.11.47. -आवासः a temple. -इतरः a demon. -गुरुः Brihaspati or the planet Jupiter. -तटिनी the Gaṅgā river. -द्विष्, -शत्रुः a demon; बन्दीकृता विबुध- शत्रुभिरर्धमार्गे V.1.3.
vibudhānaḥ विबुधानः 1 A learned man. -2 A teacher.
vibubhūṣā विबुभूषा The wish to manifest one's self; एकैकस्या दशदश प्रकृतेर्विबुभूषया Bhāg.3.3.9.
vimbu विम्बुः The betel-nut tree.
bukośaḥ वीबुकोशः A chowrie (चामर).
śāmbu शाम्बु (म्बू) कः A bivalve-shell.
saṃbudh संबुध् 1 U., 4 Ā. 1 To know, understand, learn; become aware of; संभुत्सीष्ठाः सुनयनयनैर्विद्विषामीहितानि Bk. 19.3. -2 To perceive, observe, notice. -3 To wake up, rise from sleep. -Caus. 1 To inform, acquaint with, give information about; तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25. -2 To address, call out to. -3 To instruct. -4 To admonish, advise. -5 To wake up, rouse. -6 To explain.
saṃbuddha संबुद्ध p. p. 1 Well-understood. -2 Very wise or prudent. -3 Wide awake. -द्धः A Buddha or Jaina deified saint.
saṃbuddhiḥ संबुद्धिः f. 1 Perfect knowledge or perception; ततः पश्यन्त्यसंबुद्ध्या वातपित्तकफोत्तरान् Mb.12.216.11. -2 Full consciousness. -3 Calling to, addressing. -4 (In gram.) The vocative case; एङ् ह्रस्वात् संबुद्धेः P.VI.1.69. -5 An epithet.
hibukam हिबुकम् The fourth astrological house (पाताल).
heḍābu हेडाबु (वु) क्कः A horse-dealer.
Macdonell Vedic Search
4 results
budhāna budh-āná, ao. pt. Ā. waking, iv. 51, 8.
budhna budh-ná, m. n. bottom, x. 135, 6 [Lat. fundu-s].
abudhyamāna á-budhya-māna, pr. pt. unawakening, iv. 51, 3 [budh wake].
pratibudhyamāna prati-búdhyamāna, pr. pt. awaking towards (acc.), iv. 51, 10.
Macdonell Search
58 results
bubhukṣā f. wish to enjoy (--°ree;); desire to eat, appetite, hunger: -½apanayana, m. remedy of hunger, food; -sh-ita, pp. hun gry, famishing; -shu, des. a. hungry; wish ing for worldly enjoyment (opp. desiring final liberation).
bubhūrṣā des. f. desire to sup port any one (g.); -shu, des. a. wishing to support any one (--°ree;).
bubhūṣaka a. desiring the wel fare of (g. or --°ree;); -shâ, des. f. wish to be or live; -shu, des. a. desiring power; wishing any one's welfare.
bubhutsā f. desire to know (ac. or --°ree;); -s-ita, (pp.) n. desire of knowing or knowledge; -su, des. a. wishing to know (--°ree;); inquisitive; desiring to know every thing (ep. of the gods).
bubodhayiṣu des. cs. a. wish ing to inform or bring to one's senses (ac.).
budbuda (onomatopoeic) m. bubble (emblem of perishableness).
buddha pp. (√ budh) awakened, fully awake; expanded (flower); enlightened, wise; known, observed; m. enlightened person who is qualified by good works and knowledge of the truth for Nirvâna and reveals the true doctrine of salvation to the world before his decease (B.); the historical Buddha, named Sâkya-muni Gautama, the founder of the Buddhist religion, who was born in Magadha and died about 477 b. c.; -gayâ, f. Buddha's Gayâ, the Buddhistic name of the town of Gayâ (so called because Buddha obtained true knowledge there); -ghosha, m. N. of a celebrated Buddhist scholar who lived at the beginning of the fifth century a. d. (the N. is not quotable in Sanskrit); -tva, n. Buddha hood; -datta, m. N. of a minister; -dharma, m. Buddha's law; -pâlita, m. N. of a pupil of Nâgârguna; -mârga, m. way or doctrine of Buddha; -rakshita, m. N.: â, f. N.; -½âgama, m. Buddha's doctrine; -½anta, m. waking condition.
buddhi f. intelligence, understand ing, reason, intellect, mind; discernment, judgment; presence of mind, ready wit; perception; comprehension; opinion, view; belief, conviction; supposition; thought, about (lc.); feelings of (--°ree;, e.g. pity); correct or reasonable view; reflection or meditation on (lc.); intention, purpose (in. with a view to, from, through: --°ree;); --°ree;, impression, belief, notion (of, e.g. a wall=that something is a wall): in. under the impression, in the belief of (e.g. a tiger=that it was a tiger; obtain ment=that something has been obtained); -m kri, make up one's mind, form a resolu tion, to (inf., lc., or prati with ac. of vbl. n.); -m pra-kri, set a purpose before one, make up one's mind, decide.
buddhikṛt a. producing the im pression of (--°ree;); -krita, pp. wisely acted; -kintaka, a. thinking wisely; -gîvin, a. sub sisting by intelligence; -tattva, n. the tattva of intellect (produced from Prakriti and Purusha); -pûrva, a. premeditated, inten tional: -m, ad. intentionally; -pûrvaka, a. id.: -m, ad. purposely; -prabha, m. N. of a prince; -prâgalbhî, f. soundness of judg ment; -mat, a. intelligent; shrewd, wise:-tva, n. wisdom; -matikâ, f. N.; -maya, a. consisting of intellect; -moha, m. confusion of mind; -vara, m. N. of a minister of Vikra mâditya; -vargita, pp. destitute of under standing, foolish; -vriddhi, f. increase of understanding or wisdom: -kara, a. produc ing --; -sarîra, m. N.; -sastra, a. armed with wisdom; -sâlin, a. possessed of under standing, intelligent, wise; -suddha, pp. pure of purpose; -suddhi, f. purification of the intellect; -sreshtha, spv. best through intel lect: â-ni karmâni=the works of the intel lect are best; -sampanna, pp. endowed with understanding, intelligent, wise; -sammita, pp. commensurate with reason; -sâgara, m. N.; -stha, a. present to the mind, conscious; -hîna, pp. destitute of intellect, dull-witted: -tva, n. deficiency of intellect, stupidity.
buddhīndriya n. organ of per ception: pl. the five organs of hearing, sight, touch, taste, and smell.
buddhopāsaka m., ikâ, f. wor shipper of Buddha.
budha a. intelligent, clever, wise; m. man of sense, wise man, sage; god; N. of a son of Soma=the planet Mercury; N.: -ka, m. N.; -dina, n. Day of Mercury, Wed nesday; -vâra, m. id.
budha the root budh (gr.).
budhāna aor. pt. (RV.) awaking, rousing; being heeded.
budhna m. n. bottom, depth, lowest part; bottom of a vessel; foot of a tree; root.
budhnya a. coming from or belong ing to the depths: nearly always in RV. with áhi, m. dragon of the deep (dwelling in the depths of the atmosphere or on the firma ment); in E. Ahirbudhnya is an epithet of Siva or the N. of a Rudra.
bukkā f. heart.
bunda m. arrow (RV.).
buruḍa m. maker of baskets or mats.
busa n. vapour, mist (RV.); refuse; chaff.
akṛtabuddhi a. of unripe understanding: -tva, n. abst. n.
atyambupāna n. drinking too much water.
adhibubhūṣu des. a. wishing to get the upper hand.
anavabuddha pp. not perceived.
aprabuddha pp. unawakened; un blossomed; -bhava, m. no source or occasion of (lc.); -bhâta, pp. not yet dawned; -bhâva, a. unable, powerless: -tva, n. abst. n.; -bhu, a. unable to (lc.); m. not master of (g.): -tva, n. abst. n.; -bhûta, pp. insufficient.
abudhyamāna pr. pt. Â. not awaking.
abudhya fp. not to be awakened.
abudhna a. bottomless.
abudha a. stupid, foolish; m. fool.
abuddhi f. foolishness, act of folly; lack of purpose: in. unintentionally; a. foolish: -tâ, f.-ness; -mat, a. foolish, stupid; -stha, a. not present to the mind.
abuddha pp. foolish, stupid.
ambuja a. aquatic; m. n. (day) lotus: -bândhava, m. sun; -½aksha, a. (î) lotus eyed; -½âsanâ, f. Lakshmî (lotus-seated).
ambu n. water; -kârin, a. living in the water; m. aquatic animal.
ambuda m. cloud: -nâsa, m. dis persion of clouds; -dhara, m. cloud; -dhi, m. sea; -nidhi, m. id.; -pakshin, m. water-bird; -pati, m. Varuna; sea; -paddhati, f. current; -muk, m. cloud; -raya, m.current; -râsi, m. sea; -ruha, n. day-flowering lotus; -ruhinî, f. lotus; -lîlâ-geha, n. pleasure-house in the water; -vâha, m. cloud; -vega, m. current.
arbuda m. (á) serpent; N. of a snake-demon (ár-); snake-like mass; shape of the foetus in the second month; N. of a mtn. (Abû): pl. N. of a people; n. the hymn RV. X, 94; 10,000,000; -sikhara, m. N. of a mtn.
alābu alaNbu, ˚bū f. gourd; m. n. its fruit; gourd-bottle; -maya, a. made of a gourd.
ābutta m. sister's husband (drama).
udbudbuda a. bubbling forth.
uṣarbudh a. waking early.
kambu m. shell; bracelet of shells; -ka, n. N. of a town; -kantha, a. (î) having a shell-like neck, i. e. with three folds; -grî va, m. N. of a tortoise.
karbu a. spotted, variegated; -ra, a. id.: â, f. species of poisonous leech; û-ra, a. id.
cibuka n. chin.
cubuka n. chin; apex of an altar; -daghná, a. reaching to the chin.
chubuka n. chin.
jambudvīpa m. Isle of the Jambu-tree, N. of the central terrestrial island (v. dvîpa) comprising India, so called because overlooked by a gigantic Jambu-tree growing on the summit of mount Meru.
jambuka m. jackal; vile person.
jambu n. rose-apple; f. (also û) rose apple-tree.
tadbuddhi a. whose mind is centred on that.
jāmbuka a. coming from the jackal.
nyarbuda n. a hundred millions.
pratibuddhi f. awaking (fig.); -bodha, m. awaking; knowledge: -ka, a. awaking (ac.); m. instructor; -bodhana, a. awakening, quickening; n. awaking; spread ing, diffusion; wakening; enlightening, in structing: â, f. awaking, recovery of con sciousness; -bodhanîya, fp. to be wakened; -bodha-vat, a. possessed of understanding; -bodhin, a. awaking.
prabuddha pp. awake, wide awake; awakened: -tâ, f. enlightenment, wisdom; -búdh, a. watchful; f. awaking; -budha, m. great sage.
bhasmālābuka n. gourd used for keeping ashes; -½avasesha, a. of whom nothing remains but ashes, reduced to ashes.
libu f. creeping plant, creeper (V.).
vibudha a. very wise; m. god: -tatinî, f. river of the gods, Ganges; -priya, a. dear to the wise or the gods; -râga, m. king of the gods, Indra; -sadman, n. abode of the gods, heaven; -strî, f. celestial female; -½âkârya, m. instructor of the gods, Brihas pati; -½âdhipatya, n. sovereignty of the gods; -½anukara, m. attendant of a god; -½âvâsa, m. dwelling of the gods, temple; -½îsvara, m. lord of the gods.
vaibudha a. (î) peculiar to the gods (vibudha), divine.
śaradambudhara m. autumnal cloud.
sāmbuvāsara a. (of uncertain meaning) Kathâsaritsâgara 70, 59.
Vedic Index of
Names and Subjects
58 results12 results
budha saumāyana ‘Descendant of Soma,’ is the name of a teacher mentioned in a verse in the Pañcavimśa Brāhmaṇa.
buḍila aśvatarāávi Is mentioned several times in the Brāhmaṇa literature as a teacher. According to the Chāndogya and the Brhadāraṇyaka Upaniṣads, he was a contemporary of Janaka of Videha, and, according to the śatapatha Brāhmaṇa, of Aśvapati, the Kekaya king. He is also mentioned in the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa.
bunda Means ‘arrow in a few passages of the Rigveda.
arbuda Is mentioned as Grāvastut priest at the snake festival described in the Paficavimśa Brāhmana. He is ob­viously the same mythical figure as Arbuda Kādraveya, a seer spoken of in the Aitareya and Kausītaki Brāhmanas as a maker of Mantras.
alābu The bottle-gourd (Lagenaria vulgaris). Vessels made of it are referred to in the Atharvaveda.
āstrabudhna Is the name of a man whom Indra is said in the Rigveda to have assisted. It is not clear whether Venya, who is mentioned in the same line, was his friend or his enemy, whom Indra saved or defeated for him.
kiyāmbu Is the name of one of the water-plants which are to grow, according to a funeral hymn in the Rigveda, on the place where the body of the dead was burned. The word seems to mean having some water,’ possibly by popular etymology.
buva Is the name in the Atharvaveda of a remedy against snake poison. The Paippalāda recension has Tāvuca instead. Weber thinks that the original form was Tāthuva, from the root sthā, ‘stand,’ and that it meant ‘stopping’; but this is hardly probable.
prabudh Occurring in one passage of the Rigveda, is used in the locative parallel with nimruci, ‘at the setting (of the sun),’ and clearly means ‘at the rising (of the sun).’
bṛbu Is mentioned in a hymn of the Rigveda, where he is described as a most generous giver (sahasra-dātama), and as at the head of the Paijis. According to the śānkhāyana śrauta Sūtra, Bharadvāja received gifts from Bṛbu Takṣan and Prastoka Sārfijaya, a fact alluded to in the Mānava Dharma śāstra, where taksan is treated as a descriptive attribute,‘ a carpenter.’ Apparently Bṛbu was a Paṇi, though the words of the Rigveda might be taken to mean that he was one who had overthrown them entirely. If so, Paṇi must here certainly mean a merchant in a good sense, Brbu being then a merchant prince. According to Weber, the name suggests connexion with Babylon, but this conjecture must be regarded as quite improbable. Hillebrandt sensibly expresses no opinion as to Bṛbu, while Brunnhofer’s attempt to recognize a people named Táσtcot, and to connect them with the Vedic word taksan, is valueless, especially considering the fact that Taksan is not found as an epithet of Brbu in the Rigveda.
libu In the Rigveda and later denotes a creeping plant that climbs trees.
śāmbu Occurs in the plural with the Añgirases in a passage of the Atharvaveda, no doubt as the name of a family of ancient teachers. There is extant in manuscript a Gṛhya Sūtra of the śāmbavyas.
Bloomfield Vedic
Concordance
58 results12 results49 results
budhaṃ tarpayāmi BDh.2.5.9.9.
budhnād agram aṅgirobhir gṛṇānaḥ TS.2.3.14.5a. See bhinad valam aṅgirobhir.
budhnād agreṇa vi mimāya mānaiḥ TS.2.3.14.5a. See sadmeva prāco.
budhnād yo agram abhyarty ojasā TS.2.3.14.6a. See mūrdhnā etc.
budhnas tvāgre viśvavyacā apaśyat AVś.19.56.2a. Cf. bambas tvāgre.
budhne nadīnāṃ rajassu ṣīdan RV.7.34.16b; N.10.44.
budhyema śaradaḥ śatam AVś.19.67.3.
abudhne rājā varuṇo vanasya # RV.1.24.7a.
abudhneṣu rajassv ā # RV.8.77.5b.
abudhyamānaṃ suṣupāṇam indra # RV.4.19.3b.
abudhyamānāḥ paṇayaḥ sasantu # RV.1.124.10b.
abudhyamānān sarvā jaghāna # AVP.12.14.10b. See amanyamānāñ charvā.
abudhyamānās tamaso vimadhye # RV.4.51.3d.
abudhran saṃ kanīnā madantaḥ # śś.8.20.1.
abudhram u tya indravanto agnayaḥ # RV.10.35.1a; KB.21.4. Ps: abudhram u tye śś.11.9.7; abudhram Rvidh.3.10.4. Cf. BṛhD.7.38.
abubhojīr mahinā viśvataḥ sīm # RV.1.33.9b.
arbudaḥ kādraveyo rājā (Aś.śś. kādraveyaḥ), tasya sarpā viśas ta ima āsate, sarpavidyā (Aś. viṣavidyā) vedaḥ so 'yam # śB.13.4.3.9; Aś.10.7.5; śś.16.2.13--15.
arbudaṃ ca nyarbudaṃ ca # VS.17.2; TS.4.4.11.3; MS.2.8.14: 118.15; KS.17.10.
arbudāya svāhā # TS.7.2.20.1; KSA.2.10; TB.3.8.16.3.
arbudir nāma yo devaḥ # AVś.11.9.4a.
arbudiś ca triṣandhiś ca # AVś.11.9.23a.
arbude sīda # KS.39.6; Apś.16.31.1.
arbude senayā saha # AVś.11.9.5b; 10.5b.
alābukaṃ nikhātakam # AVś.20.132.2; Aś.8.3.17; śś.12.18.1.10.
alābuvīṇā piśīlī ca # Lś.4.2.4a.
ahirbudhnya mantraṃ me 'jugupas taṃ (mss. tan) me punar dehi # Mś.1.6.3.14. Cf. MS.1.5.14: 84.1 ff.
ahirbudhnya mantraṃ me pāhi # Mś.1.6.3.7. Cf. MS.1.5.14: 82.15 ff. See ahe budhniya.
āstrabudhnāya venyam # RV.10.171.3b.
uccābudhnaṃ cakrathur jihmabāram # RV.1.116.9b.
uparibudhnān vaninaś cakartha # RV.10.73.8d.
uṣarbudha ā vaha somapītaye # RV.1.44.9c.
uṣarbudham atharyo na dantam # RV.4.6.8c.
uṣarbudhaḥ subhage tuṣṭuvāṃsaḥ # RV.7.76.6b.
uṣarbudhaḥ svasminn añjasi # RV.1.32.2b.
uṣarbudhe paśuṣe nāgnaye # RV.1.127.10b.
uṣarbudho vahantu somapītaye # RV.1.92.18c; SV.2.1085c.
candrabudhno madavṛddho manīṣibhiḥ # RV.1.52.3b.
tayārbude praṇuttānām # AVś.11.9.20a.
buvaṃ na tābuvam # AVś.5.13.10a; AVP.8.2.9a. Cf. Kauś.29.13.
buvenārasaṃ viṣam # AVś.5.13.10c; AVP.8.2.9c.
nyarbudāya svāhā # TS.7.2.20.1; TB.3.8.16.3; KSA.2.10.
nyarbude sīda # KS.39.6; Apś.16.31.1.
pratibuddhā (AVP.4.16.4b, -budvā, read -buddhā) abhūtana # RV.1.191.5d; AVś.4.37.3f,4f; AVP.4.16.4b; 12.7.4d--8d.
prabuddhāya svāhā # VS.22.7; TS.7.1.19.2; MS.3.12.3: 160.16; KSA.1.10.
prabudhe naḥ punas (KS. puras) kṛdhi (TS. punar dadaḥ) # VS.4.14d; TS.1.2.3.1d; MS.1.2.3d: 12.4; KS.2.4d; śB.3.2.2.22d.
prabudhyamānāya svāhā # TS.7.1.19.2; KSA.1.10.
bṛbu sahasradātamam # RV.6.45.33c.
bhūmibudhno na jīryati # ChU.3.15.1b.
mahābudhna iva parvataḥ # AVś.1.14.1c. See mahāmūla etc.
Dictionary of Sanskrit Search
"bu" has 232 results
jinendrabuddhia reputed Buddhist Grammarian of the eighth century who wrote a scholarly commentary on the Kasikavrtti ofJayaditya and Vamana. The commentary is called न्यास or काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका and the writer is referred to as न्यासकार in many later grammar works Some scholars identify him with पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् the writer of the जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण, but this is not possible as पूज्यपाददेवनन्दिन् was a Jain Grammarian who flourished much earlier.
buiskūla[ BUISKOOL H. E. )A European grammarian who has written an essay on the last three Padas of Panini's Astadhyayi (त्रिपादी) under the title 'The Tripadi'.
buddhinotion, mental understanding; mental inclination; confer, compare बुद्धि: संप्रत्यय इत्यनर्थान्तरम् | Or अस्तेर्भूर्भवतीत्यस्तिबुद्ध्यां भवतिबुद्धिं प्रतिपद्यते M. Bh on P. I.1.56 Vart. 14; (2) mental inclusion; confer, compare यां यां विभक्तिं आश्रयितुं बुद्धिरुपजायते सा साश्रयितव्या M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 57: confer, compare अथ बुद्धिः अविशेषात्स्मपुरा हेतू, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2.118 Vart. 4.
buddhikarmanactivity of the mind of the type of understanding as contrasted with the activity of the sense organs; confer, compare इन्द्रियकर्म समासादनं बुद्धिकर्म व्यवसायः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.III. 3. 133 Vart. 8.
buddhisāgarawriter of a grammar work who lived in the 11th century.
saṃbuddhi(1)a term used in Panini's grammar for the case-affix of the vocative singular; confer, compare एकवचनं संबुद्धिः P. II. 3, 49; the vocative is, however, not looked upon as a separate case, but the designation संबोधन is given to the nominative case, having the sense of संबोधनः (2) the word is also used in the general sense of संबोधन i. e. addressing or calling: confer, compare एकश्रुति दूरात्संबुद्धौः किमिदं पारिभाषिक्याः संबुद्धेर्ग्रहणमेकवचनं संबुद्वि: (II. 3.49) आहोस्विदन्वर्थग्रहणं संबोधनं संबुद्वि: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.33.
a,k(ೱ),(ೱ)जिह्वामूलीय, represented by a sign like the वज्र in writing, as stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks वज्राकृतिर्वर्णो जिह्वामूलीयसंज्ञो भवति. the Jihvāmūlīya is only a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the guttural letter क् or ख् . It is looked upon as a letter (वर्ण), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. e. g. विष्णु ೱ करोति.
a,pೱ,(ೱ)Upadhmānīya represented by a sign like the temple of an elephants stated by Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. who remarks "गजकुम्भाकृतिर्वर्ण उपध्मानीयसंज्ञो भवति." Kāt.I. It is a voiceless breath following the utterance of a vowel and preceding the utterance of the labial letter p ( प् ) or ph ( फ ). It is looked upon as a letter ( वर्ण ), but dependent upon the following consonant and hence looked upon as a consonant. अ:कार name given to the nominative case. case in the Taittiriya Prātiśākhya. cf अ:कार इति प्रथमाविभक्तेरुपलक्षणम् Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 23.
akṛtliterally non-krt: an affix applied to a root, but different from the conjugational affixes. confer, compare अकृत्सार्वधातुक्रयोर्दीर्ध: P. VII. 4.25.
akṣarasamāmnāyaalphabet: traditional enumeration of phonetically independent letters generally beginning with the vowel a (अ). Although the number of letters and the order in which they are stated differ in different treatises, still, qualitatively they are much the same. The Śivasūtras, on which Pāṇini's grammar is based, enumerate 9 vowels, 4 semi-vowels, twenty five class-consonants and 4 | sibilants. The nine vowels are five simple vowels or monothongs (समानाक्षर) as they are called in ancient treatises, and the four diphthongs, (सन्ध्यक्षर ). The four semi-vowels y, v, r, l, ( य् व् र् ल् ) or antasthāvarṇa, the twenty five class-consonants or mutes called sparśa, and the four ūṣman letters ś, ṣ, s and h ( श् ष् स् ह् ) are the same in all the Prātiśākhya and grammar works although in the Prātiśākhya works the semi-vowels are mentioned after the class consonants.The difference in numbers, as noticed, for example in the maximum number which reaches 65 in the VājasaneyiPrātiśākhya, is due to the separate mention of the long and protracted vowels as also to the inclusion of the Ayogavāha letters, and their number. The Ayogavāha letters are anusvāra, visarjanīya,jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya, nāsikya, four yamas and svarabhaktī. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya does not mention l (लृ), but adding long ā (अा) i (ई) ,ū (ऊ) and ṛ (ऋ) to the short vowels, mentions 12 vowels, and mentioning 3 Ayogavāhas (< क्, = प् and अं) lays down 48 letters. The Ṛk Tantra Prātiśākhya adds the vowel l (लृ) (short as also long) and mentions 14 vowels, 4 semivowels, 25 mutes, 4 sibilants and by adding 10 ayogavāhas viz. 4 yamas, nāsikya, visarjanīya, jihvāmulīya, upadhmānīya and two kinds of anusvāra, and thus brings the total number to 57. The Ṛk Tantra makes a separate enumeration by putting diphthongs first, long vowles afterwards and short vowels still afterwards, and puts semi-vowels first before mutes, for purposes of framing brief terms or pratyāhāras. This enumeration is called varṇopadeśa in contrast with the other one which is called varṇoddeśa. The Taittirīya prātiśākhya adds protracted vowels and lays down 60 letters : The Ṣikṣā of Pāṇini lays down 63 or 64 letters, while the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya gives 65 letters. confer, compare Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 1-25. The alphabet of the modern Indian Languages is based on the Varṇasamāmnāya given in the Vājasaneyi-prātiśākhya. The Prātiśākhyas call this enumeration by the name Varṇa-samāmnāya. The Ṛk tantra uses the terms Akṣara samāmnāya and Brahmarāśi which are picked up later on by Patañjali.confer, compare सोयमक्षरसमाम्नायो वाक्समाम्नायः पुष्पितः फलितश्चन्द्रतारकवत् प्रतिमण्डितो वेदितव्यो ब्रह्मराशिः । सर्ववेदपुण्यफलावाप्तिश्चास्य ज्ञाने भवति । मातापितरौ चास्य स्वर्गे लोके महीयेते । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika.2-end.
atatkālanot taking that much time only which is shown by the letter (vowel) uttered, but twice or thrice, as required by its long or protracted utterance ; the expression is used in connection with vowels in Pāṇini's alphabet, which, when used in Pāṇini's rules, except when prescribed or followed by the letter त्, includes their long, protracted and nasalized utterances: confer, compare अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः I.1.69.
atadanubandhakanot having the same mute significatory letter, but having one or two additional ones, confer, compare तदनुबन्धकग्रहणे नातदनुबन्धकस्य ग्रहणम् (Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 84.)
atideśaextended application; transfer or conveyance or application of the character or qualities or attributes of one thing to another. Atideśa in Sanskrit grammar is a very common feature prescribed by Pāṇini generally by affixing the taddhita affix. affix मत् or वत् to the word whose attributes are conveyed to another. e. g. लोटो लङ्वत् P. III. 4.85. In some cases the atideśa is noticed even without the affix मत् or वत्; exempli gratia, for exampleगाङ्कुटादिभ्योऽञ्णिन् ङित् P. 1.2.1 . Atideśa is generally seen in all grammatical terms which end with 'vadbhāva' e. g. स्थानिवद्भाव (P.I.1.56-59), सन्वद्भाव (P.VII.4.93), अन्तादिवद्भाव (P. VI.1.85), अभूततद्भाव (P.IV.60) and others. Out of these atideśas, the स्थानिवद्भाव is the most important one, by virtue of which sometimes there is a full representation id est, that is substitution of the original form called sthānin in the place of the secondary form called ādeśa. This full representation is called रूपातिदेश as different from the usual one which is called कार्यातिदेश, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VIII.1.90 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1 and VIII.1.95. Vart.3. Regarding the use of अतिदेश there is laid down a general dictum सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः when an operation depending on the general properties of a thing could be taken by extended application, an operation depending on special properties should not be taken by virtue of the same : e. g. भूतवत् in P. III.3.132 means as in the case of the general past tense and not in the case of any special past tense like the imperfect ( अनद्यतन ) , or the perfect ( परोक्ष ). See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 101, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3. 132. There is also a general dictum अतिदेशिकमनित्यम्whatever is transferred by an extended application, need not, be necessarily taken. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. 93.6 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.123 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4, I.2.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.3.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 et cetera, and others, Kaiyaṭa on II. 1.2 and VI.4.22 and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. I.1.56 and P. I.2.58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8. The dictum अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् is given as a Paribhāṣā by Nāgeśa confer, compare Pari. Śek. 93. 6.
adhikāragoverning rule consisting of a word (exempli gratia, for example प्रत्ययः, धातोः, समासान्ताः et cetera, and others) or words (exempli gratia, for example ङ्याप्प्रातिपदिकात्, सर्वस्य द्वे et cetera, and others) which follows or is taken as understood in every following rule upto a particular limit. The meaning of the word अधिकार is discussed at length by Patañjali in his Mahābhāṣya on II.1.1, where he has given the difference between अधिकार and परिभाषा; confer, compare अधिकार: प्रतियोगं तस्यानिर्देशार्थ इति योगे योगे उपतिष्ठते। परिभाषा पुनरेकदेशस्था सती सर्वं शास्त्रमभिज्वलयति प्रदीपवत् । See also Mahābhāṣya on I.3.11, I. 4.49 and IV. I.83. The word or wording which is to repeat in.the subsequent rules is believed to be shown by Pāṇini by characterizing it with a peculiarity of utterance known as स्वरितोच्चार or स्वरितत्वेन उच्चारणम्. The word which is repeated in the following Sūtras is stated to be अधिकृत. The Śabda Kaustubha defines adhikāra as एकंत्रोपात्तस्यान्यत्र व्यापार: अधिकारः Śab. Kaus. on P.1.2.65. Sometimes the whole rule is repeated e. g. प्रत्यय: P.III.1.1, अङ्गस्य P.VI.4.1 समासान्ताः P.V.4.68 while on some occasions a part only of it is seen repeatedition The repetition goes on upto a particular limit which is stated as in असिद्धवदत्राभात् P.VI.4.22, प्राग्रीश्वरान्निपाताः P.I.4.56. Many times the limit is not stated by the author of the Sūtras but it is understood by virtue of a counteracting word occurring later on. On still other occasions, the limit is defined by the ancient traditional interpreters by means of a sort of convention which is called स्वरितत्वप्रतिज्ञा. This अधिकार or governance has its influence of three kinds: ( 1 ) by being valid or present in all the rules which come under its sphere of influence, e. g. स्त्रियाम् or अङ्गस्य; (2) by showing additional properties e. g. the word अपादान being applied to cases where there is no actual separation as in सांकाश्यकेभ्यः पाटलिपुत्रका अभिरूपतराः: (3) by showing additional force such as setting aside even subsequent rules if opposingular. These three types of the influence which a word marked with स्वरित and hence termed अधिकार possesses are called respectively अधिकारगति, अधिक क्रार्य and अधिक कार. For details see M.Bh. on I.3.11. This अधिकार or governing rule exerts its influence in three ways: (1) generally by proceeding ahead in subsequent rules like the stream of a river, (2)sometimes by jumps like a frog omitting a rule or more, and (3)rarely by proceeding backward with a lion's glance; confer, compare सिंहावलोकितं चैव मण्डूकप्लुतमेव च ।; गड्गाप्रवाहवच्चापि अधिकारास्त्रिधा मताः ॥
aghikārasūtraa superintending aphorism, which gives no meaning of itself where it is mentioned, but gives its meaning in the number of aphorisms that follow: e. gthe rules प्रत्यय:, परश्च and अाद्युदात्तश्च P. III.1.1, 2, 3 or सह सुपा. P.II.1.4.
anabhidhānainability to express the meaning desiredition The expression न वा अनभिधानात् frequently occurs in the Mahābhāṣya referring to such words or phrases as could be formed by rules of grammar or could be used according to rules but,are not found in current use recognized by learned persons or scholars; confer, compare तच्चानभिधानं यत्राप्तैरुक्तं तत्रैव, अन्यत्र तु यथालक्षणं भवत्येव Padamañj. on III. 2.1;also confer, compare अनभिधानाद् व्यधिकरणानां बहुव्रीहिर्न भविष्यति । यत्र त्वभिधानमस्ति तत्र वैयधिकरण्येपि भवत्येव समासः, कण्ठेकाल इति; Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on II. 2.24: for examples of अनभिधान, sec also M.Bh.अभिधानलक्षणाः कृत्तद्धितसमासाः अनभिधानान्न भविष्यन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.3.19. also on III. 2.1. V.5, IV.2.1. See Kāś. on III,1.22, III.3.158.
antaraṅgaa highly technical term in Pāṇini's grammar applied in a variety of ways to rules which thereby can supersede other rules. The term is not used by Pāṇini himselfeminine. The Vārtikakāra has used the term thrice ( Sec I. 4. 2 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8, VI.1.106 Vart.10 and VIII.2.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I) evidently in the sense of immediate', 'urgent', 'of earlier occurrence' or the like. The word is usually explained as a Bahuvrīhi compound meaning 'अन्त: अङ्गानि निमित्तानि यस्य' (a rule or operation which has got the causes of its application within those of another rule or operation which consequently is termed बहिरङ्ग). अन्तरङ्ग, in short, is a rule whose causes of operation occur earlier in the wording of the form, or in the process of formation. As an अन्तरङ्ग rule occurs to the mind earlier, as seen a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., it is looked upon as stronger than any other rule, barring of course अपवाद rules or exceptions, if the other rule presents itself simultaneously. The Vārtikakāra, hence, in giving preference to अन्तरङ्ग rules, uses generally the wording अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् which is paraphrased by अन्तरङ्गं बहिरङ्गाद् बलीयः which is looked upon as a paribhāṣā. Grammarians, succeeding the Vārtikakāra, not only looked upon the बहिरङ्ग operation as weaker than अन्तरङ्ग, but they looked upon it as invalid or invisible before the अन्तरङ्ग operation had taken placcusative case. They laid down the Paribhāṣā असिद्धं बहिरङ्गमन्तरङ्गे which has been thoroughly discussed by Nāgeśa in his Paribhāṣendusekhara. The अन्तरङ्गत्व is taken in a variety of ways by Grammarians : (l) having causes of application within or before those of another e. g. स्येनः from the root सिव् (सि + उ+ न) where the यण् substitute for इ is अन्तरङ्ग being caused by उ as compared to guṇa for उ which is caused by न, (2) having causes of application occurring before those of another in the wording of the form, (3) having a smaller number of causes, (4) occurring earlier in the order of several operations which take place in arriving at the complete form of a word, (5) not having संज्ञा (technical term) as a cause of its application, ( 6 ) not depending upon two words or padas, (7) depending upon a cause or causes of a general nature (सामान्यापेक्ष) as opposed to one which depends on causes of a specific nature ( विशेषापेक्ष).
antādivadbhāvacondition, attributed to a single substitute for the final of the preceding and initial of the succeeding word, of being looked upon either as the final of the preceding word or as the initial of the succeeding word but never as both (the final as well as the initial) at one and the same time; confer, compare उभयत आश्रये नान्तादिवत् Sīr. Pari 39 also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.2.48.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
avaśaṃgamaname of a Samdhi when a class consonant, followed by any consonant is not changed, but retained as it is; confer, compare स्पर्शाः पूर्वे व्यञ्जनान्युत्तराणि अास्थापितानां अवशंगमं तत् R.Pr.IV. l; eg. अारैक् पन्थाम् Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita. I.113.16, वषट् ते (Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita.VII.99.7) अजानन् पुत्रः (R. V. X.85.14).
aviśeṣitanot specified, mentioned without any specific attribute; confer, compare एवमपि प्रयत्नः अविशेषितः भवति M.Bh. on I.1.9; confer, compare also Kātan. VI.1.63.
avyayasaṃgrahaname of a treatise ondeclinable words attributed to Sākaṭāyana.
aśvaghāsādicompounds like अश्वघास which cannot be strictly correct as चतुथींसमास, but can be षष्ठीसमास if the word तदर्थ in the rule चतुर्थी तदर्थार्थबलिहितसुखरक्षितैः be understood in the sense of 'meant for' a particular thing which is to be formed out of it: confer, compare विकृतिः प्रकृत्येति चेदश्वघासादीनामुपसंख्यानम् M.Bh. on II.1.36.
aṣṭādhyāyīname popularly given to the Sūtrapāṭha of Pāṇini consisting of eight books (adhyāyas) containing in all 3981 Sūtras,as found in the traditional recital, current at the time of the authors of the Kāśika. Out of these 398l Sūtras, seven are found given as Vārtikas in the Mahābhāṣya and two are found in Gaṇapāṭha.The author of the Mahābhāṣya has commented upon only 1228 of these 3981 sūtras. Originally there were a very few differences of readings also, as observed by Patañjali ( see Mbh on I.4.1 ); but the text was fixed by Patañjali which, with a few additions made by the authors of the Kāśika,as observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., has traditionally come down to the present day. The Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is believed to be one of the six Vedāṅga works which are committed to memory by the reciters of Ṛgveda. The text of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. is recited without accents. The word अष्टाध्यायी was current in Patañjali's time; confer, compare शिष्टज्ञानार्था अष्टाध्यायी Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VI. 3.109.
asattva(1)absence of सत्त्व or entity; (2) other than a substance i. e. property, attribute, et cetera, and others confer, compare प्रादयः असत्त्ववचना निपातसंज्ञा भवन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 4.59; confer, compare also सोऽसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44. confer, compare also चादयोऽ सत्त्वे P.I.4.57.
asamarthasamāsaa compound of two words, which ordinarily is inadmissible, one of the two words being more closely connected with a third word, but which takes place on the authority of usage, there being no obstacle in the way of understanding the sense to be conveyed; e. g. देवदत्तस्य गुरुकुलम् । देवदत्तस्य दासभार्या । असूर्यंपश्यानि मुखानि, अश्राद्धभोजी ब्राह्मणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1.
astātitaddhita affix. affix अस्तात् in the sense of the base itself, but called विभक्ति, prescribed after words in the sense of 'direction', e. g. पुरस्तात्, अधस्तात् et cetera, and others confer, compare दिक्शब्देभ्यः सप्तमीपञ्चमीप्रथमाभ्येा दिग्देशकालेषु अस्तातिः P. V.3.27.
asvarakauntoned; a word without an accent, as different from a word which has an accent,but which is not uttered with that accent: cf अक्रियमाणे ह्युपदेशिवद्भावे...अान्तर्यत अांदेशा अस्वरकाणामस्वरकाः स्युः M.Bh. on VII. 1.2, VII. 1. 89.
aākhyātaverbal form, verb; confer, compare भावप्रधानमाख्यातं सत्त्वप्रधानानि नामानि Nirukta of Yāska.I.1; चत्वारि पदजातानि नामाख्यातोपसर्गनिपाताश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1. Āhnika 1 ; also A.Prāt. XII. 5, अाकार अाख्याते पदादिश्च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.2.37 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2, आख्यातमाख्यातेन क्रियासातत्ये Sid. Kau. on II.1.72, क्रियावाचकमाख्यातं Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.V.1; confer, compare भारद्वाजकमाख्यातं भार्गवं नाम भाष्यते । भारद्वाजेन दृष्टत्वादाख्यातं भारद्वाजगोत्रम् V. Prāt. VIII. 52; confer, compare also Athar. Prāt.I.I.12, 18; 1.3.3,6; II.2.5 where ākhyāta means verbal form. The word also meant in ancient days the root also,as differentiated from a verb or a verbal form as is shown by the lines तन्नाम येनाभिदधाति सत्त्वं, तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातुः R.Pr.XII.5 where 'आख्यात' and 'धातु' are used as synonyms As the root form such as कृ, भृ et cetera, and others as distinct from the verbal form, is never found in actual use, it is immaterial whether the word means root or verb.In the passages quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. from the Nirukta and the Mahābhāṣya referring to the four kinds of words, the word ākhyāta could be taken to mean root (धातु) or verb (क्रियापद). The ākhyāta or verb is chiefly concerned with the process of being and bccoming while nouns (नामानि) have sattva or essence, or static element as their meaning. Verbs and nouns are concerned not merely with the activities and things in this world but with every process and entity; confer, compare पूर्वापूरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेनाचष्टे Nir.I.;अस्तिभवतिविद्यतीनामर्थः सत्ता । अनेककालस्थायिनीति कालगतपौर्वापर्येण क्रमवतीति तस्याः क्रियात्वम् । Laghumañjūṣā. When a kṛt (affix). affix is added to a root, the static element predominates and hence a word ending with a kṛt (affix). affix in the sense of bhāva or verbal activity is treated as a noun and regularly declined;confer, compareकृदभिहितो भावे द्रव्यवद् भवति M.Bh. on II.2.19 and III. 1.67, where the words गति, व्रज्या, पाक and others are given as instances. Regarding indeclinable words ending with kṛt (affix). affixes such as कर्तुं, कृत्वा, and others, the modern grammarians hold that in their case the verbal activity is not shadowed by the static element and hence they can be,in a way, looked upon as ākhyātas; confer, compare अव्ययकृतो भावे Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇa.
aāgantukaliterally adventitious, an additional wording generally at the end of roots to show distinctly their form exempli gratia, for example वदि, एधि, सर्ति et cetera, and others; confer, compare इन्धिभवतिभ्यां च P I.2.6: confer, compare also भावलक्षणे स्थेण्कृञ्वदिचरिहृतभिजनिभ्यस्तोमुन्, P.III.4.16, सृपिवृदो. कसुन् P. III.4.17 and a number of other sūtras where इ or तिं is added to the root confer, compare इक्श्तिपौ धातुनिर्देशे, वर्णात्कारः, रादिफः P.III.3.108 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.3. 4, where such appendages to be added to the roots or letters are given. The word अागन्तु is an old word used in the Nirukta, but the term आगन्तुक appears to be used for the first time for such forms by Haradatta; confer, compare ह्वरोरिति ह्वृ कौटिल्ये, आगन्तुकेकारे गुणेन निर्देशः Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. on VII.2.31. In the traditional oral explanations the second part of a reduplicated word is termed अागन्तुक which is placed second i. e. after the original by virtue of the convention आगन्तूनामन्ते निवेशः, although in fact, it is said to possess the sense of the root in contrast with the first which is called abhyāsa.A nice distinction can, however be drawn between the four kinds of adventitious wordings found in grammar viz.आगन्तु, इत्, अभ्यास and आगम which can be briefly stated as follows; The former two do not form a regular part of the word and are not found in the actual use of the word; besides, they do not possess any sense, while the latter two are found in actual use and they are possessed of sense. Again the agantu word is simply used for facility of understanding exactly and correctly the previous word which is really wanted; the इत् wording, besides serving this purpose, is of use in causing some grammatical operations. अभ्यास, is the first part of the wording which is wholly repeated and it possesses no sense by itself, while, āgama which is added to the word either at the beginning or at the end or inserted in the middle, forms a part of the word and possesses the sense of the word.
aātmanebhāṣaa technical term used for such roots as speak for the agent himself; the term अात्मनेभाष means the same as the term अात्मनेपदिन्. The term अात्मनेभाष is not mentioned by Pāṇini; but the writer of the Vārtikas explains it, confer, compare आत्मनेभाषपरस्मैभाषयोरुपसंख्यानम् P. VI.3.7 and 8 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1; confer, compare also आत्मनेपदिनश्च धातवो वैयाकरणैरात्मनेभाषशब्देन व्यवह्रियन्ते,Kaiyaṭa on VI.3.7.The term is found in the Atharva-Prātiśākhya. III. 4.7. It cannot be said whether the term came in use after Pāṇini or, although earlier, it belonged to some school other than that of Pāṇini or, Pāṇini put into use the terms Ātmanepada and Parasmaipada for the affixes as the ancient terms Ātmanebhāṣa and Parasmaibhāṣa were in use for the roots.
ānantarya(1)close proximity; absence of any intermediary element generally of the same nature: अनन्तरस्य भावः आनन्तर्यम्; confer, compare नाजानन्तर्ये वहिष्ट्वप्रक्लृप्तिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.4.2. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 21: Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 51. This close proximity of one letter or syllable or so, with another, is actually id est, that isphonetically required and generally so found out also, but sometimes such proximity is theoretically not existing as the letter required for proximity is technically not present there by the rule पूर्वत्रासिद्धम्. In such cases, a technical absence is not looked upon as a fault. confer, compare कचिच्च संनिपातकृतमानन्तर्ये शास्त्रकृतमनानन्तर्ये यथा ष्टुत्वे, क्वचिच्च नैव संनिपातकृतं नापि शास्त्रकृतं यथा जश्त्वे । यत्र कुतश्चिदेवानन्तर्यं तदाश्रयिष्यामः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on VIII.3.13. (2) close connection by mention together at a common place et cetera, and others;confer, compare सर्वाद्यानन्तर्यं कार्यार्थम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.27.
ābhīyaprakaraṇaa section of Pāṇini's grammar from VI.4.-2 to VI. 4.129, called अाभीय, as it extends to the rule भस्य VI.4.129, including it but as the governing rule भस्य is valid in every rule upto the end of the Pāda, the आभीयप्रकरण also extends upto the end of the Pāda.See अाभाच्छास्त्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
aāropaattribution or imputation of properties which leada to the secondary sense of a word; confer, compare अप्रसिद्धश्च संज्ञादिरपि तद्गुणारोपादेव बुध्यते Par. Sek. on Pari. 15.
āśvalāyanaprātiśākhyaan authoritative Prātiśākhya work attributed to Śaunaka the teacher of Āśvalāyana, belonging prominently to the Sakala and the Bāṣkala Śakhās of the Ṛgveda. it is widely known by the name Ṛk-Prātiśākhya. It is a metrical composition divided into . 18 chapters called Paṭalas, giving special directions for the proper pronunciation, recitation and preservation of the Ṛksaṁhita by laying down general rules on accents and euphonic combinations and mentioning phonetic and metrical peculiarities. It has got a masterly commentary written by Uvvaṭa.
āhitad-affix added to the word दक्षिण in the general sense of direction but when distance is specially meant; exempli gratia, for example दक्षिणाहि वसति, दक्षिणाहि रमणीयम्. See Kāś. on आहि च दूरे P. V.3.37.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217,ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
indumitraauthor of अनुन्यास, a commentary on Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa., the well-known commentary on the Kāśikavṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi. Many quotations from the Anunyāsa are found in the Paribhāṣāvṛtti of Sīradeva. The word इन्दु is often used for इन्दुमित्र; confer, compare एतस्मिन् वाक्ये इन्दुमैत्रेययोः शाश्वतिको विरोध: Sīra. Pari. 36.
imanor इमनिच् taddhita affix. affix इमन् applied to the words पृथु, मृदु, महत्, लघु, गुरु, words showing colour and words such as दृढ, परिवृढ, भृश, शीत, उष्ण et cetera, and others in the sense of 'quality' or 'attribute': cf Pāṇ. V. 1.122, 123. For changes in the base before the affix इमन् see P. VI.4.154-163.
uktaprescribed, taught, lit, said (already). उक्तं वा is a familiar expression in the Mahābhāṣya and the Vārttikas referring usually to something already expresseditionSometimes this expression in the Mahābhāṣya, referring to something which is not already expressed, but which could be found subsequently expressed, leads to the conclusion that the Mahābhāṣyakāra had something like a 'Laghubhāṣya' before him at the time of teaching the Mahābhāṣya. See Kielhorn's Kātyāyana and Patañjali, also Mahābhāṣya D.E. S.Ed. Vol. VII, pages 71, 72.
uccāraṇapronunciation, enunciation (in the Śāstra). The phrase उच्चारणसामर्थ्यात् is often found used in the Mahābhāṣya and elsewhere in connection with the words of Pāṇini, everyone of which is believed to , have a purpose or use in the Śāstra, which purpose, if not clearly manifest, is assigned to it on the strength (सामर्थ्य) of its utterance; confer, compare उच्चारणसामर्थ्यादत्र ( हिन्येाः ) उत्वं न भविष्यति M.Bh. on III.4.89 V.2; confer, compare also M.Bh. on IV.4.59, VI.4.163, VII.1.12,50, VII.2.84, In a few cases, a letter is found used by Pāṇini which cannot be assigned any purpose but which has been put there for facility of the use of other letters. Such letters are said to be उच्चारणार्थ; confer, compare जग्धि: । इकार उच्चारणार्थ:। नानुबन्धः । Kāś. on II.4.36.च्लि लुडि. । इकार उच्चारणार्थ:; चकारः स्वरार्थः । Kāś, on III.1. 43. The expressions मुखसुखार्थः and श्रवणार्थः in the Mahābhāṣya mean the same as उच्चारणार्थः.
uṇādiaffixes headed by the affix उण्, which are similar to kṛt affixes of Pāṇini, giving derivation mostly of such words as are not derived by rules of Pāṇini. No particular sense such as agent, object et cetera, and others is mentioned in connection with these affixes, but, as Pāṇini has stated in 'ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः P.III. 4.75, the various Uṇādi affixes are applied to the various roots as prescribed in any Kāraka sense, except the संप्रदान and the अपादान; in other words, any one of the senses, agent, object, instrument and abode, is assigned to the Uṇādi affix as suits the meaning of the word. Although some scholars believe that the Uṇādi affixes are given by a grammarian later than Pāṇini as there are words like ताम्बूल, दीनार and others included in the list of Uṇādi words and that there are many interpolated Sūtras, still the Uṇādi collection must be looked upon as an old one which is definitely mentioned by Pāṇini in two different rules; confer, compare Pāṇini उणादयो बहुलम् P. III.3.1 and ताभ्यामन्यत्रोणादयः III.4.76. Patañjali has given a very interesting discussion about these Uṇādi affixes and stated on the strength of the Vārttika, तत्रोणादिप्रतिषेधः, that these affixes and the words given in the Uṇādi collection should not be considered as genuinely deriveditionThe derivation is not a very systematic and logically correct one and therefore for practical purposes, the words derived by the application of the affixes उण् and others should be looked upon as underived; confer, compare उणादयोSव्युत्पन्नानि प्रातिपदिकानि. Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on. P.I.1.16, III.4.77, IV.1.1, VI.1.62, VII.1.2, VII.2.8 et cetera, and others There is a counterstatement also seen in the Mahābhāṣya उणादयो व्युत्पन्नानि, representing the other view prevailing at the time; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.I.133; but not much importance seems to be attached to it. The different systems of grammar have different collections of such words which are also known by the term Uṇādi. Out of the collections belonging to Pāṇini's system, three collections are available at present, the collection into five pādas given in the printed edition of the Siddhānta Kaumudi, the collection into ten Pādas given in the printed edition of the Prakriya-Kaumudi and the collection in the Sarasvatīkaṇthābharaṇa of Bhoja forming Pādas 1, 2 and 3 of the second Adhyāya of the work.
uddyotanaprabhāname of a commentary on the 'Tantrapradipa' of Maitreya Rakṣita,which latter is a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. which itself is a commentary on Jayāditya's Kāśikā.
upadhmānīyaa letter or a phonetic element substituted for a visarga followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class. Visarga is simply letting the breath out of the mouth. Where the visarga is followed by the first or the second letter of the labial class, its pronunciation is coloured by labial utterance. This coloured utterance cannot be made independently; hence this utterance called 'उपध्मानीय' ( similar to a sound blown from the mouth ) is not put in, as an independent letter, in the वर्णसमाम्नाय attributed to महेश्वर. Patañjali, however, has referred to such dependent utterances by the term अयोगवाहवर्ण. See अयेागवाह; confer, compare xक इति जिह्वामूलीयः । जिह्वामूलेन जन्यत्वात् । xप इत्युपध्मानीयः । उपध्मानेन जन्यत्वात्. अयेगवाह is also called अर्धविसर्ग. See अर्धविसर्ग.
upamanyu(1)the famous commentator on the grammatical verses attributed to Nandikeśvarakārikā. which are known by the name नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका and which form a kind of a commentary on the sūtras of Maheśvara; (2) a comparatively modern grammarian possibly belonging to the nineteenth century who is also named Nandikeśvarakārikā.kārikābhāṣya by Upamanyu.and who has written a commentory on the famous Kāśikāvṛtti by Jayāditya and Vāmana. Some believe that Upa-manyu was an ancient sage who wrote a nirukta or etymological work and whose pupil came to be known as औपमन्यव.
upalakṣaṇaimplication, indication: a thing indicatory of another thing. The term is very frequently found in commentary works in connection with a word which signifies something beyond it which is similar to it; the indication is generally inclusive; confer, compare Kāśikā on भीस्म्योर्हेतुभये P.I.3.68 भयग्रहणमुपलक्षणार्थं विस्मयोपि तत एव । as also मन्त्रग्रहणं तु च्छन्दस उपलक्षणार्थम् Kāś. on II.4.80. The verbal forms of लक्ष् and उपलक्ष् as also the words लक्षयितुम्, लक्षणीय, लक्षित et cetera, and others possess the sense of 'expressing the meaning not primarily, but secondarily by indication or implication'.
upasargapreposition, prefix. The word उसपर्ग originally meant only 'a prefixed word': confer, compare सोपसर्गेषु नामसु Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVI. 38. The word became technically applied by ancient Sanskrit Gratmmarians to the words प्र, परा, अप, सम् et cetera, and others which are always used along with a verb or a verbal derivative or a noun showing a verbal activity; confer, compare उपसर्गाः क्रियायोगे P. I. 4.59. 'These prefixes are necessariiy compounded with the following word unless the latter is a verbal form; confer, compare कुगतिप्रादयः P.II. 2.18. Although they are not compounded with a verbal form, these prepositions are used in juxtaposition with it; sometimes they are found detached from the verbal form even with the intervention of one word or more. The prefixes are instrumental in changing the meaning of the root. Some scholars like Śākaṭāyana hold the view that separated from the roots, prefixes do not express any specific sense as ordinary words express, while scholars like Gārgya hold the view that prefixes do express a sense e. g. प्र means beginning or प्रारम्भ; confer, compare न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः । नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयोगद्योतका भवन्ति । उच्चावचाः पदार्था भवन्तीति गार्ग्यः । तद्य एषु पदार्थः प्राहुरिमं तं नामाख्यातयोरर्थविकरणम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 8. It is doubtful, however, which view Pāṇini himself held. In his Ātmanepada topic, he has mentioned some specific roots as possessing some specific senses when preceded by some specific prefixes (see P. I. 3.20, 24, 25, 40, 4l, 46, 52, 56, et cetera, and others), which implies possibly that roots themselves possess various senses, while prefixes are simply instrumental in indicating or showing them. On the other hand, in the topic of the Karmapravacanīyas,the same words प्र, परा et cetera, and others which, however, are not termed Upasargas for the time being, although they are called Nipātas, are actually assigned some specific senses by Pāṇini. The Vārttikakāra has defined उपसर्ग as क्रियाविशेषक उपसर्गः P. I. 3.I. Vārt 7, leaving it doubtful whether the उपसर्ग or prefix possesses an independent sense which modifies the sense of the root, or without possessing any independent sense, it shows only the modified sense of the root which also is possessed by the root. Bhartṛhari, Kaiyaṭa and their followers including Nāgeśa have emphatically given the view that not only prefixes but Nipātas, which include प्र, परा and others as Upasargas as well as Karmapravacanīyas, do not denote any sense, but they indicate it; they are in fact द्योतक and not वाचक. For details see Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3, Vākyapadīya II. 190, Mahābhāṣya on I. 3.1. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 7 and Kaiyaṭa's Mahābhāṣyapradīpa.and Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.thereon. The Ṛk Prātiśākhya has discussed the question in XII. 6-9 where, as explained by the commentator, it is stated that prefixes express a sense along with roots or nouns to which they are attachedition It is not clear whether they convey the sense by denotation or indication, the words वाचक in stanza 6 and विशेषकृत् in stanza 8 being in favour of the former and the latter views respectively; cf उपसर्गा विंशतिरर्थवाचकाः सहेतराभ्यामितरे निपाताः; क्रियावाचकभाख्यातमुपसर्गो विशेषकृत्, सत्त्वाभिधायकं नाम निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. st. 6 and 8. For the list of upasargas see Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 6, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.I. 15, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VI.24, and S. K. on P. I.4.60.
upasargadyotyatāthe view or doctrine that prefixes, by themselves, do not possess any sense, but they indicate the sense of the verb or noun with which they are connectedition For details See Vākyapadīya II.165-206; also vol. VII. pages 370-372 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya edition by the D. E. Society, Poona.
upasthitaa word used father technically in the sense of the word इति which is used in the Krama and other recitals when Vedic reciters show separately the two words compounded together by uttering the compound word first, then the word इति and then the two compound words, exempli gratia, for example सुश्लोक ३ इति सु-श्लोक। विभावसो इति विभा-वसो. The Kāśikā defines the word उपस्थित as समुदायादवच्छिद्य पदं येन स्वरूपे अवस्थाप्यते तद् उपस्थितम् । इतिशब्दः । Kāś.on VI.1.129. The Ṛk-Prātiśākhya explains the word rather differently, but in the same context.The word after which इति is placed is called upasthita exempli gratia, for example the word बाहू in बाहू इति or विभावसौ in विभावसो इति as contrasted with स्थित id est, that is the word without इति exempli gratia, for example बाहू or विभावसो, as also contrasted with स्थितोपस्थित id est, that is the whole word विभावसो इति विभाsवसो which is also called संहित or मिलित; (2) occurring, present; cf कार्यकालं संज्ञापरिभाषम् . यत्र कार्यं तत्रोपस्थितं द्रष्टव्यम् । Par.Śek. Pari.3.
ṛktantraa work consisting of five chapters containing in all 287 sūtras. It covers the same topics as the Prātiśākhya works and is looked upon as one of the Prātiśākhya works of the Sāma Veda. Its authorship is attributed to Śākaṭāyana according to Nageśa, while औदिव्राज is held as its author by some, and कात्यायन by others. It bears a remarkable similarity to Pāṇini's Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. especially in topics concerning coalescence and changes of स् and न् to ष् and ण् respectively. It cannot be definitely said whether it preceded or followed Pāṇini's work.
ṛkprātiśākhyaone of the Prātiśākhya works belonging to the Aśvalāyana Śākha of the Ṛg Veda. The work available at present, appears to be not a very old one,possibly written a century or so after Pāṇini's time. It is possible that the work, which is available, is based upon a few ancient Prātiśākhya works which are lost. Its authorship is attributed to Śaunaka.The work is a metrical one and consists of three books or Adhyāyas, each Adhyāya being made up of six Paṭalas or chapters. It is written, just as the other Prātiśākhya works, with a view to give directions for the proper recitation of the Veda. It has got a scholarly commentary written by Uvaṭa and another one by Kumāra who is also called Viṣṇumitra. See अाश्वलायनप्रातिशाख्य.
ekavākyaan expression giving one idea, either a single or a composite one. A positive statement and its negation, so also, a general rule and its exception are looked upon as making a single sentence on account of their mutual expectancy even though they be sometimes detached from each other confer, compare विदेशस्थमपि सदेकवाक्यं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.4.67; confer, compare also निषेधवाक्यानामपि निषेध्यविशेषाकाङ्क्षत्वाद्विध्येकवाक्यतयैव अन्वयः । तत्रैकवाक्यता पर्युदासन्यायेन । संज्ञाशास्त्रस्य तु कार्यकालपक्षे न पृथग्वाक्यार्थबोधः । Par. Śek on Pari. 3. Such sentences are, in fact, two sentences, but, to avoid the fault of गौरव, caused by वाक्यभेद, grammarians hold them to be composite single sentences.
ekaśeṣaa kind of composite formation in which only one of the two or more words compounded together subsists, the others being elided; confer, compare एकः शिष्यते इतरे निवर्तन्ते वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ । Kāśikā on सरूपाणामेकशेष एक-विभक्तौ P.I.2.64; confer, compare also सुरूपसमुदायाद्धि विभक्तिर्या विधीयते । एकस्तत्रार्थवान् सिद्धः समुदायस्य वाचकः ।। Bhāṣāvṛtti on P. I. 2.64. There is a dictum of grammarians that every individual object requires a separate expression to convey its presence. Hence, when there is a dual sense, the word has to be repeated, as also the word has to be multiplied when there is a plural sense. In current spoken language, however, in such cases the word is used only once. To justify this single utterance for conveying the sense of plurality, Pāṇini has laid down a general rule सरूपाणामेकशेष एकविभक्तौ and many other similar rules to cover cases of plurality not of one and the same object, but plurality cased by many objects, such as plurality caused by ideas going in pairs or relations such as parents, brothers and sisters, grand-father and grand-son, male and female. For example, see the words वृक्षश्च वृक्षश्च वृक्षौ; Similarly वृक्षाः for many trees, पितरौ for माता च पिता च; देवौ for देवी च देवश्च; confer, compare also the words श्वशुरौ, भ्रातरौ, गार्ग्यौ (for गार्ग्य and गार्ग्यायण),आवाम् (for त्वं च अहं च), यौ (for स च यश्च) and गावः feminine. अजा feminine. अश्वाः masculine gender. irrespective of the individuals being some males and some females. Pāṇini has devoted 10 Sūtras to this topic of Ekaśeṣa. The Daiva grammar has completely ignored this topic. Patanjali has very critically and exhaustively discussed this topic. Some critics hold that the topic of एकशेघ did not exist in the original Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini but it was interpolated later on, and adduce the long discussion in the Mahābhāṣya especially the Pūrvapakṣa therein, in support of their argument. Whatever the case be, the Vārttikakāra has commented upon it at length; hence, the addition must have been made immediately after Pāṇini, if at all there was any. For details see Mahābhāṣya on I.1.64 to 73 as also,Introduction p. 166-167, Vol.7 of the Mahābhāṣya published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
{{c|-( anusvāra ) ṃanusvāraor nasal (l) looked upon as a phonetic element, independent, no doubt, but incapable of being pronounced without a vowel Preceding it. Hence, it is shown in writing with अ although its form in writing is only a dot a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the line cf अं इत्यनुस्वारः । अकार इह उच्चारणर्थ इति बिन्दुमात्रो वर्णोनुस्वारसंज्ञो भवति Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.Vyāk I.1.19; (2) anusvāra,showing or signifying Vikāra id est, that is अागम and used as a technical term for the second विभक्ति or the accusative case. See the word अं a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. on page 1.
karmadhārayaname technically given to a compound-formation of two words in apposition i. e. used in the same case, technically called समानाधिकरण showing the same substratutm; confer, compare तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः I 2.42. The karmadhāraya compound is looked upon as a variety of the tatpuruṣa compound. There is no satisfactory explanation of the reason why such a compound is termed कर्मधारय. Śākaṭāyana defines Karmadhāraya as विशेषणं व्यभिचारि एकार्थं कर्मधारयश्च where the word विशेषण is explained as व्यावर्तक or भेदक (distinguishing attribute) showing that the word कर्म may mean भेदकक्रिया. The word कर्मधारय in that case could mean 'कर्म भेदकक्रिया, तां धारयति असौ कर्मधारयः' a compound which gives a specification of the thing in hand.
kamenāmanliterally noun showing action, participle. कर्मप्रवचनीय a technical term used in connection with a preposition which showed a verbal activity formerly, although for the present time it does not show it; the word is used as a technical term in grammar in connection with prefixes or उपसर्गs which are not used along.with a root, but without it confer, compare कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीयाः इति M.Bh. on P.I.4.83; exempli gratia, for example शाकल्यस्य संहितामनु प्रावर्षत्, अन्वर्जुनं योद्धारः, अा कुमारं यशः पाणिनेः; confer, compare Kāś. on P.I.4.83 to 98.
karmavadbhāvathe activity of the agent or kartā of an action represented as object or karman of that very action, for the sake of grammatical operations: e. g. भिद्यते काष्ठं स्वयमेव;. करिष्यते कटः स्वयमेव. To show facility of a verbal activity on the object, when the agent or kartā is dispensed with, and the object is looked upon as the agent, and used also as an agent, the verbal terminations ति, त; et cetera, and others are not applied in the sense of an agent, but they are applied in the sense of an object; consequently the sign of the voice is not अ (शप्), but य (यक्) and the verbal terminations are त, आताम् et cetera, and others (तङ्) instead of ति, तस् et cetera, and others In popular language the use of an expression of this type is called Karmakartari-Prayoga. For details see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on कर्मवत्कर्मणा तुल्यक्रियः P.III.1.87. Only such roots as are कर्मस्थक्रियक or कर्मस्थभावक id est, that is roots whose verbal activity is noticed in the object and not in the subject can have this Karmakartari-Prayoga.
kalmanthe same as karman or object of an action especially when it is not fully entitled to be called karman, but looked upon as karman only for the sake of being used in the accusative case; subordinate karman, as for instance the cow in गां पयो दोग्धि. The term was used by ancient grammarians; confer, compare विपरीतं तु यत्कर्म तत् कल्म कवयो विदुः M.Bh. on P.I.4.51. See कर्मन्.
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
kātantraparibhāṣāvṛtti(1)name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha written by Bhāvamiśra, probably a Maithila Pandit whose date is not known. He has explained 62 Paribhāṣās deriving many of them from the Kātantra Sūtras. The work seems to be based on the Paribhāṣā works by Vyāḍiparibhāṣāsūcana.and others on the system of Pāṇini, suitable changes having been made by the writer with a view to present the work as belonging to the Kātantra school; (2) name of a gloss on the Paribhāṣāpaṭha of the Kātantra school explaining 65 Paribhāṣās. No name of the author is found in the Poona manuscript. The India Office Library copy has given Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. as the author's name; but it is doubted whether Durgasiṁha's Kātantra-Sūtravṛtti. was the author of it. See परिभाषासंग्रह edition by B. O. R. I. Poona.
kāśikā(1)name given to the reputed gloss (वृत्ति) on the Sūtras of Pāṇini written by the joint authors.Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. Nothing definitely can be said as to which portion was written by Jayāditya and which by Vamana, or the whole work was jointly written. Some scholars believe that the work was called Kāśikā as it was written in the city of Kāśī and that the gloss on the first five Adhyāyas was written by Jayāditya and that on the last three by Vāmana. Although it is written in a scholarly way, the work forms an excellent help to beginners to understand the sense of the pithy Sūtra of Pāṇini. The work has not only deserved but obtained and maintained a very prominent position among students and scholars of Pāṇini's grammar in spite of other works like the Bhāṣāvṛtti, the Prakriyā Kaumudi, the Siddhānta Kaumudi and others written by equally learned scholars. Its wording is based almost on the Mahābhāṣya which it has followed, avoiding, of course, the scholarly disquisitions occurring here and there in the Mahābhāṣya. It appears that many commentary works were written on it, the wellknown among them being the Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā or Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Jinendrabuddhi and the Padamañjari by Haradatta. For details see Vyākaraṇamahābhāṣya Vol.VII pp 286-87 published by the D. E. Society, Poona. ( 2 ) The name Kāśikā is sometimes found given to their commentaries on standard works of Sanskrit Grammar by scholars, as possibly they were written at Kāśī; as for instance, (a) Kāśikā on Vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇasāra by Hari Dīkṣita, and ( b ) Kāśikā on Paribhāṣenduśekhara by Vaidyanātha Pāyaguṇḍe.
kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikāalso called Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa., the well-known commentary written by Jinendrabuddhi on the Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. See Kāśikā a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
kuṅkumavikāśaa commentary by SivaBhaṭṭa on Jinendrabuddhi's Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā which is known popularly as Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa..
kṛtyaliterally that which should be done; the word कृत्य is used as a tech nical term in grammar in the sense of kṛt affixes which possess the sense 'should be done'. Pāṇini has not defined the term कृत्य but he has introduced a topic ( अधिकार ) by the name कृत्य (P. III.1.95), and mentioned kṛt afixes therein which are to be called कृत्य right on upto the mention of the affix ण्वुल्. in P.III. 1.133; confer, compare कृत्याः प्राङ् ण्वुलः P. III. 1.95 The kṛtya affixes, commonly found in use, are तव्य, अनीय and य ( यत्, क्यप् and ण्यत् ).
kramapāṭharecital of the Vedic Saṁhitā by means of separate groups of two words, repeating each word except the first of the Vedic verseline; see क्रम a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The various rules and exceptions are given in detail in Paṭalas ten and eleven of the Ṛk Prātiśākhya. The Vedic Saṁhitā or Saṁhitāpāṭha is supposed to be the original one and the Padapāṭha prepared later on, with a view to preserving the Vedic text without any change or modification of a letter, or accent; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III. 1.109, VI. 1.207 and VIII. 2.16, where Patañjali clearly says that grammar-rules are not to follow the Padapāṭha, but, the writer of the Padapāṭha is to follow the rules already laid down. The Jaṭāpāṭha, the Ghanapāṭha and the other recitals are later developments of the Padapāṭha as they are not mentioned in the Prātiśākhya works.
khamuñkṛt affix अम् applied to the root कृ when preceded by a word standing as the object of the root, provided an abuse is meant, e. g. चोरंकारं आक्रोशति; confer, compare P. III. 4.25.
gaṅgādhara[GANGADHARA SHASTRI TELANG] (l)a stalwart grammarian and Sanskrit scholar of repute who was a pupil of Bālasarasvatī of Vārāṇaśī and prepared in the last century a host of Sanskrit scholars in Banaras among whom a special mention could be made of Dr. Thebaut, Dr. Venis and Dr. Gaṅgānātha Jhā. He was given by Government of India the titles Mahāmahopādhyāya and C. I.E. His surname was Mānavallī but he was often known as गङाधरशास्त्री तेलङ्ग. For details, see Mahābhāṣya, D.E. Society Ed.Poona p.p.33, 34; (2)an old scholar of Vyākarana who is believed to have written a commentary on Vikṛtavallī of Vyādi; (3) a comparatively modern scholar who is said to have written a commentary named Induprakāśa on the Śabdenduśekhara; (4) author of the Vyākaraṇadīpaprabhā, a short commentary on the Vyākaraṇa work of Cidrūpāśramin. See चिद्रूपाश्रमिन्.
galatpadathe word occurs in the Prātiśākhya works in connection with the definition of संक्रम, in the kramapātha. The word संक्रम means bringing together two words when they are combined according to rules of Samdhi. (See the word संक्रम). In the Kramapātha, where each word occurs twice by repetition, a word occurring twice in a hymn or a sentence is not to be repeated for Kramapātha, but it is to be passed over. The word which is passed over in the Kramapātha is called गलत्पद; e. g. दिशां च पतये नमो नमो वृक्षेभ्यो हरिकेशेभ्यः पशूनां पतये नमो नमः सस्पिञ्जराय त्विषीमतॆ पथीनां पतये नमः । In the Kramapātha पतये नमः and नमः are passed over and पशूनां is to be connected with सस्पिञ्जराय. The words पतये नमः and नमः are called galatpada; confer, compare गलत्पदमतिक्रम्य अगलता सह संधानं संक्रम; Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 197. There is no गलत्पद in पदपाठ.
gārgyaan ancient reputed grammarian and possibly a writer of a Nirukta work, whose views, especially in.connection with accents are given in the Pratisakhya works, the Nirukta and Panini's Astadhyayi. Although belonging to the Nirukta school, he upheld the view of the Vaiyakaranas that all words cannot be derived, but only some of them: cf Nirukta of Yāska.I. 12.3. cf, also Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.IV. 167, Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.5, III. 14.22: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 13; XIII. 12: P. VII. 3.99, VIII. 3.20, VIII. 4.69.
guṇa(1)degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।
goṇikāputraa grammarian whose wiew in connection with the correctness of the expressions नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नं and नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नस्य is given by the Mahabhasyakara in the words 'both expressions are justified' ( उभयथा गेणिकापुत्रः ). Nagesa has observed that गेोणिकापुत्र is nobody else but the Mahabhasyakara himself; confer, compare गोणिकापुत्रः भाष्यकार इत्याहुः । NageSa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Mahabhasyapradipa on P. I. 4.5I.
cakrakaa kind of fault in the application of operations, resulting in confusion; a fault in which one returns to the same place not immediately as in Anavastha but after several steps; confer, compare पुनर्ऋच्छिभावः पुनराट् इति चक्रकमव्यवस्था प्राप्नोति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 3.60 Vart 5.
cakrakārakaknown by the name कारकचक्र also, a small work on syntax attributed to वररुचि.
cāndraname of a treatise on grammar written by Candra, who is believed to have been the same as Candragomin. The Grammar is based upon that of Panini, but it does not treat Vedic forms and accents. See the word चन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see pp. 375376 Patanjali Mahabhasya. Vol. VII, D.E. Society's Edition.
jagannātha(1)the well-known poet and scholar of Vyakarana and Alam kara who wrote many excellent poetical works. He lived in the sixteenth century. He was a pupil of कृष्णशेष and he severely criticised the views of Appaya Diksita and Bhattoji Diksita. He wrote a sort of refutation of Bhattoji's commentary Praudha-Manorama on the Siddhānta Kaumudi, which he named प्रौढमनेारमाखण्डन but which is popularly termed मनोरमाकुचमर्दन. His famous work is the Rasagangadhara on Alankrasastra; (2) writer of a commentary on the Rk-Pratisakhya by name Varnakramalaksana; (3) writer of Sarapradipika, a commentary on the Sarasvata Vyakarana.
jayadevaa grammarian, ( of course different from well-known poet), to whom a small treatise on grammar by name इष्टतन्त्रव्याकरण is attributedition
jasicase termination अस् of the nominative case. plural mentioned as जस् by Panini in IV. 1.2, but referred to as जसि by him; confer, compare P.IV.1.31 and VII.1.50.
jātīyartaddhita affix. affix जातीय in the sense of प्रकार or variety; e. g. पटुजातीयः, मृदुजातीयः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. V. 3.69. Originally जातीय was possibly an independent word, but as its use, especially as a noun, was found restricted, it came to be looked upon as an affix on the analogy of the affixes कल्प, देश्य, देशीय and others.
jit(l)literally affix marked with the mute letter ज्; e. g. जस्, जसि, जुस्. the word जित् is not however found used in this sense; (2) a word supposed to be marked with the mute indicatory letter ज्.The word is used in this sense by the Varttikakara saying that such a word does not denote itself but its synonyms; confer, compare जित् पर्यायवचनस्यैव राजांद्यर्थम् P.I.1.68 Vart. 7. In the Sutra सभा राजामनुष्यपूर्वा P.II. 4. 23, the word राजन् is supposed to be जित् and hence it denotes इन्, ईश्वर et cetera, and others; but not the word राजन् itself; (3) In the Pratisakhya works जित् means the first two consonants of each class (वर्ग); exempli gratia, for example क्, ख्,च्, छ्. et cetera, and others which are the same as खय् letters in Panini's terminology; confer, compare द्वौ द्वौ प्रथमौ जित्, V. Pr.I.50;III.13.
jaumāra( व्याकरण )a treatise on vya'karana written by Jumaranandin. See जुमरनन्दिन् a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. The Jaumara Vyakarana has no Vedic section dealing with Vedic forms or accents,but it has added a section on Prakrita just as the Haima Vyakaraha.
jhaa verbal ending of the 3rd person. Atm. for ल ( id est, that is लकार ); cf P.III.4. 78;for the letter झ् , अन्त् is substituted; confer, compare झोन्तः P. VIII.1.3, but ईरे in the perfect tense; confer, compare P. III. 4.81 and रन् in the potential and benedictive moods; confer, compare P. III. 4.85.
ñit(1)an afix marked with the mute letter ञ्; causing the substitution of vrddhi for the preceding vowel and acute accent for the first vowel of the word to which it is added, but, causing vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is added in case the affix is a taddhita affix. affix: confer, compare P.VII.2, 115, 116, 117; (2) a root marked with the consonant ञ् , taking verb-endings of both the Parasmaipada and the Atmanepada kinds; exempli gratia, for example करोति, कुरुते, बिभर्ति, बिभृते, क्रीणाति, क्रीणीते elc.; confer, compare स्वरितञितः कत्राभिप्राये, क्रियाफले P.I.3.72.
ñyaṭtaddhita affix. affix य .causing वृद्धि to the first vowel of the word to which it is added and the addition of ई ( ङीप् ) in the sense of feminine gender, added to words meaning warrior tribes of the Vahika country but not Brahmanas or Ksatriyas. exempli gratia, for example क्षौद्रक्यः, क्षौद्रक्री et cetera, and others; cf P. V. 3. 114.
ṭhitmarked with the mute letter ठ्. There is no affix or word marked with mute ठ् (at the end) in Panini's grammar, but to avoid certain technical difficulties, the Mahabhasyakara has proposed mute ठ् instead of 'ट् in the' case of the affix इट् of the first person. singular. perf Atm. and ऊठ् prescribed as Samprasarana substitute by P. VI. 4.132 e: g. प्रष्ठौहः, प्रष्ठौहा; confer, compare M.Bh. on III.4.79 and VI.4.19.
(1)fifth consonant of the lingual class of consonants possessed of the properties, नादानुप्रदान, घोष, संवृतकण्ठत्व, अल्पप्राण and अानुनासिक्यः (2) the mute letter ण् indicating the substitution of vrddhi ( confer, compare P. VII. 2. 115-117) when attached to affixes; (3) the consonant ण् at the beginning of roots which is changed into न्; the roots, having ण् at the beginning changeable to न्, being called णोपदेशः (4) ण् as a substitute for न् following the letters ऋ, ॠ, र्, and ष् directly, or with the intervention of consonants of the guttural and labial classes, but occurring in the same word, Such a substitution of ण् for न् is called णत्व; confer, compare P.VIII.4. I-39. For णत्व in Vedic Literature; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)V.20-28, T.Pr.VII.1-12. V.Pr.III.84-88;(5) the consonant ण् added as an augment to a vowel at the beginning of a word when it follows the consonant ण् at the end of the previous word; confer, compare P. VIII. 3. 32. In the Vedic Pratisakhyas this augment ण् is added to the preceding ण् and looked upon as a part of the previous word.
ṇit(1)an affix with the mute con.sonant ण् added to it to signify the substitution of vrddhi for the preceding vowel or for the penultimate अ or for the first vowel of the word if the affix applied is a taddhita affix; confer, compare P. VII.2.115117: e. g. अण्, ण, उण्, णि et cetera, and others: (2) an affix not actually marked with the mute letter ण् but looked upon as such for the purpose of vrddhi; e. g. the Sarvanamasthana affixes after the words गो and सखि, confer, compare P. VII.1.90, 92.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
taddhitaa term of the ancient prePaninian grammarians used by Panini just like सर्वनामन् or अव्यय without giving any specific definition of it. The term occurs in the Nirukta of Yaska and the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya ; confer, compare अथ तद्वितसमासेषु एकपर्वसु चानेकपर्वसु पूर्वे पूर्वमपरमपरं प्रविभज्य निर्ब्रूयात् । द्ण्डय्ः पुरुषः । दण्डमर्हतीति वा, दण्डेन संपद्यते इति वा Nirukta of Yāska.II.2; also confer, compare तिङ्कृत्तद्धितचतुथ्यसमासाः इाब्दमयम् Vaj Prati.I. 27. It is to be noted that the word तद्वित is used by the ancient grammarians in the sense of a word derived from a substantive ( प्रातिपादक ) by the application of suffixes like अ, यत् et cetera, and others, and not in the sense of words derived from roots by affixes like अन, ति et cetera, and others which were termed नामकरण, as possibly contrasted with the word ताद्धित used by Yaska in II. 5. Panini has used the word तद्धित not for words, but for the suffixes which are added to form such words at all places (e. g. in I. 1.38, IV.1.17, 76, VI.1.61 et cetera, and others). in fact, he has begun the enumeration of taddhita affixes with the rule तद्धिता: (P.IV.1. 76) by putting the term तद्धित for affixes such as ति, ष्यङ्, अण् et cetera, and others which are mentioned thereafter. In his rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च and in the Varttika समासकृत्तद्धिताव्यय(I.4.1Vart. 41) which are similar to V.Pr.1. 27 quoted a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the word तद्धित appears to be actually used for words derived from nouns by secondary affixes, along with the word कृत् which also means words derived from roots, although commentators have explained there the terms कृत् and तद्धित for कृदन्त and तद्धितान्त. The term तद्वित is evidently echoed in the Sutra तस्मै हितम् which, although it is not the first Sutra there were possibly long lists of secondary nouns with the senses of secondary suffixes, and तद्धित was perhaps,the first sense given there. The number of taddhita suffixes mentioned by Panini is quite a large one; there are in fact 1110 rules given in the taddhita section covering almost two Adhyayas viz. from P. IV. 1.76 to the end of the fifth Adhyaya. The main sub-divisions of taddhita affixes mentioned by commentators are, Apatyadyarthaka (IV. 1.92 to 178), Raktadyarthaka (IV.2.1 to 91), Saisika {IV.2. 92 to IV.3.133), Pragdivyatiya (IV. 3 134 to 168), Pragvahatiya (IV.4.1 to IV.4.74), Pragghitiya (IV.4.75 to IV.4.109), Arhiya (V.1.1 to 71),Thanadhikarastha (V. 1.72 to V. 1.1.114), Bhavakarmarthaka (V. 1.115 to V.1.136), Pancamika (V. 2.1 to V. 2.93), Matvarthiya (V. 2.94 to V. 2. 140), Vibhaktisamjaaka (V. 3.1 to V. 3.26) and Svarthika (V. 3.27 to V. 4.160). The samasanta affixes (V.4.68 to V.4.160) can be included in the Svarthika affixes.
tantrapradīpaname of the learned commentary_written by मैत्रेयरक्षित, a famous Buddhist grammarian of the 12th century A. D. on the काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका ( न्यास ) of Jinendrabuddhi। The work is available at Present only in a manuscript form, and that too in fragments. Many later scholars have copiously quoted from this work. The name of the work viz. तन्त्रप्रदीप is rarely mentioned; but the name of the author is mentioned as रक्षित, मैत्रेय or even मैत्रेयरक्षित. Ther are two commentaries on the तन्त्रप्रदीप named उद्द्योतनप्रभा and आलोक,
tāthābhāvyaname given to the grave (अनुदात्त) vowel which is अवग्रह id est, that is which occurs at the end of the first member of a compound and which is placed between two acute vowels id est, that is is preceded by and followed by an acute vowel; exempli gratia, for example तनूSनप्त्रे, तनूSनपत्: confer, compare उदाद्यन्तो न्यवग्रहस्ताथाभाव्यः । V.Pr.I.120. The tathabhavya vowel is recited as a kampa ( कम्प ) ; confer, compare तथा चोक्तमौज्जिहायनकैर्माध्यन्दिनमतानुसारिभिः'अवग्रहो यदा नीच उच्चयॊर्मध्यतः क्वचित् । ताथाभाव्यो भवेत्कम्पस्तनूनप्त्रे निदर्शनम्'. Some Vedic scholars hold the view that the ताथाभाव्य vowel is not a grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel, but it is a kind of स्वरित or circumflex vowel. Strictly according to Panini "an anudatta following upon an udatta becomes Svarita": confer, compare P.VIII.4.66, V.Pr. IV. 1.138: cf also R.Pr.III. 16.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
tribhāṣyaratnaname of a commentary on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya written by Somayarya. The commentary is said to have been based on the three Bhasya works attributed to the three ancient Vedic scholarsVararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya.
trimuni(1)the famous three ancient grammarians Panini (the author of the Sutras), Katyayana (the author of the Varttikas), and Patanjali (the author of the Mahabhasya;) (2) the grammar of Panini, called so, being the contribution of the reputed triad of Grammarians.
durgasiṃhathe famous commentator of the Katantra sutras, whose Vrtti on the sutras is the most popular one. It is called , कातन्त्रसूत्रवृत्ति or कातन्तवृत्ति or दौर्गसिंहीवृत्ति , also. A work on Paribhasas named परिभाषावृति, in which Paribhasas are explained and established as based on the Katantra Vyakarana sutras, is attributed to Durgasimha. It is doubtful whether this commentator Durgasimha is the same as Durgacarya, the famous commentator of Yaska's Nirukta. There is a legend that Durgasimha was the brother of Vikramaditya, the founder of the Vikrama Era. Besides the gloss on the Katantra sutras, some grammar works such as a gloss on the unadi sutras, a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on Kalapa-Vyakarana Sutras, a commentary on Karakas named षट्कारकरत्न, Namalinganusasana and Paribhasavrtti are ascribed to Durgasimha. Some scholars believe that the term अमरसिंह was only a title given to Durgasimha for his profound scholarship, and it was Durgasimha who was the author of the well-known work Amarakosa.
durghaṭavṛttisaṃskaraṇaa grammar work on the formation of difficult words attributed to शर्वरक्षित or सर्वरक्षित.
dūṣakaradodbhedaname of a commentary, on the Paribhasendusekhara of Nagesa, believed to have been written by Gopalacārya Karhadkar, a grammarian of the 19th century and attributed to Bhimacarya. This commentary, which was written to criticize the commentary written by Visnusastri Bhat, was again criticized in reply by Visnusastri Bhat in his Ciccandrika ( चिच्चन्द्रिका ). See विष्णुशास्त्री भट.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
ghātumañjarīcalled also धातुसंग्रहृ attributed to a grammarian namcd Kasinatha.
dhātumālāa work on roots in verseform attributed to a grammarian named Isvarakanta.
dhātuvṛttia general term applied to a treatise discussing roots, but specifically used in connection with the scholarly commentary written by Madhavacārya, the reputed scholar and politician at the court of the Vijayanagara kings in the fourteenth century, on the Dhatupatha ot Panini. The work is generally referred to as माधवीया-धातुवृति to distinguish it from ordinary commentary works called also धातुवृत्ति written by grammarians like Wijayananda and others.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
dhuṭ(1)the augment ध् prefixed to the consonant स् following upon the consonant ड् or न् occurring at the end of a word; exempli gratia, for example श्वलिट्त्साये, महान्त्साये et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII.3.29; (2) technical short term for धातु (root); the technical term is धुष् , but the nominative case. singular. used is धुट्; (3) a technical term standing for cononants excepting semi-vowels and nasals; confer, compare धुटश्च धुटि Kat. III.6.51. The term is used in the Katantra Vyakarana. It corresponds to the term झर् of Panini.
dhvanitasuggested, as opposed to उक्त expressed; the word is found frequently used in the Paribhasendusekhara and other works in connection with such dictums as are not actually made, but indicated in the Mahabhasya.
dhvePersonal-ending of the second. person. Pl. Atmanepada in the present and perfect tenses. न् fifth consonant of the dental class of consonants which is possessed of the properties घोष, नादानुप्रदान, अल्पप्राणत्व, संवृतकण्ठत्व and अानुनासिक्य. In Panini's grammar the nasal consonant न् (a)is added as an augment prescribed\ \नुट् or नुम् which originally is seen as न्, but afterwards changed into अनुस्वार or परसवर्ण as required, as for example in पयांसि, यशांसि, निन्दति, वन्दति et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VII. 1.58-73, VII. 1.7983; VIII. 3.24; (b) is changed into ण् when it directly follows upon ऋ, ॠ, र् or ष् or even intervened by a vowel, a semivowel except ल् , a guttural consonant, a labial consonant or an anusvara; confer, compare P. VIII. 4.1.1-31. (c) is substituted for the final म् of a root, e. g. प्रशान्, प्रतान् confer, compare P. VIII. 2.64, 65.
natiliterallyinclination, bending down; the word is used generally in the technical sense of 'cerebralization' but applied to the change of न् into ण् as also that of स् into ष्; confer, compare दन्त्यस्य मूर्धन्यापत्तिर्नतिः, V. Pr.I. 42. The root नम् is used in the sense of 'cerebralizing ' or 'being cerebralized' very frequently in the Pratisakhya works; exempli gratia, for example the word नम्यते is used in the sense of 'is cerebralized'; नमयति in the sense of 'cerebralizes' and नामिंन् in the sense of 'causing cerebralization'; confer, compare ऋकारादयो दश नामिन: स्वराः, पूर्वो नन्ता नतिषु नम्यमुत्तरम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 27.
nandikeśvarakārikāa short treatise of 28 stanzas, attributed to an ancient grammarian नन्दिकेश्वर, which gives a philosophical interpretation of the fourteen sutras attributed to God Siva. The authorship of the treatise is assigned traditionally to the Divine Bull of God Siva. See नन्दिकेश्वर. The treatise is also named नन्दिकेश्वरकारिकासूत्र.
naṣṭarūpāname given to an anustup verse which has nine, ten and eleven syllables respectively for the first, second and third feet; exempli gratia, for example विपृच्छामि पाक्यान् देवान् Ṛgveda, Ṛk. Saṁh=Ṛgveda-saṁhita.I.120.4; confer, compare R.Pr. XVI. 29. The verse has got 32 syllables, but it has only three feet instead of four.
nitya(1)eternal, as applied to word or Sabda in contrast with sound or dhvani which is evanescent (कार्य ). The sound with meaning or without meaning,made by men and animals is impermanent; but the sense or idea awakened in the mind by the evanescent audible words on reaching the mind is of a permanent or eternal nature; confer, compare स्फोटः शब्दो ध्वनिस्तस्य व्यायामादुपजायते; confer, compare also व्याप्तिमत्त्वा्त्तु शब्दस्य Nir.I.1 ; (2) constant; not liable to be set aside by another; confer, compare उपबन्धस्तु देशाय नित्यम्, न रुन्धे नित्यम्। नित्यशब्दः प्राप्त्यन्तरानिषेधार्थः T.Pr.I.59, IV.14; (3) original as constrasted with one introduced anew such as an augment; confer, compare Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.VI.14; (4) permanently functioning, as opposed to tentatively doing so; confer, compare नित्यविरते द्विमात्रम् Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya.37; (5) unchangeable, permanent, imperishable; confer, compare अयं नित्यशब्दोस्त्येव कूटस्थेष्वविचालिषु भावेषु वर्तते M.Bh. on P. VIII. 1.4; (6) always or invariably applying, as opposed to optional; the word in this sense is used in connection with rules or operations that do not optionally apply; confer, compare उपपदसमासो नित्यसमासः, षष्ठीसमासः पुनार्वेभाषा; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II.2.19; (7) constant,as applied to a rule which applies if another simultaneously applying rule were to have taken effect, as well as when that other rule does not take effect; confer, compare क्वचित्कृताकृतप्रसङ्गमात्रेणापि नित्यता Par. Sek. Pari 46. The operations which are nitya according to this Paribhasa take effect in preference to others which are not 'nitya', although they may even be 'para'; confer, compare परान्नित्यं बलवत् Par. Sek. Pari. 42.
nityasamāsaan invariably effective compound; the term is explained as अस्वपदविग्रहो नित्यसमासः i. e. a compound whose dissolution cannot be shown by its component words as such; e. g. the dissolution of कुम्भकारः cannot be shown as कुम्भं कारः, but it must be shown as कुम्भं करोति स: । The upapadasamasa, the gatisamsa and the dative tatpurusa with the word अर्थ are examples of नित्यसमास.
nipātaa particle which possesses no gender and number, and the case termination after which is dropped or elidedition Nipata is given as one of the four categories of words viz नामन्, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात by all the ancient writers of Pratisakhya, Vyakarana and Nirukta works;confer, compare Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4, M.Bh. on I. 1. Ahnika l, Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8 et cetera, and others The word is derived from the root पत् with नि by Yaska who has mentioned three subdivisions of Niptas उपमार्थे, कर्मोपसंग्रहार्थे and पदपूरणे; confer, compare अथ निपाताः । उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्ति । अप्युपमार्थे । अपि कर्मोपसंग्रह्यार्थे । अपि पदपूरणाः । Nirukta of Yāska.I. 4. The Nipatas are looked upon as possessed of no sense; confer, compare निपातः पादपूरणः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 8, Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 50, ( commentary by Uvvata ). Panini has not given any definition of the word निपात, but he has enumerated them as forming a class with च at their head in the rule चादयोऽसत्वे where the word असत्वे conveys an impression that they possess no sense, the sense being of two kinds सत्त्व and भाव, and the Nipatas not possesssing any one of the two. The impression is made rather firm by the statement of the Varttikakra'निपातस्यानर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम्' P. I. 2. 45 Vart. 12. Thus, the question whether the Nipatas possess any sense by themselves or not, becomes a difficult one to be answeredition Although the Rkpratisakhya in XII.8 lays down that the Nipatas are expletive, still in the next verse it says that some of them do possess sense; confer, compare निपातानामर्थवशान्निपातनादनर्थकानामितरे च सार्थकाः on which Uvvata remarks केचन निपाताः सार्थकाः, केचन निरर्थकाः । The remark of Uvvata appears to be a sound one as based on actual observation, and the conflicting views have to be reconciledition This is done by Bhartrhari who lays down that Nipatas never directly convey the sense but they indicate the sense. Regarding the sense indicated by the Nipatas, it is said that the sense is never Sattva or Dravya or substance as remarked by Panini; it is a certain kind of relation and that too, is not directly expressed by them but it is indicatedition Bhoja in his Srngaraprakasa gives a very comprehensive definition of Nipata as:-जात्यादिप्रवृत्तिनिमित्तानुपग्राहित्वेनासत्त्वभूतार्थाभिधायिनः अलिङ्गसंख्याशक्तय उच्चावचेष्वर्थेषु निपतन्तीत्यव्ययविशेषा एव चादयो निपाताः । He gives six varieties of them, viz. विध्यर्थ, अर्थवादार्थ, अनुवादार्थ, निषेधार्थ, विधिनिषेधार्थ and अविधिनिषेधार्थ, and mentions more than a thousand of them. For details see Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya II. 189-206.
niruktaname of a class of works which were composed to explain the collections of Vedic words by means of proposing derivations of those words from roots as would suit the sense. The Nirukta works are looked upon as supplementary to grammar works and there must have been a good many works of this kind in ancient times as shown by references to the writers of these viz. Upamanyu, Sakatayana,Sakapuni,Sakapurti and others, but, out of them only one work composed by Yaska has survived; the word, hence has been applied by scholars to the Nirukta of Yaska which is believed to have been written in the seventh or the eighth century B. C. i. e. a century or two before Panini. The Nirukta works were looked upon as subsidiary to the study of the Vedas along with works on phonetics ( शिक्षा ), rituals ( कल्प ), grammar (व्याकरण) prosody (छन्दस्) and astronomy(ज्योतिष)and a mention of them is found made in the Chandogyopanisad. As many of the derivations in the Nirukta appear to be forced and fanciful, it is doubtful whether the Nirukta works could be called scientific treatises. The work of Yaska, however, has got its own importance and place among works subsidiary to the Veda, being a very old work of that kind and quoted by later commentators. There were some glosses and commentary works written upon Yaska's Nirukta out of which the one by Durgacarya is a scholarly one.It is doubtful whether Durgacarya is the same as Durgasimha, who wrote a Vrtti or gloss on the Katantra Vyakarana. The word निरुक्त is found in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'explained' and not in the sense of derived; confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XV 6; V.Pr. IV. 19, 195.
nirlūraname of a grammarian who is believed to have written a gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini on the strength of a reference to him in the Nyasa of Jinendrabuddhi; confer, compare वृत्तिः पाणिनीयसूत्राणां विवरणं चुल्लिभट्टिनिर्लूरादिप्रणीतम् Nyasa on I.1.1.
nyāsa(1)literally position, placing;a word used in the sense of actual expression or wording especially in the sūtras; confer, compare the usual expression क्रियते एतन्न्यास एव in the Mahābhāșya, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.11, 1.1.47 et cetera, and others; (2) a name given by the writers or readers to works of the type of learned and scholarly commentaries on vŗitti-type-works on standard sūtras in a Śāstra; e. g. the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. is given to the learned commentaries on the Vŗtti on Hemacandra's Śabdānuśasana as also on the Paribhāşāvŗtti by Hemahamsagani. Similarly the commentary by Devanandin on Jainendra grammar and that by Prabhācandra on the Amoghāvŗtti on Śākatāyana grammar are named Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. In the same way, the learned commentary on the Kāśikāvŗtti by Jinendrabuddhi, named Kāśikāvivaranapaňjikā by the author, is very widely known by the name Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa.. This commentary Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. was written in the eighth century by the Buddhist grammarian Jinendrabuddhi, who belonged to the eastern school of Pānini's Grammar. This Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. has a learned commentary written on it by Maitreya Rakșita in the twelfth century named Tantrapradipa which is very largely quoted by subsequent grammarians, but which unfortunately is available only in a fragmentary state at present. Haradatta, a well-known southern scholar of grammar has drawn considerably from Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. in his Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta., which also is well-known as a scholarly work.
nyāsoddyotaa learned commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. written by Mallinātha, the standard commentator of prominent Sanskrit classics.
pañjikāa popular name given to critical commentaries by scholars; confer, compare काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका by Jinendrabuddhi which is popularly known by the name न्यास.
padaa word; a unit forming a part of a sentence; a unit made up of a letter or of letters, possessed of sense; confer, compare अक्षरसमुदायः पदम् । अक्षरं वा । V.Pr. VIII. 46, 47. The word originally was applied to the individual words which constituted the Vedic Samhitā; confer, compare पदप्रकृतिः संहिता Nir.I.17. Accordingly, it is defined in the Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya as ' अर्थः पदम् ' (Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III. 2) as contrasted with ' वर्णानामेकप्राणयोगः संहिता ' (V.Pr.I.158). The definition ' अर्थः पदम् ' is attributed to the ancient grammarian 'Indra', who is believed to have been the first Grammarian of India. Pāņini has defined the term पद as ' सुप्तिङन्तं पदम् ' P.I.4.14. His definition is applicable to complete noun-forms and verb-forms and also to prefixes and indeclinables where a case-affix is placed and elided according to him; confer, compare अव्ययादाप्सुपः P. II. 4. 82. The noun-bases before case affixes and taddhita affix. affixes, mentioned in rules upto the end of the fifth adhyāya, which begin with a consonant excepting य् are also termed पद by Pāņini to include parts of words before the case affixes भ्याम् , भिस्, सु et cetera, and others as also before the taddhita affix. affixes मत्, वत् et cetera, and others which are given as separate padas many times in the pada-pātha of the Vedas; confer, compare स्वादिष्वसर्वनामस्थाने P. I. 4. 17. See for details the word पदपाठ. There are given four kinds of padas or words viz. नाम, अाख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात in the Nirukta and Prātiśākhya works; confer, compare also पदमर्थे प्रयुज्यते, विभक्त्यन्तं च पदम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2. 64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 19, वर्णसमुदायः पदम् M.Bh. on I.1.21 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5, पूर्वपरयोरर्थोपलब्धौ पदम् Kātantra vyākaraṇa Sūtra.I.1.20, पदशब्देनार्थ उच्यते Kaiyata on P.I.2.42 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; confer, compare also पद्यते गम्यते अर्थः अनेनेति पदमित्यन्वर्थसंज्ञा Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P.III. 1.92. The verb endings or affixs ति, तस् and others are also called पद. The word पद in this sense is never used alone, but with the word परस्मै or अात्मने preceding it. The term परस्मैपद stands for the nine affixes तिप्, तस्, ...मस्,while the term आत्मनेपद stands for the nine affixes त, आताम् ... महिङ्. confer, compare ल: परमैपदम्, तङानावात्मनेपदम्. It is possible to say that in the terms परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद also, the term पद could be taken to mean a word, and it is very likely that the words परस्मैपद and अात्मनेपद were originally used in the sense of 'words referring to something meant for another' and 'referring to something meant for self' respectively. Such words, of course, referred to verbal forms, roughly corresponding to the verbs in the active voice and verbs in the passive voice. There are some modern scholars of grammar, especially linguists, who like to translate परस्मैपद as 'active voice' and आत्मनेपद as ' passive voice'. Pāņini appears, however, to have adapted the sense of the terms परस्मैपद and आत्मनेपद and taken them to mean mere affixes just as he has done in the case of the terms कृत् and तद्धित. Presumably in ancient times, words current in use were grouped into four classes by the authors of the Nirukta works, viz. (a) कृत् (words derived from roots)such as कर्ता, कारकः, भवनम् et cetera, and others, (b) तद्धित (words derived from nouns ) such as गार्ग्यः , काषायम् , et cetera, and others, (c) Parasmaipada words viz. verbs such as भवति, पचति, and (d) Ātmanepada words id est, that is verbs like एधते, वर्धते, et cetera, and othersVerbs करोति and कुरुते or हरति and हरते were looked upon as both परस्मैपद words and आत्मनेपद words. The question of simple words, as they are called by the followers of Pāņini, such as नर, तद् , गो, अश्व, and a number of similar underived words, did not occur to the authors of the Nirukta as they believed that every noun was derivable, and hence could be included in the kŗt words.
padakāraliterally one who has divided the Samhitā text of the Vedas into the Pada-text. The term is applied to ancient Vedic Scholars शाकल्य, आत्रेय, कात्यायन and others who wrote the Padapātha of the Vedic Samhitās. The term is applied possibly through misunderstanding by some scholars to the Mahābhāsyakāra who has not divided any Vedic Samhitā,but has, in fact, pointed out a few errors of the Padakāras and stated categorically that grammarians need not follow the Padapāțha, but, rather, the writers of the Padapāțha should have followed the rules of grammar. Patañjali, in fact, refers by the term पदकार to Kātyāyana, who wrote the Padapātha and the Prātiśākhya of the Vājasaneyi-Samhitā in the following statement--न लक्षणेन पदकारा अनुवर्त्याः। पदकारैर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम्। यथालक्षणं पदं कर्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1. 109; VI. 1. 207; VIII. 2.16; confer, compare also अदीधयुरिति पदकारस्य प्रत्याख्यानपक्षे उदाहरणमुपपन्नं भवति ( परिभाषासूचन of व्याडि Pari. 42 ) where Vyādi clearly refers to the Vārtika of Kātyāyana ' दीधीवेव्योश्छन्दोविषयत्वात् ' P. I. 1.6 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). I. The misunderstanding is due to passages in the commentary of स्कन्दस्वामिन् on the Nirukta passage I. 3, उब्वटटीका on ऋक्प्रातिशाख्य XIII. 19 and others where the statements referred to as those of Patañjali are, in fact, quotations from the Prātiśākhya works and it is the writers of the Prātiśākhya works who are referred to as padakāras by Patañ jali in the Mahābhāsya.
padavyavasthāsūtrakārikāa metrical work on the determination of the pada or padas of the roots attributed to Vimalakīrti.
paramaprakṛtithe most original base; the original of the original base; the word is used in connection with a base which is not a direct base to which an affix is added, but which is a remote base;confer, compare अापत्यो वा गेात्रम् | परमप्रकृतश्च अापत्यः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.IV.1.89; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). om IV.1.93,98,163.
parasmaibhāṣaliterally speaking the activity or क्रिया for another; a term of ancient grammarians for roots taking the first nine personal affixes only viz. ति, तः... मसू. The term परस्मैपदिन् was substituted for परस्मैभाष later on,more commonly. See परस्मैपद a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The term परस्मैभाष along with अात्मनेभाष is found almost invariably used in the Dhaatupaatha attributed to Paanini; confer, compare भू सत्तायाम् | उदात्त: परस्मैभाषः | एघादय उदात्त अनुदात्तेत अात्मनभाषा: Dhatupatha.
paribhāṣāsegraha'a work containing a collection of independent works on Paribhasas in the several systems of Sanskrit Grammar, compiled by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar. The collectlon consists of the following works (i) परिभाषासूचन containing 93 Paribhasas with a commentary by Vyadi, an ancient grammarian who lived before Patanjali; ( ii ) ब्याडीयपरिभाषापाठ, a bare text of 140 Paribhaasaas belonging to the school of Vyadi (iii) शाकटायनपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 98 Paribhasa aphorisms, attributed to the ancient grammarian Saka-tayana, or belonging to that school; [iv) चान्द्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 86 Paribhasa aphorisms given at the end of his grammar work by Candragomin; (v) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a gloss on 65 Paribhas aphorisms of the Katantra school by Durgasimha; (vi) कातन्त्रपारभाषासूत्रवृत्ति a short gloss on 62 Paribhasa aphorisms of the Katantra school by Bhavamisra; (vii) कातन्त्रपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 96 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Katantra school without any author's name associated with it; (viii) कालापपरिभाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules belonging to the Kalapa school without any author's name associated with it; (ix) जैनेन्द्रपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss written by M. M. K. V. Abhyankar ( the compiler of the collection), on 108 Paribhasas or maxims noticeable in the Mahavrtti of Abhayanandin on the Jainendra Vyakarana of Pujyapada Devanandin; (x) भोजदेवकृतपरि-भाषासूत्र a text of 118 Paribhasa rules given by Bhoja in the second pada of the first adhyaaya of his grammar work named Sarasvatikanthabharana; (xi) न्यायसंग्रह a bare text of 140 paribhasas(which are called by the name nyaya) given by Hema-hamsagani in his paribhasa.work named न्यायसंग्रह; (xii) लधुपरिभाषावृत्ति a gloss on 120 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Puruso-ttamadeva; (xiii) वृहत्परिभाषावृत्ति con-taining 130 Paribhasas with a commentary by Siradeva and a very short,gloss on the commentary by Srimanasarman ( xiv ) परिभाषावृत्ति a short gloss on 140 Paribhasas of the Panini school written by Nilakantha; (xv) परिभाषाभास्कर a collection of 132 Paribhasas with a commentary by Haribhaskara Agnihotri; (xvi) bare text of Paribhasa given and explained by Nagesabhatta in his Paribhasendusekhara. The total number of Paribhasas mentioned and treated in the whole collection exceeds five hundredition
parimalaa work on Grammar attributed to Amaracandra.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
pāṇinisūtravṛttia gloss on the grammer rules of Pāņini. Many glosses were written from time to time on the Sûtras of Pāņini, out of which the most important and the oldest one is the one named Kāśikāvŗtti, written by the joint authors Jayāditya and Vāmana in the 7th century A.D. It is believed that the Kāśikāvŗtti was based upon some old Vŗttis said to have been written by कुणि, निर्लूर, चुल्लि, श्वोभूति, वररुचि and others.Besides Kāśikā,the famous Vŗtti, and those of कुणि,निर्लूर and others which are only reported, there are other Vŗttis which are comparatively modern. Some of them have been printed, while others have remained only in manuscript form. Some of these are : the Bhāșāvŗtti by Purusottamadeva, Vyākaranasudhānidhi by Viśveśvara, Gūdhārthadīpinī by Sadāsivamiśra, Sūtravŗtti by Annambhatta, Vaiyākaraņasarvasva by Dharaņīdhara, Śabdabhūșaņa by Nārāyaņa Paņdita, Pāņinisūtravŗtti by Rāmacandrabhațța Tāre and Vyākaranadīpikā by Orambhațța. There are extracts available from a Sūtravŗtti called Bhāgavŗtti which is ascribed to Bhartŗhari, but, which is evidently written by a later writer (विमलमति according to some scholars) as there are found verses from Bhāravi and Māgha quoted in it as noticed by Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiin his vŗtti on Pari.76. Glosses based upon Pāņini Sūtras, but having a topical arrangements are also available, the famous ones among these being the Praķriyākaumudī by Rāmacandra Śeșa and the Siddhāntakaumudī by Bhațțojī Dĩkșita. The मध्यमकौमुदी and the लघुकौमुदी can also be noted here although they are the abridgments of the Siddhānta Kaumudī. There are Vŗttis in other languages also, written in modern times, out of which those written by Bōhtlingk, Basu and Renou are well-known.
pārārthyaliterally serving the purpose of another like the Paribhāşā and the Adhikāra rules in Grammar which have got no utility as fair as they themselves are concerned, but which are of use in the interpretation of other rules; confer, compare अधिकारशब्देन पारार्थ्यात् परिभाषाप्युच्यते. Par. Sek. Pari. 2, 3.
pūjyapādaoriginally a title, but mostly used in connection with the famous Jain grammarian देवनन्दिन् whose work on grammar called जैनेन्द्रव्याकरण is well-known: see देवनन्दिन्.
pūrvavipratiṣedhaconflict of two rules where the preceding rule supersedes the latter rule, as the arrival at the correct form requires it. Generally the dictum is that a subsequent rule should supersede the preceding one; cf विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I. 4. 2; but sometimes the previous rule has to supersede the subsequent one in spite of the dictum विप्रतिषेधे परम्. The author of the Mahabhasya has brought these cases of the पूर्वविप्रतिषेध, which are, in fact, numerous, under the rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् by taking the word पर in the sense of इष्ट 'what is desired '?; confer, compare इष्टवाची परशब्दः । विप्रतिषेधे परं यदिष्टं तद्भवतीति l Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.3; I.2, 5: I. 4.2: II.1.69, IV.1.85et cetera, and others confer, comparealso पूर्वविप्रतिषेधो नाम अयं र्विप्रतिषेधे परमित्यत्र परशब्दस्य इष्टवाचित्वाल्लब्धः सूत्रार्थः परिभाषारुपेण पाठ्यते Puru. Pari 108; for details see page 217 Vol. VII Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
prakāra(l)attribute, attribute which differentiates, manner, difference; differentiating description: confer, compare कंचित्प्रकारं प्राप्तः इत्थंभूत: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P.II.3.21: (2) resemblance, similarity of one thing with another with slight deficiency: confer, compare प्रकारे गुणवचनस्य । प्रक्रारो भेदः सादृश्यं च। तदिह सादृश्यं प्रकारो गृह्यते । प्रकारे वर्तमानस्य गुणवचनशब्दस्य द्वे भवतः । पटुपटुः मृदुमृदुः । अपरिपूर्णगुण इत्यर्थः । परिपूर्णगुणेन न्यूनगुणस्य उपमाने सत्येवं प्रयुज्यते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII.1.12; (3) differentiating attribute; confer, compare प्रकारवचने थाल् V. 3.23, प्रकारवचने जातीयर् V. 3.69, स्यूलादिभ्यः प्रकारवचने कन् V. 4.3 where Kasika defines the word प्रकार as सामान्यस्य भेदको विशेषः प्रकार: Ka, on V. 3.23 and 69; (4) type, confer, compare इतिशब्दः प्रकारार्थः Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on V. 2.93: confer, compare also अदिशब्दः प्रकारे Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on देवपथादिभ्यश्च P.V.3.100; cf also अादिइाब्दः प्रकारे वर्तते । देवदत्तादय आढ्याः । देवदत्तप्रकारा इत्यर्थः M.Bh. on I.3.1 Vart. 11.
pracaya(1)a specific feature or quality ( धर्म ) of the grave (अनुदात्त) accent when a vowel, accented grave, is preceded by a स्वरित (circumflex . vowel) and is followed upon by another grave-accented vowel. These grave vowels in succession, id est, that is the grave vowels which are not followed by an acute or a circumflex vowel are uttered neither distinctly circumflex nor distinctly grave; cf also R. Pr, III.II-14. They are uttered like the acute, but slightly so; e. g. the vowels after मे and before ति in इमं मे गङ्गे' यमुने सरस्वति; confer, compare स्वरितात्संहितायामनुदात्तानां प्रचय उदात्तश्रुतिः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXI.10, 11 also confer, compare P.I.2.39, where the term एकश्रुति is used for the word प्रचय; (2) the connection of one word with many words; exempli gratia, for example राज्ञो गोश्चाश्वश्च पुरुषश्च where राज्ञः is connected with गौ, अश्व and पुरुष; confer, compare प्रचये समासप्रतिषेधो: वक्तव्य: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1 Vart, 6.
pratisaṃskaraṇaediting with improvement, with an attempt to restore the correct version or the original text in the place of the corrupt one sometimes suitable additions and improvements are also made; e. g. चरकप्रतिसंस्करण attributed to Patanjali.
pratyayaaffix, suffix, a termination, as contrasted with प्रकृति the base; confer, compare प्रत्याय्यते अर्थः अनेन इति प्रत्ययः; confer, compare also अर्थे संप्रत्याययति स प्रत्ययः M.Bh. on III. 1.l Vart. 8; The word प्रत्यय is used in the Pratisakhya works in the sense of 'following' or 'that which follows', e. g. स्पर्शे चोषः प्रत्यये पूर्वपद्यः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 30 which is explained by Uvvata as उषः इत्ययं ( शब्दः ) पूर्वपदावयवः सन् स्पर्शे प्रत्यये परभूते इति यावत्; रेफिसंज्ञो भवति; Uvvata on Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.30; confer, compare प्रत्येति पश्चादागच्छति इति प्रत्ययः परः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.V. 7; cf also V. Pr, III. 8. Pratyaya or the suffix is generally placed after the base; cf, प्रत्ययः, परश्च P. III. I. 1,2; but sometimes it is placed before the base; e. g. बहुपटुः confer, compare विभाषा सुपो बहुच् पुरस्तात्तु P. V. 3.68. The conjugational signs (शप् , श्यन् et cetera, and others), the signs of tenses and moods ( च्लि, सिच् , स्य, ताम् et cetera, and others) and the compound endings(समासान्त) are all called pratyayas according fo Panini's grammar, as they are all given in the jurisdiction(अधिकार) of the rule प्रत्ययः III.1.1, which extends upto the end of the fifth chapter ( अध्याय ). There are six main kinds of affixes given in grammar सुप्प्रत्यय, तिङ्प्रत्यय, कृत्प्रत्यय , तद्धितप्रत्यय, धातुप्रत्यय (exempli gratia, for example in the roots चिकीर्ष, कण्डूय et cetera, and others) and स्त्रीप्रत्यय. The word प्रत्यय is used in the sense of realization, in which case the root इ in the word त्यय means'knowing' according to the maxim सर्वे गत्यर्था ज्ञानार्थाः; confer, compare मन्त्रार्थप्रत्ययाय Nirukta of Yāska.I.15.
pratyāhāraliterally bringing together; bringing together of several letters ( or words in a few cases, such as roots or nouns ) by mentioning the first and the last only for the sake of brevity; the term प्रत्याहार is generally used in connection with brief terms such as अण्, अक् , अच् , हल् and the like, created by Panini in his grammar by taking any particular letter and associating it with any mute final letter ( अनुबन्ध ) of the fourteen Sivasutras, with a view to include all letters beginning with the letter uttered and ending with the letter which precedes the ( mute ) letter. The practice of using such abbreviations was in existence before Panini, possibly in the grammar attributed to Indra. The term प्रत्याहार is not actually used by Panini; it is found in the Rk. Tantra; confer, compare प्रत्याहारार्थो वर्णोनुबन्धो व्यञ्जनम् R.T.I.3. The term appears to have come into use after Panini. Panini has not given any definition of the term प्रत्याहार. He has simply given the method of forming the Pratyaharas and he has profusely used them; confer, compare आदिरन्त्येन सहेता P. I. 1.71. The word कृञ् in P. III.1.40 and तृन् in P. II. 3.69 are used as Pratyaharas. For a list of the Pratyharas which are used by Panini see Kasika on the Maheswara Sutras.
prayoganiyamageneral rules or principles laid down regarding the use of words in language and literature such as (l) a word recognised as correct should always be used, confer, compare एवमिहापि समानायामर्थगतौ शब्देन चापशब्देन च धर्मनियमः क्रियते शब्देनैवार्थोभिधेयो नापशब्देनेति । एवंक्रियमाणमभ्युदयकारि भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. I. Ahnika l, (2) never a base alone or an affix alone should be used, but always a base with the necessary affix should be used; confer, compare यावता समयः कृतो न केवला प्रकृतिः प्रयोक्तव्या न केवलः प्रत्ययः M. Bh, on P. I. 2.64 Vart. 8, also on P. III. 1.94 Vart. 3; (3) when the sense is already expressed by a word, a word repeating the sense should not be used; confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः. Besides these, many minor regulations of the type of Paribhasas are laid down by grammarians. For details see Paribhashasamgraha Introduction.
prayogamukhamaṇḍanaknown also by the name प्रयोगविवेक, an elementary treatise on syntax, attributed to वररुचि, who must, of course, have been different from the ancient grammarian वररुचि.
prasaktaapplicable, but not actually applied; the word is used in connection with a grammatical ’rule or operation that has become applicable, but has not been applied; confer, compare उत्सर्गस्य प्रसक्तस्यापवादो वाधको भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II.3 32, also प्रसक्तस्यादर्शनं लोपसंज्ञं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). and S.K. on P.I.1. 60. The term प्रसक्त is opposed to the term अभिनिर्वृत्त.
prākṛtasarvasyaa treatise on the grammar of Prakrta Languages attributed to Markandeya
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prātipadikārthadenoted sense of a Pratipadika or a noun-base. Standard grammarians state that the denotation of a pratipadika is five-fold viz. स्वार्थ, द्रव्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या and कारक. The word स्वार्थ refers to the causal factor of denotation or प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त which is of four kinds जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा as noticed respectively in the words गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्ः. The word द्रव्य refers to the individual object which sometimes is directly denoted as in अश्वमानय, while on some occasions it is indirectly denoted through the genus or the general notion as in ब्राह्मणः पूज्य:, लिङ्ग the gender, संख्या the number and कारक the case-relation are the denotations of the case-terminations, but sometimes as they are conveyed in the absence of a case-affix as in the words पञ्च, दश, and others, they are stated as the denoted senses of the Pratipadika, while the case-affixes are said to indicate them; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युः शब्दादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
prātiśrutkaplaces of echo or reverberation viz.chest and others, of sound which gets its origin at the navel but becomes reverberated at chest, throat, top of the month, mouth and nose; confer, compare तस्य ( उत्पत्त्याश्रयस्य शब्दस्य ) प्रातिश्रुत्कानि भवन्ति उरः कण्ठः शिरो मुखं नासिके इति, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 3.
plākṣian ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya.See प्लाक्षायण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The words प्लाक्षि and प्लाक्षायण as also प्लाक्षी ( feminine ) occur in the Mahabhasya also, but not in the Ganapatha of Panini.
phiṭsūtraa small work on accents attributed to Santanava,an ancient Vedic scholar who lived before Patanjali if not before Panini, as the latter has not referred to him. There is an anonymous commentary upon it.
bahuplural, many, the word is used in the sense of abundance also; confer, compare बहुषु बहुवचनम् P. I.4.21 and बहोलोपो भू च बहोः VI. 4.158.
bahuvrīhia compound similar in meaning to the word बहुव्रीहि ( possessed of much rice ) which, in sense shows quite a distinct object than those which are shown by the constituent members of the compound; a relative or adjective compound. There are various kinds of the Bahuvrihi compound such as समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुव्रीहि, दिग्बहुव्रीहि, सहबहुव्रीहि, नञ्बहुव्रीहि, and अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि which depend upon the specific peculiarity noticed in the various cases. Panini in his grammar has not given any definition of बहुव्रीहि, but has stated that a compound other than those already given viz. अव्ययीभाव, द्वन्द्व and तत्पुरुष, is बहुव्रीहि and cited under Bahuvrihi all cases mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; cf शेषो बहुव्रीहिः II. 3.23-28; also confer, compare अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.6; II. 1.20; II. 1.49.
bādhakatvathe same as बाध ; sublation; setting aside; this sublation is described to be of two types(1) complete sublation when the rule set aside, is for ever set aside and cannot, by the maxim called तक्रकौण्डिन्यन्याय, be applied again; confer, compare दधि ब्राह्मणेभ्यो दीयतां तक्रं कौण्डिन्यायेति सत्यपि संभवे दधिदानस्य तक्रदानं निवर्तकं भवति । confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.47; VI. 1.2. VI. 2.1. et cetera, and others; ( 2 ) temporary sublation when the rule set aside, can be applied, if possible after the special rule has been applied; confer, compare सर्वथा अनवकाशत्वादेव बाधकत्वे स्वस्य (अनवकाशशास्त्रस्य) पूर्वप्रवृत्तिरित्येव बाधः । तत्र बाधके प्रवृत्ते यद्युत्सर्गप्राप्तिर्भवति तदा भवत्येव यथा तत्रैव याडादयः Par.Sek.on Pari.57, The sublation or बाधकत्व is not only in the case of सामान्यविशेषभाव and अनवकाशत्व as given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., but a rule or operation which is पर (cited later), or नित्य, or अन्तरङ्ग sets aside the rule or operation which is पूर्व,or अनित्य,or बहिरङ्ग respectively. This बाध्यबाधकभाव occupies a very important position in respect of the application of grammar rules for arriving at the correct forms (इष्टरूपसिद्धि) and grammarians have laid down a number of Paribhasas in the field of बाध्यबाधकभाव.
bṛhacchabdaratnaa learned commentary on the commentary मनोरमा of भट्टोजीदीक्षित; the commentary was written by हरिदीक्षित the grandson of Bhattoji. The work is called बृहच्छब्दरत्न in contrast with the लघुशब्दरत्न of the same author (हरिदीक्षित) which is generally studied at the Pathasalas all over the country. The work बृहच्छब्दरत्न is only in a Manuscript form at present. Some scholars believe that it was written by Nagesabhatta, who ascribed it to his preceptor Hari Diksita, but the belief is not correct as proved by a reference in the Laghusabdaratna, where the author himself remarks that he himself has written the बृहच्छब्दरत्न, and internal evidences show that लबुशब्दरत्न is sometimes a word-forword summary of the बृहच्छब्दरत्न. confer, compareविस्तरस्तु अस्मत्कृते बृहच्छब्दरत्ने मदन्तेवासिवृतलधुशब्देन्दुशेखरे च द्रष्टव्यः Laghusabdaratna. For details see Bhandarkar Ins. Journal Vol. 32 pp.258-60.
bhakti(1)name given to two of the five divisions of a Saman which are प्रस्तावभक्ति, उद्गीथ, प्रतिहार, उपद्रव and निधानभाक्ति; (2) the vowel portion surrounding, or placed after, the consonant र् or ल् which (consonant) is believed to be present in the vowel ऋ or ऌ respectively forming its important portion, but never separately noticed in it. The vowels ऋ and ऌ are made up of one matra each. It is contended by the grammarians that the consonants र् and ल् forming respectively the portion of ऋ and ऌ, make up halfa-matra, while the remaining half is made up of the भाक्ति of the vowel surrounding the consonant or situated after the consonant. The word which is generally used for this 'bhakti is 'ajbhakti' instead of which the word स्वरभक्ति is found in the Pratisakhya works; confer, compare यत्तद्रेफात्परं भक्तेस्तेन व्यवहितत्वान्न प्राप्नेति | ...... यच्चात्र रेफात्परं भुक्तेर्न तत् क्वचिदपि व्यपवृक्तं दृश्यते | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 4.1 Vart 2; confer, compare स्वरभक्तिः पूर्वभागक्षराङ्गं Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 17; also confer, compare रेफात्स्वरोपहिताद् व्यञ्जनोदयाद् ऋकारवर्णी स्वरभक्तिरुत्तरा ) Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) VI. 13.
bhāgavṛttione of the oldest commentaries on the Sutras of Panini, which, although not available at present, has been profusely quoted by Purusottamadeva and other Eastern Grammarians of the twelfth and later centuries. The authorship of the work is attributed to Bhartrhari, but the point is doubtful as Siradeva in his Paribhasavrtti on Pari. 76 has stated that the author of the Bhagavrtti has quoted from Maghakavya; confer, compare अत एवं तत्रैव सूत्रे भागवृत्तिः पुरातनमुनेर्मुनितामिति पुरातनीनेदिरिति च प्रमादपाठावेतौ गतानुगतिकतया कवयः प्रयुञ्जते न तेषां लक्षणे चक्षुरिति | Some scholars attribute its authorship to Vimalamati. Whosoever be the author, the gloss ( भागवृत्ति ) was a work of recognised merit; confer, compare काशिकाभागवृत्त्योश्चेत् सिद्धान्तं वेत्तुमस्ति धी: | तदा विचिन्त्यतां भातभीषावृत्तिरियं मम Bhasavrtti at the end. सृष्टिघर in his commentary on the Bhasavrtti also says " सा हि द्वयोर्विवरणकर्त्री."
bhāva(1)becoming; existence. The word is used many times in the sense of धात्वर्थthe sense of a root which is 'incomplete activity' or 'process of evolving'; confer, compare तदाख्यातं येन भावं स धातु: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XII. 5; confer, compare also षड् भावविकारा भवन्ति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 36; पूर्वापरीभूतं भावमाख्यातेन आचष्टे व्रजतिपचतीत्युपक्रमप्रभृति अपवर्गपर्यन्तम् Nirukta of Yāska.I. 1 ; (2) activity as opposed to instruments ( साधन or कारक ); confer, compare भावगर्हायाम् । धात्वर्थगर्हायाम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.24; confer, compare also भावः क्रिया, Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on यस्य च भावेन भावलक्षणम् P. II. 3.37; (3) completed action which is shown, not by a verb, but by a verbal derivative noun; confer, compare धात्वर्थश्च धातुनैवोच्यते | यस्तस्य सिद्धता नाम धर्मस्तत्र घञादयः प्रत्यया विधीयन्ते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on 'भावे' P. III. 3.18; confer, compare also कृदभिहितो भावो द्रव्यवद्भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.19, III. 1.67, IV. 1.3, V. 4.19; confer, compare also भावस्त्वेक: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 1.67; (4) the radical factor for the use of a word; प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त; confer, compare भवतोत्मादभिधानप्रत्ययौ इति भावः | शब्दस्य प्रवृत्तिनिमित्तं भावशब्देनोच्यते | अश्वत्वम् , अश्वता | Kāś, on P. 5.1.119; (5) thing, object cf सिद्धशब्दः कूटस्थेषु भावेष्वविचालिषु वर्तते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1. Āhnika l; (6) transformation, substitution; change into the nature of another; confer, compare तत्र प्रथमास्तृतीयभावम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) II. 4. confer, compare also the words मूर्धन्यभाव, अभिनिधानभाव et cetera, and others {7) possession of the qualities, nature; तदर्थस्य भाव: तादर्थ्यम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 3.13; (8) relationship; confer, compare गुणप्रधानभाव, प्रकृतिविकृतिभाव et cetera, and others
bhāveprayeāgaimpersonal form of a sentence when there is no activity mentioned on the part of the agent nor resulting upon the object, but there is a mere mention of verb-activity.
bhāṣānuśāsanaa work on attributed to यश:कवि.
bhojathe well-known king of Dhārā who was very famous for his charities and love of learning. He flourished in the eleventh century A.D. He is said to have got written or himself written several treatises on various śāstras. The work Sarasvatīkaṇṭhābharaṇa which is based on the Astādhyāyi of Pāṇini, but which has included in it the Vārttikas and Paribhāṣās also, has become in a way a Vyākaraṇa or a general work in grammar and can be styled as Bhoja-Vyākaraṇa.
bhrājastray or spurious verses or stanzas whose authorship cannot be traced, but which are commonly quoted by scholars; confer, compare भ्राजा नाम श्लेाका: M.Bh. on I.1 Āhnika 1; the word भ्राज is explained as 'composed by Kātyāyana' by Nāgeśabhaṭṭa in his Uddyota.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyapradīpaa very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
mahābhāṣyavyākhyāname given to each of the explanatory glosses on the Mahabhasya written by grammarians prominent of whom were Purusottamadeva, Narayana Sesa, Visnu, Nilakantha and others whose fragmentary works exist in a manuscript form. महामिश्र name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa. The commentary is known by the name Vyakaranaprakasa. महाविभाषा a rule laying down an option for several rules in a topic by being present in every rule: confer, compare महाविभाषया वाक्यमपि. विभाषा (P.II.1.11) and समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV.1.82) are some of the rules of this kindeclinable
mahāsaṃjñāa long term, as contrasted with the very short terms टि, घु, भ, इत् and others introduced by Panini in his grammar for the sake of brevity. These long terms such as सर्वनाम, अब्यय,परस्मैपद, अात्मनेपद, and many others were widely in use at the time of Panini and hence he could not but pick them up in his grammar in spite of his strenuous attempts at brevity. The commentators, however, find out a motive for his doing this viz. that appropriate words only could be understood by those terms and not others; confer, compareमहासंज्ञाकरणेन तदनुगुणानामेव अत्र संनिवेशात् । S.K. on सर्वादीने सर्वनामानि P. I.1.27.
mādhurīrvṛtia gloss not composed by, but simply explained by an inhabitant of Mathuraa or Madhuraa Such a gloss is referred to in the Mahaabhaasya on P.IV.3.101 Vaart.3, which possibly might be referring to an existing gloss on the SUtras of Paanini, which was being explained at Mathura, at the time of Patanjali. The term मधुरा was used for मथुरा in ancient times and the word माथुरी वृत्ति is also used for माधुरी वृति.
māheśrvarasūtrthe sUtras, the authorship of which is attributed to Shiva; the sutras अइउण etc। giving the alphabet. see माहेशसूत्र
mit(1)characterized by the mute letter म्; augments So characterized such as नुम् , अम् and the like, are inserted after the last vowel of a word to which they are to be added; confer, compare मिदचोन्त्यात् परः P. I. 1.47; (2) a technical term applied to the fifty-five roots which are headed by the root घट् and which belong to the first corjugation, to the roots ज्वळ et cetera, and others, as also to the roots जन्, जू, क्नूस्, रञ्ज् and roots ending in अम्. These roots are not really characterized by the mute letter म्, but they are given the designation मित्. The use of the designation मित् is (a) the shortening of the penultimate vowel which : has been lengthened by Vrddhi , before the causal sign णि and (b) ; the optional lengthening of the ; penultimate vowel before the affix ) चिण् and णमुल्, For a complete list ] of 'mit' roots see Dhaatupaatha.
mukhasukhārthaa mute letter added to an affix or a substitute cr the like, which does not really form a part of the affix et cetera, and others, but which simply facilitates the utterance of it: confer, compare अथ मुखसुखार्थस्तकार: दकारोपि ! Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1, VI.1.87; confer, compare also अादति तकारो मुखसुखार्थः, न त्वयं तपरः Kaas. on P. III.2.171.
mugdhabodhaliterally instructions to the ignorant: a treatise on grammar similar to the Astadhyayi of Panini but much shorter, written by Bopadeva or Vopadeva an inhabitant of the greater Maharastra in the Vardha district, in the thirteenth century. After the fall of the Hindu rulers in Bengal, treatises like भाषावृत्ति and others written by eastern grammarians fell into the back-ground and their place was taken up by easier treatises written by Bopadeva and others.Many commentaries were written upon the Mugdhabodha, of which the Vidyanivsa is much known to grammarians
makḍonel[MACDONELL,ARTHUR ANTHONY ]a deep scholar of Vedic Gram. and Literature who has written an exhaustive Vedic Grammar; in treatment, at places he differs from Panini and follows a different method, but the manner of thinking and argument is on original lines.
metreyarakṣitaa recognised scholar of Paninis' grammar who belonged to the Eastern part of India and fourished in the beginning of the twelfth century. As it appears from the name Maitreya Raksita he appears to have been a Buddhist grammarian. Subsequent writers in their works refer to him by the name Raksita alone, as also by the name Maitreya, but very rarely by the name Maitreya Raksita.He wrote many works on grammar of which the 'tantrapradipa'a learned commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa on Kasika was a reputed one, which, although available in a fragmentary manuscript form today, has been profusely quoted by prominent grammarians after him.
y(1)a consonant of the palatal class, called semivowel or अन्तःस्थ( spelt as अन्तस्थ also ), possessed of the properties संवृतत्व, नाद, घोष and अनुनासिकत्व in addition; (2) a substitute for म् when that म् is followed by ह् which is followed by य्. e. g.किंय्ह्य: confer, compare यवलपरे यवला वा. P. VIII.3. 26 Vart.l ; (3) य् looked upon as possessed of a very little effort in production i. e. which appears as almost dropped but not completely dropped when its elision is prescribed at the end of a word. e. gभोय् अच्युत; confer, compare व्योर्लधुप्रयत्नतर: शाकटायनस्य P. VIII. 3.18.
yara short term ( प्रत्याहृार ) for any consonant except ह् standing at the end of a word is optionally changed to the nasal consonant of its class if followed by a nasal letter; confer, compare यरोनुनासिकेनुनासिकेा वा P. VIII.4.45: and (2) is doubled if preceded by र् or ह् as also if preceded by a vowel but not followed by a vowel; exempli gratia, for example अर्क्कः, दद्धयत्र: confer, compare अन्वॊ रहाभ्यां द्वे; अनचिच P. VIII.4.46,47.
yavamadhyaliterally having the centre bulging out like the Yava grain; name given to a variety of the Gayatri which has 7 letters in the first and third (last) feet and 10 letters in the second id est, that is the middle foot; the name is also given to a Mahabrhati having the first and the last feet consisting of 8 letters and the middle one consisting of 12 syllables: cf R.Pr.XVI.18 and 48.
yogarūḍhaa word that can be derived, but is always used in a specific sense, the derivative sense which is wider being limited: exempli gratia, for example पङ्कजम्.
yogāpekṣaconcerning only that particular rule to which it refers. The word is many times used in connection with a deduction ( ज्ञापक ) which is not to be applied in general, but which is restricted to the functions of that rule from which the deduction is drawn; confer, compare योगोपक्षं ज्ञापकम् M.Bh. on P. I.1.23 Vart.10, P.III.1.95 Vart.2.,P.IV. 1.87 Vart. 2, confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.3.62 and V.1.1.
yaugapadyasimultaneity of occurrence; simultaneous possibility of the application of two rules which evidently cannot apply simultaneously, but scope has to be given to one of the two, the priority being decided on the criteria of परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व;confer, compare न चास्ति यौगपदद्येन संभव: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.57; cf also M.Bh. on I. 4.1 , I. 4.2, II. 1.3 et cetera, and others
r(1)second letter of the यण् class ( semi-vowels ) which has got the properties नादभागित्व, घोषवत्त्व,' संवृतत्व and अल्पप्राणता i. e. it is a sonant, inaspirate consonant. Regarding its स्थान or place of production, there is a difference of opinion : generally the consonant र् is looked upon as a cerebral or lingual letter (मूर्धन्य); cf ऋटुरषाणां मूर्धा, S.K.also Pāṇini. Siksa; but it is called by some as दन्त्य or दन्तमूलीय: cf रेफस्तु दस्त्ये दन्तमूले वा RT. 8, by others as दन्तमूलीय and and by still others as वर्स्त्य gingival. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya it is described as दन्तमूलीय: cf रो दन्तमूल I. 68, while in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya it is said to be produced by the touch of the middle part of the tip of the tongue just a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the teeth;confer, compare रेफे जिह्वाग्रमध्येन प्रत्यग्दन्तमूलेभ्यः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 41; (2) substitute र् (रेफ ) for the final letter of the word अहन्, as also for the final of अम्रस्, ऊधस्, अवस् and भुवस् optionally with रु, which ( रु) is dropped before vowels, and changed to ओ before अ and soft consonants, while it is changed into visarga before hard consonants and surds.exempli gratia, for example अम्नरेव, अम्र एवः ऊधरेव, ऊधएव: confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. VIII, 2-70: (3) the consonants र् (technically) called र् in Panini's grammar ) which is substituted for the consonant स् and for the consonant न् of the word अहन् when the consonant स् or न् stands at the end of a word. This substitute रु, unlike the substitute र् is liable to be changed into visarga, or the consonant य्, or the vowel उ by P. VIII.3.15, 17, VI.1.113, 114.
laghukaumudīknown as लघुसिद्धान्तकौमुदी also, an abridged work based upon the Siddhāntakaumudi of Bhațțojī Dīkşita, written by Bhațțojī's pupil Varadarāja. The work is very valuable and helpful to beginners in grammar. It has got the same topics as the Siddhāntakaumudī, but arranged differently. The work, named सारसिद्धान्तकौमुदी is the same as लघुसिध्दान्तकौमुदी. Possibly सारसिद्धान्तकौमुदी was the original name given by the author.
laghunyāsa(1)short writing, brief putting in, brief expression; confer, compare सोयमेवं लघुना न्यासेन सिद्धे et cetera, and others; (2) the word is given as a name to a grammatical work, written by देवेन्द्रसूरि on the शब्दानुशासन of Hemacandra, possibly in contrast with the बृहन्न्यास written by Hemacandra himself or with Kāśikāvivaranapańjikā popularly called न्यास written by Jinendrabuddhi on the Kāśikāvŗti of Jayāditya and Vāmana. See न्यास.
liṅgānuśāsanaliterally science of genders; a short comprehensive old treatise on the gender of words attributed to Pāņini as its author. Other works with the same designation are attributed to वामन, दुर्गोत्तम and others.
liṭan affix of the perfect tense; confer, compare परोक्षे लिट् P.III.2.115 for which the specific affixes णल्, अतुस् उस् et cetera, and others are substituted after roots which take Parasmaipada affixes. Before the lit affixes, a monosyllabic root is reduplicated while dissyllabic roots and denominative and other secondary roots, formed by adding an affix to an original root,take the affix अाम् after which all 'liț' personal endings are dropped and the forms of the roots कृ,भू and अस् with the necessary personal-endings, are placed immediately after the word ending in अाम् , but often with the intervention of a word or more in the Vedic language and rarely in the classical language; confer, compare तं पातयां प्रथममास पपात पश्चात् ; confer, compare कास्प्रत्ययादाममन्त्रे लिटि P.III.I. 35 to 42.
luṭgeneral name for affixes of the first future which are added to roots when the future time is not the present day, but the next and the succeeding ones; confer, compare अनद्यतने लुट् P. III. 3.15. The affixes ति, त: et cetera, and others replace the affix लुट् in accordance with the number and person in view; confer, compare तिप्तस्झिसिप् .... P. III. 4 78.
v(1)the semivowel व्: see व्; (2) personal-ending substituted for वस् in the perfect ( लिट् ) first person (उत्तमपुरुष), and in the present tense in the case of the root विद्; confer, compare परस्मैपदानां णलतुसुस्० and विदो लटो वा. P. III. 4.82,83; (3) krt affix क्विप् , क्विन् or वि of which only व् remains; confer, compare अनिगन्तोञ्चतौ वप्रत्यये P. VI. 2.52; confer, compare also विष्वग्देवयोश्र्च टेरद्यञ्चतौ वप्रत्यये VI.3.92.the affix is mentioned as वप्रत्यय by Panini, but, in fact, it is व् , अ being added for ease in pronunciation; (4) taddhita affix. affix in the sense of possession added along with the other affixes इन् , इक, and वत् to the word केश and to some other words such as मणि, हिरण्य, राजी, अर्णस् et cetera, and others as also to गाण्डी and अजग; confer, compare P. V. 2. 109, 110.
vaktramouth, or orifice of the mouth which, in general is the place of utterance for all letters, but especially for the vowel अ; confer, compare सर्वमुखस्थानमवर्णस्य केचिदिच्छन्ति I
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇaphonemic unit: a letter The term was in use in ancient times and found used generally in the masculine gender, but occasionally in the neuter gender too; .e. g. उपदिष्टा इमे वर्णाः M.Bh. Ahnika 1. also मा कदाचिदवर्णे भूत् M.Bh. on Siva Sutras 3, 4.
varṇasamāmnāyaa collection of letters or alphabet given traditionally. Although the Sanskrit alphabet has got everywhere the same cardinal letters id est, that is vowels अ, इ et cetera, and others, consonants क्, ख् etc : semivowels य्, र्, ल्, व, sibilants श् ष् स् ह् and a few additional phonetic units such as अनुस्वार, विसर्ग and others, still their number and order differ in the different traditional enumerations. Panini has not mentioned them actually but the fourteen Siva Sutras, on which he has based his work, mention only 9 vowels and 34 consonants, the long vowels being looked upon as varieties of the short ones. The Siksa of Panini mentions 63 or 64 letters, adding the letter ळ ( दुःस्पृष्ट ); confer, compare त्रिषष्टि: चतुःषष्टिर्वा वर्णाः शम्भुमते मताः Panini Siksa. St.3. The Rk Pratisakhya adds four (Visarga, Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya and Anusvara ) to the forty three given in the Siva Sutras and mentions 47. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya mentions 52 letters viz. 16 vowels, 25class consonants, 4 semivowels,six sibilants (श्, ष् , स्, ह् , क्, प् , ) and anusvara. The Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya mentions 65 letters 3 varieties of अ, इ, उ, ऋ and लृ, two varieties of ए, ऐ, ओ, औ, 25 class-consonants, four semivowels, four sibilants, and जिह्वामूलीय, उपध्मानीय, अनुस्वार, विसर्जनीय, नासिक्य and four यम letters; confer, compare एते पञ्चषष्टिवर्णा ब्रह्मराशिरात्मवाचः Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.VIII. 25. The Rk Tantra gives 57 letters viz. 14 vowels, 25 class consonants, 4 semivowels, 4 sibilants, Visarga,.Jihvamuliya, Upadhmaniya, Anunasika, 4_yamas and two Anusvaras. The Rk Tantra gives two different serial orders, the Uddesa (common) and the Upadesa (traditional). The common order or Uddesa gives the 14 vowels beginning with अ, then the 25 class consonants, then the four semivowels, the four sibilants and lastly the eight ayogavahas, viz. the visarjanya and others. The traditional order gives the diphthongs first, then long vowels ( अा, ऋ, लॄ, ई and ऊ ) then short vowels (ऋ, लृ, इ, उ, and lastly अ ), then semivowels, then the five fifth consonants, the five fourths, the five thirds, the five seconds, the five firsts, then the four sibilants and then the eight ayogavaha letters and two Ausvaras instead of one anuswara. Panini appears to have followed the traditional order with a few changes that are necessary for the technigue of his work.
vas(1)pres participle affix वसु substituted for शतृ applied to the root विद्: exempli gratia, for example विद्वस्, confer, compare विदेः शतृर्वसुः P.VII. l.36; (2) perf part, affix क्वसु substituted for the general affix लिट् mostly in Vedic Literature, but in specific cases in spoken language; e. g.see सेदिवस्, शुश्रुवस् उपेयिवस् confer, compare P III.2. 107-9. See क्वसु.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
vādiroots headed by वा and similar to वा. Really there is no class of roots headed by वा given anywhere but in the interpretation of the rule भूवादयो धातव: it is suggested that ' the roots which are similar to वा are termed roots (धातु)' could also be the interpretation of the rule: confer, compare भ्वादय इति च वादय इति M.Bh. on P. I. 3. l . Vart. ll .
vārarucaa work attributed to वररुचि: confer, compare वाररुचे काव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. IV.3.101 cf also वाररुनो ग्रन्थ: S.K.on P.IV.3. 101 This work possibly was not a grammar work and its author also was not the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. See वरुरुचि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The name वाररुचव्याकरण was given possibly to Katyayana's Prakrit Grammar, the author of which was वररुचि surnamed Katyayana. For details see p.395 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vāvacanaciting an option not specifically by the particle वा, but by the terms विभाषा, अन्यतरस्याम् and the like; cf हृक्रोर्वावचने अभिवादिदृशेारात्मनेपद् उपसंख्यानम् P. I. 453 Vart. 1; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.3.79, II.1.18 et cetera, and others
vickrt affix वि (which also becomes nil or zero) applied to a root in the sense of an agent, as observed in Vedic and classical use, as also to the root यज् with उप and roots ending in अा generally in Vedic Literature but sometimes in popu1ar language; confer, compare विजुपे छन्दसि । आतो मनिन्कनिबवनिपश्च। अन्येभ्योपि दृश्यन्ते | कीलालपाः, शुभ्ंयाः et cetera, and others Kas on P. III. 2.73, 74, 75.
vibhaktiliterally division, separation; separation of the base id est, that is that factor which shows the base separately। The word विभक्ति is generally used in the sense of case affixes; but in Pāṇini's grammar the term विभक्ति is applied also to personal endings applied to roots to form verbs; confer, compareविभक्तिश्च । सुप्तिङौ विभक्तिसंज्ञौ स्तः S.K.on Pāṇ. I.4.104. The term is also applied to taddhita affix.affixes which are applied to pronouns, किम् and बहु, ending in the ablative or in the locative case or in other cases on rare occasions. Such affixes are तस् (तसिल् ), त्र, (त्रल्), ह, अत्, दा, ऋहिल्, दानीम्, था ( थाल् ) and थम् given in P.V.3.1 to V.3.26.The case affixes are further divided into उपपदविभक्ति affixes and कारकविभक्ति affixes. For details see P.II.3.1 to 73.
vimalamatian old grammarian who is believed to have written a gloss named भागवृत्ति on Pāṇini's Sūtras to which the grammarians Purusottamadeva, Sīradeva's Paribhāṣāvṛttiand others of the twelfth century refer. Some scholars say that भागवृत्ति was written by भर्तृहरि; but it is not feasible, as there is a reference to Māghakāvya in भागवृति. In books on grammar,. especially of the Eastern School in the 11th and the 12th century, there are several quotations from the Bhāgavṛtti. See भागवृत्ति.
virāmaan ancient term used in the Prātiśākhya works for a stop or : pause in general at the end of a word, or at the end of the first member of a compound, which is shown split up in the Padapāṭha, or inside a word, or at the end of a word, or at the end of a vowel when it is followed by another vowel. The duration of this virāma is different in different circumstances; but sometimes under the same circumstances, it is described differently in the different Prātiśākhyas. Generally,there is no pause between two consonants as also between a vowel and a consonant preceding or following it.The Taittirīya Prātiśākhya has given four kinds of विराम (a) ऋग्विराम,pause at the end of a foot or a verse of duration equal to three mātrās or moras, (b) पदविराम pause between two words of duration equal to two matras; e. g. इषे त्वा ऊर्जे त्वा, (c) pause between two words the preceding one of which ends in a vowel and the following begins with a vowel, the vowels being not euphonically combined; this pause has a duration of one matra e,g. स इधान:, त एनम् , (d) pause between two vowels inside a word which is a rare occurrence; this has a duration of half a mātrā;e.gप्रउगम्, तितउः; confer, compare ऋग्विरामः पदविरामो विवृत्तिविरामः समानपदविवृत्तिविरामस्त्रिमात्रो द्विमात्र एकमात्रोर्धमात्र इत्यानुपूर्व्येण Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII. 13. The word विवृत्ति is explained as स्वरयोरसंधिः. The vivṛttivirāma is further divided into वत्सानुसति which has the preceding vowel short and the succeeding long, वत्सानुसारिणी which has the preceding vowel a long one and the succeeding vowel a short one, पाकवती which has both the vowels short, and पिपीलिका which has got both , the vowels long. This fourfold division is given in the Śikṣā where their duration is given as one mātrā, one mātrā, three-fourths of a mātrā and one-fourth of a mātrā respectively. The duration between the two words of a compound word when split up in the पदपाठ is also equal to one mātrā; confer, compare R.Pr.I.16. The word विराम occurs in Pāṇini's rule विरामोs वसानम् P.I. 4.110 where commentators have explained it as absence; confer, compare वर्णानामभावोवसानसंज्ञः स्यात् S.K.on P. I.4.110: confer, compare also विरतिर्विरामः । विरम्यते अनेन इति वा विरामः Kāś. on P.I.4.110. According to Kāśikā even in the Saṁhitā text, there is a duration of half a mātrā between the various phonetic elements, even between two consonants or between a vowel and a consonant, which, however, is quite imperceptible; confer, compare परो यः संनिकर्षो वर्णानां अर्धमात्राकालव्यवधानं स संहितासंज्ञो भवति Kāś. on P. I.4.109 confer, compare also विरामे मात्रा R.T.35; confer, compare also R.Pr.I.16 and 17. For details see Mahābhāṣya on P.I.4.109 and I.4.110.
vivaraṇacritical comment; a name given by a writer of commentary works to a critical commentary work written by him; e. g. काशिकाविवरणपञ्जिका ( न्यास ) by Jinendrabuddhi, भाष्यप्रदीपविवरण ( उद्द्योत ) by Nāgeśa, as also लघुशब्देन्दुशेखरविवरण by Bhāskaraśastrī Abhyankar.
viśeṣaṇaattribute: adjective; any word which qualifies another; hence, subordinate; confer, compare विशेषणानां चाजातेः । जातिर्यद्विशेषणम् , आहोस्वित् जातेर्यानि विशेषणानि । M.Bh. on P.I.2.52.
viśrāntavidyādharaname of a grammar work of a general type which once occupied a prominent position and was studied as a text book of grammar, representing an independent system. The work is referred to by Hemacandra and Haribhadra. It is attributed to Vāmana who may be the same as one of the joint writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti. In that case the date of the work is the 7th century A. D.;confer, compare the popular verse परेत्र पाणिनीयज्ञाः केचित्कालपकोविदा: । एकेकं विश्रान्तविद्याः स्युरन्ये संक्षिप्तसारकाः quoted in Vol.VII p. 388 Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya D.E. Society's edition.
vṛta word signifying the end of a particular group of words; the word frequently occurs in the Dhātupāṭha of Pāṇini but not necessarily at the end of each class or group therein; exempli gratia, for example टुओश्चि गतिवृद्धयोः । वृत् | अयं वदतिश्च उदात्तौ परस्मैभाषौ | Dhātupāṭha at the end of the First Conjugation. Similarly वृत् is used at the end of the fourth, fifth, and sixth conjugations.
vṛtti(1)treatment, practice of pronunciation; (2) conversion of one phonetic element into another; confer, compare R.Pr.I.95;(3) position of the padas or words as they stand in the Saṁhhitā text, the word is often seen used in this way in the compound word पदवृत्ति; आन्पदा: पदवृत्तयः R.Pr. IV.17: (4) modes of recital of the Vedic text which are described to be three द्रुत, मध्य and विलम्बित based upon the time of the interval and the pronunciation which differs in each one; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.4. 109, Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 4; also I.l.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).ll ; ( 5 ) nature confer, compare गुर्वक्षराणां गुरुवृत्ति सर्वम् R.Pr.XVIII.33; (6) interpretation of a word; (7) verbal or nominal form of a root; confer, compare अर्थनित्यः परीक्षेत केनचिद् वृत्तिसामान्येन Nirukta of Yāska.II.1; (8)mode or treatment followed by a scientific treatise; cf का पुनर्वृत्तिः । वृत्तिः शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः | M.Bh. in Āhnika l on वृत्तिसमवायार्थ उपदेश: Vārttika 10; (9) manner of interpretation with the literal sense of the constituents present or absent, described usually as two-fold जहत्स्वार्था and अजहत्स्वार्था, | but with a third kind added by some grammarians viz. the जहदजहत्स्वार्था; (10) a compound word giving an aggregate sense different from the exact literal sense of the constituent words; there are mentioned five vṛittis of this kind; confer, compare परार्थाभिधानं वृत्तिः । कृत्तद्धितसमासैकदेशधातुरूपाः पञ्च वृत्तयः | वृत्त्यर्थावबोधकं वाक्यं विग्रहः S. K. at the end of the Ekaśeṣaprakaraṇa; ( 11 ) interpretation of a collection of statements; the word was originally applied to glosses or comments on the ancient works like the Sūtra works, in which the interpretation of the text was given with examples and counterexamples where necessary: confer, compare वृत्तौ भाष्ये तथा नामधातुपारायणादिषु; introductory stanza in the Kāśikā.Later on, when many commentary works were written,the word वृत्ति was diferentiated from भाष्य, वार्तिक, टीका,चूर्णि, निर्युक्ति, टिप्पणी, पञ्जिका and others, and made applicable to commentary works concerned with the explanation of the rules with examples and counter-examples and such statements or arguments as were necessary for the explanation of the rules or the examples and counter examples. In the Vyākaraṇa-Śāstra the word occurs almost exclusively used for the learned Vṛtti on Pāṇini-sūtras by Vāmana and Jayāditya which was given the name Kāśikā Vṛtti; confer, compare तथा च वृत्तिकृत् often occurring in works on Pāṇini's grammar.
vaiyākaraṇabhūṣaṇaa well-known work on the grammatical interpretation of words written by Kondabhatta as an explanatory work (व्याख्यान) on the small work in verse consisting of only 72 Karikas written by his uncle Bhattoji Diksita. The treatise is also named Brihadvaiyakaranabhusana. A smaller work consisting of the same subjectmatter but omitting discussions, is written by the author for facilitating the understanding of students to which he has given the name Vaiyakarahabhusanasara. This latter work has got three commentary works written on it named Kasika, Kanti and Matonmajja and one more scholarly one Sankari, recently written by Shankar Shastri Marulkar.
veṣāyika(1)pertaining to the word विषय in the sutra विषयो देशे P. IV.2. 52; the term refers to the taddhita affix. affixes prescribed in the sense of ’country' or ’district' (विषय) in P. IV. 2.52-54 as contrasted with नैवासिक affixes prescribed in the sense of 'inhabited district' by P. IV. 2.69-80 (2) one of the three senses of the locative case, viz. the sense 'substratum' of the locative case, which is not physical but which is a topical one, forming an object or aim of an , action as specified by the word 'about'; confer, compare अधिकरणं नाम त्रिप्रकारं व्यापकमौपश्लेषिकं वैषयिकमिति |
vyapekṣāmutual relationship in sense, as obtaining between two different words ( पद ) connected with each other in a sentence, as contrasted with compositeness of sense as seen in two words joined into a compound word ( समास ) ; व्यपेक्षा is given as an alternative definition of the word सामर्थ्य along with एकार्थीभाव as the other one, in the Mahabhasya: e. g. there is व्यपेक्षा between सर्पिः and पिब in the sentence सर्पिष्पिब, but not in तिष्ठतु सर्पिः पिब त्वमुद्कम्: confer, compare तथेदमपरं द्वैतं भवति एकार्थाभावो वा सामर्थ्यं स्याद् व्यपेक्षा वेति ! Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II,1.1 ; cf, also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P, VIII.3 44.
vyartha(l)useless, serving no purpose, superfluous; the word is usually used in the sense of useless or futile in connection with a rule or its part, which serves no purpose, its purpose or object being served otherwise; such words or rules have never been condemned as futile by commentators, but an attempt is made invariably by them to deduce something from the futile wording and show its necessity; confer, compare व्यर्थे सज्ज्ञापयति a remark which is often found in the commentary literature; confer, compare अन्यथा अन्तरङ्गत्वाद्दीर्घे कृत एव प्रत्ययप्राप्त्या तद्यर्थता स्पष्टैव । Par. Sek. Pari. 56; (2) possessed of various senses such as the words अक्षा: माषा: et cetera, and others: confer, compare व्यर्थेषु च मुक्तसंशयम् । M.Bh.on P.I.2.64 Vart. 52. The word व्यर्थ possibly stands for विविधार्थ in such cases. It appears that the word व्यर्थ in the sense of futile was rarely used by ancient grammarians; the word अनर्थक appears to have been used in its placcusative case. See Mahabhasya in which the word व्यर्थ does not occur in this sense while the word अनर्थक occurs at several places.
vyavasthitavibhāṣāan option which does not apply universally in all the instances of a rule which prescribes an operation optionally, but applies necessarily in : some cases and does not apply at all in the other cases, the total result being an option regarding the conduct of the rule. The rules अजेर्व्यघञपॊ: P. II. 4.56, लट: शतृशानचावप्रथमासमानाधिकरणे III. 2.124 and वामि I. 4.5 are some of the rules which have got an option described as व्यवस्थितविभाषा. The standard instances of व्यवस्थितविभाषा are given in the ancient verse देवत्रातो गलो ग्राहः इतियोगे च सद्विधिः | मिथस्ते न विभाष्यन्ते गवाक्षः संशितव्रतः|| M. Bh, on P, III. 3.156; VII.4.41.
vyākaraṇaprakāśaname of the commentary written by Mahamisra on Jinendrabuddhi's great work 'Kasikavivaranapanjika' or Nyasa.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
vyutpattipakṣathe view that every word is derived from a suitable root as contrasted with the other view viz. the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष. The grammarians hold that Panini held the अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष,id est, that is the view that not all words in a language can be derived but only some of them can be so done, and contrast him (id est, that isPanini) with an equally great grammarian Sakatayana who stated that every word has to be derived: confer, compare न्यग्रोधयतीति न्यग्रोध इति व्युत्पत्तिपक्षे नियमार्थम् ! अव्युत्पत्तिपक्ष विध्यर्थम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.VII.3.6.
śā(1)conjugational sign(विकरण) applied to the roots of the sixth conjugation ( तुदादिगण ) in all conjugational tenses and moods ( i, e. the present, the imperfect,the imperative and the potential ) before the personal-endings; confer, compare तुदादिभ्यः शः, P. III.1.77; this sign श ( अ ) has got the initial consonant श्, as an indicatory one, and hence this अ is a Sarvadhatuka affix, but, it is weak and does not cause गुण for the preceding vowel; ( 2 ) taddhita affix. affix श in the sense of possession applied to the words लोमन् and others; e. g. लोमश:, रोमशःconfer, compare P.V.2. 100; (3) krt affix (अ ) applied to the roots पा, घ्रा, ध्मा, धे and दृश् when preceded by a prefix,to the roots लिम्प्, विन्द् et cetera, and othersnot preceded by a prefix, and optionaily to दा and धा of the third conjugation in the sense of an agent'; exempli gratia, for example उत्पिबः, उत्पश्यः, लिम्प:, विन्दः दद:, दायः: confer, compare P.III.1.137-139.
śabādeśathe Vikarana affixes श्यन् , श> श्रम्, उ and श्रा according to those who hold the view that these affixes do not form the exceptions of शप्, but they are substituted for शप् . confer, compare शबादेशाः शयन्नादय: करिष्यन्ते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.27, II.2.3, III.1.33 and III.1.67.
śabdaliterally "sound" in general; confer, compare शब्दं कुरु शब्दं मा कार्षीः | ध्वनिं कुर्वनेवमुच्यते | M.Bh. in Ahnika I; confer, compare also शब्दः प्रकृतिः सर्ववर्णानाम् | वर्णपृक्तः: शब्दो वाच उत्पत्तिः Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXIII.1, XXIII.3.In grammar the word शब्द is applied to such words only as possess sense; confer, compare प्रतीतपदार्थको लोके ध्वनि: शब्द: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1: confer, comparealso येनोच्चरितेन अर्थः प्रतीयते स शब्दः Sringara Prakasa I; confer, compare also अथ शब्दानुशासनम् M.Bh. Ahnika 1. In the Vajasaneyi-Pratisakhya, शब्द् is said to be constituted of air as far as its nature is concerned, but it is taken to mean in the Pratisakhya and grammar works in a restricted sense as letters possessed of sense, The vajasaneyiPratisakhya gives four kinds of words तिडू, कृत्, तद्धित and समास while नाम, आख्यात, निपात and उपसर्ग are described to be the four kinds in the Nirukta. As शब्द in grammar, is restricted to a phonetic unit possessed of sense, it can be applied to crude bases, affixes, as also to words that are completely formed with case-endings or personal affixes. In fact, taking it to be applicable to all such kinds, some grammarians have given tweive subdivisions of शब्द, vizप्रक्रुति, प्रत्यय,उपत्कार, उपपद, प्रातिपदिक, विभक्ति, उपसर्जन, समास, पद, वाक्य, प्रकरण and प्रबन्ध; confer, compare Sringara Prakasa I.
śabdparavipratiṣedhacl,. comparatively superior strength possessed by a word, which in the text of a particular sutra is later than another word, which is put in earlier in the Sutra. This शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधे is contrasted with the standard शास्त्रपरविप्रतिषेध which is laid down by Panini in his rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् and which lays down the superior strength of that rule which is put by Panini later on in his Astadhyayi: e. g. in the rule विभाषा गमहनविदविशाम्,it is not the word हन् although occuring earlier, but the word विश् occuring later in the rule, which helps us to decide which विद् should be taken confer, compareज्ञानार्तस्य सत्यपि विदरूपत्वे अर्थस्य भेदकत्वेन रूपवदाश्रयणात्प्रतिषेधाभावः | यद्यपि हन्तिना साहचर्ये विदेरस्ति तथापि शब्दपरविप्रतिषेधाद् विशिर्व्यवस्थाहेतुर्न हान्तिः ! Kaiyata on P. VII.2.18:confer, compare also, P.VI.1.158 V.12.
śarvyavāyaintervention by any one of the spirants श् , ष् and स्, which prevents the substitution of ण् for न् but allows the substitution of ष् for म्; confer, compare चुटुतुलशर्व्यवाये न M.Bh. on P. VIII.4.2 as also नुम्विसर्जनीयशर्व्यवायेपि P. VIII.3.58 Vart. 1.
śikṣāgeneral name given to a work on Phonetics. Although there are many such works which are all called शिक्षा, the work, which is often referred to, by the word, is the Siksa named पाणिनीयशिक्षा, about the authorship of which, however, there is a doubt whether it was the work of Panini or of somebody belonging to his school. The Siksa works are helpful, no doubt, for the study of grammar, but no topic belonging to Siksa is given by Panini which apparently means that these works do not come under the subject or province of Grammar. The reason why the Siksa topics are not given by Panini, is worth consideration. These Siksa works are not specifically related to a particular Veda and it cannot be said whether they preceded or succeeded the Pratisakhya works.
śitpossessed of, or characterized by, the indicatory letter श्; the krt affixes which are marked with the indicatory श् are termed Sarvadhatuka affixes (confer, compare P.III.4.113), while, the Adesas or substitutes, marked with the indicatory श्, are substituted for the whole of the Sthanin or the original and not for its final letter according to the rule अलोन्त्यस्य P. I.1.52; e. g. शि is substituted,not for the final स् of जस् and शस् but for the whole जस् and the whole शस्; confer, compare P.I.1.55.
śaunakaa great ancient Vedic scholar who is believed to have written the Rk. Pratisakhya, which is said to be common for the two main branches of the Rgveda but which at present represents, in fact, all the different branches of the Rgveda.
śravaṇahearing of a phonetic element or a word in the actual speech; audition; confer, compare तस्य चोदात्तस्वरितपरत्वे श्रवणं स्पष्टम् S. K. on P.I.2.32. In many technical grammatical terms, affixes and substitutes, there is sometimes a portion of them which is not a vital part of the word, but it is for the sake of causing certain prescribed grammatical operations. The letters or syllables which form such a portion are called इत् and they are only for the sake of grammatical operations (कार्यार्थ ), as contrasted with the other ones which are actually heard (श्रुत्यर्थ or श्रवणार्थ ).
ṣaṭkārakalakṣaṇaa small work in verses on the six case-relations ascribed to Amarasimha, but very likely the author was Amaracandra a Jain grammarian of the fifteenth century. The work is also named षट्कारकविवरण.
saṃgrahaname of a very vast work on grammar attributed to an ancient grammarian Vyadi who is supposed to have been a relative of Panini; confer, compare सेग्रहेस्तमुपागते Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya confer, compare also संग्रहप्रतिकञ्चुके: confer, compare संग्रहो नाम लक्षश्लोकात्मको त्याडिकृतो ग्रन्थः । Some quotations only are found from the Samgraha in grammar works, but the work is lost long ago.
saṃdhyaa diphthong: see below the word संधिः cf अत्थनामनी संध्यम् . संध्यक्षर diphthong, a vowel resulting from a combination of two vowels, but which is to be looked upon as one single vowel by reason of only a single effort being required for its pronunciation; the letters ए, ऐ, ओ and औ are termed as संध्यक्षर as contrasted with समानाक्षर, confer, compare अष्टौ समानाक्षराण्यादितस्ततश्चत्वारि संध्यक्षराण्युत्तराणि Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 10; confer, compare also Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.II. 13, Ṛktantra Prātiśākhya. 111 ; confer, compare also संध्यक्षराणामिदुतौ ह्रस्वादेशे Kat. Pari. 43
saṃprasāraṇaliterally extension; the process of changing a semi-vowel into a simple vowel of the same sthana or place of utterance; the substitution of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ for the semi-vowels य्, व् , र् and ल् respectively; cf इग्यणः संप्रसारणम् P. 1.1.45. The term संप्रसारण is rendered as a 'resultant vowel' or as 'an emergent vowel'. The ancient term was प्रसारण and possibly it referred to the extension of य् and व्, into their constituent parts इ +अ, उ+अ et cetera, and others the vowel अ being of a weak grade but becoming strong after the merging of the subseguent vowel into it exempli gratia, for example confer, compare सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P. III. 2.8 Vart.1. For the words taking this samprasarana change, see P. VI. 1 .13 to .19. According to some grammarians the term संप्रसारण is applied to the substituted vowels while according to others the term refers to the operation of the substitution: confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.15. The substitution of the samprasarana vowel is to be given preference in the formation of a word; , confer, compare संप्रसारणं तदाश्रयं च कार्यं बलवत् Pari. Sek. Pari. 1 19. संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्व the relative superior strength of the samprasarana change in comparison with other operations occurring simultaneotisly. The phrase न वा संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्वात् is often used in the Mahabhasya which is based upon the dictum of the superior strength of the samprasarana substitution, which is announced by the writer of the Varttikas; P. VI. 1.17 Vart, 2. , See संप्रसारण.
samartha(1)having an identical sense; cf प्रोपाभ्या समर्थाभ्याम् । ...तौ चेत् प्रोपौ समर्थौ तुल्यार्थौ भवतः । क्व चानयोस्तुल्यार्थता । आदिकर्मणि । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 3. 42: (2) mutually connected in meaning in such a way that the meanings are connected together or commixed together; समर्थः शक्वः । विग्रहवाक्यार्थाभिधाने यः शक्तः स समर्थो वेदितव्यः । अथवा समर्थपदाश्रयत्वात्समर्थः । समर्थानां पदानां संबद्धार्थानां संसृष्टार्थानां विधिर्वेदितव्यः । Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. II. 1. I; confer, compare also एकार्थीभावो व्यपेक्षा वा सामर्थ्यम्;। (3) connected with relationship of senses, as between the activity and the subject,object, instrument et cetera, and others, or as between the master and the servant or the Possessor and the possessed; confer, compare राज्ञः पुरुषः or ग्रामं गच्छति,or सर्पिः पिब, but not सर्पिः पिब in the sentence तिष्ठतु सर्पिः पिब त्वमुदकम् । ; (4) capable of expressing the sense e. g. a word with the sandhis well observed; confer, compare समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा । सामर्थ्ये परिनिष्ठितत्वम् । कृतसन्धिकार्यत्वमिति यावत् । S. K. on IV. I. 82; cf also समर्थः पटुः शक्तः इति पर्यायाः। शक्तत्वं च कार्योत्पादनयोम्यत्वम् et cetera, and others Balamanorama on the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
samāsaplacing together of two or more words so as to express a composite sense ; compound composition confer, compare पृथगर्थानामेकार्थीभावः समासः। Although the word समास in its derivative sense is applicable to any wording which has a composite sense (वृत्ति), still it is by convention applied to the समासवृत्ति only by virtue of the Adhikarasutra प्राक् कडारात् समास: which enumerates in its province the compound words only. The Mahabhasyakara has mentioned only four principal kinds of these compounds and defined them; confer, compare पूर्वपदार्थ प्रधानोव्ययीभावः। उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः। अन्यपदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः । उभयपदार्थप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः । M.Bh. on P.II.1.6; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.II.1.20, II.1.49,II.2.6, II.4.26, V.1.9. Later grammarians have given many subdivisions of these compounds as for example द्विगु, कर्मधारय and तत्पुरुष (with द्वितीयातत्पुरुष, तृतीयातत्पुरुष et cetera, and othersas also अवयवतत्पुरुष, उपपदतत्पुरुष and so on) समानाधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, व्यधिकरणबहुव्रीहि, संख्याबहुवीहि, समाहारद्वन्द्व, इतरेतरद्वन्द्व and so on. समासचक्र a short anonymous treatise on compounds which is very popular and useful for beginners. The work is attributed to वररुचि and called also as समासपटल. The work is studied and committed to memory by beginners of Sanskrit ] studies in the PathaSalas of the old type.
sarūpa( 1)having the same form for practical purposes such as the form अा possessed by टाप्, डाप् and चाप् or the form अ possessed by the affixes अण्, अच्, घ, क, ण and others; (2) having the same form even literally, but possessed of different senses; e. g the words माष, अक्ष, पाद et cetera, and others समानानामेकशेष इत्युच्यमाने यत्र सर्वं समानं शब्दोर्थश्च तत्रैव स्यात् | वृक्षाः प्लक्षाः इति | इह न स्यात् । अक्षाः पादाः माषाः इति । रूपग्रहणे पुनः क्रियमाणे न दोषो भवति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.64.
sarvanāmanpronoun: literally standing for any noun. There is no definition as such given, of the word pronoun, but the words, called pronouns, are enumerated in Panini's grammar one after another in the class or group headed by सर्व ( सर्व, विश्व, उभ, उभय, words ending in the affixes डतर and डतम, अन्य et cetera, and others)which appear to be pronouns primarily. Some words such as पूर्व, पर, अवर, दक्षिण, उत्तर, अपर, अधर, स्व, अन्तर etc are treated as pronouns under certain conditions. In any case, attention has to be paid to the literal sense of the term सर्वनामन् which is an ancient term and none of these words when standing as a proper noun, is to be treated as a pronoun: confer, compare सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि P. I.1. 27, confer, compare also संज्ञोपसर्जनीभूतास्तु न सर्वादयः: M.Bh. on P. I. 1. 27 Vart. 2; ( 2 ) The word सर्वनामन् means also a common term, a general term; confer, compare एकश्रुतिः स्वरसर्वनाम, यथा नपुंसकं लिङ्गसर्वनाम Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 4.174 Vart 4.
sarvavarmanspelt as शर्वबर्मन् also, the reputed author of the Katantra Vyakarana. He is believed to have been a contemporary of the poet Gunadbya at the Satavahana court, and to have revised and redacted the Katantra Sutras already existing for the benefit of his patron. With him began the Katantra school of grammar, the main contribution to which was made by दुर्गसिंहृ who wrote a scholarly gloss on the Katantra Sutras. For details see कातन्त्र,
savarṇacognate, homophonic: a letter belonging to the same technical category of letters possessing an identical place of utterance and internal effort confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, 1. 9. For example, the eighteen varieties of अ, due to its short, long and protracted nature as also due to its accents and nasalization, are savarna to each other. The vowels ऋ and लृ are prescribed to be considered as Savarna although their place of utterance differs. The consonants in each class of consonants are savarna to one another, but by the utterance of one, another cannot be taken except when the vowel उ has been applied to the first. Thus कु stands for क्, ख्, ग्, घ् and ङ्. confer, compare तुल्यास्यप्रयत्नं सवर्णम् P. 1, I. 9 and अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्यय: P. I. 1. 69.
sāgamakapossessed of the augment; confer, compare अनागमकानां सागमका अादेशाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.20 Vart. 5, also on P. I. 1.46; cf also the verse सर्वे सर्वपदादेशा दाक्षीपुत्रस्य पाणिनेः । एकदेशविकारे हि नित्यत्वं नोपपद्यते । quoted in the Mahabhasya to support the view that augments are not inserted, but a word with an augment replaces a word without that augment; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.20 Vart 5.
sāyaṇa,sāyaṇācāryathe celebrated Vedic scholar and grammarian of Vijayanagar who flourished in the 14th century and wrote, besides the monumental commentary works on the Vedas, a grammatical work on roots and their forms known by the name माधवीया धातुवृत्ति. As the colophon of the work shows, the Dhatuvrtti was written by Sayanacarya, but published under the name of Madhava, the brother of Sayanacarya: confer, compare इति महामन्त्रिणा मायणसुतेन माधवसहोदरेण सायणाचार्येण विरचितायां माधवीयायां धातुवृत्तौ...Madhaviya Dha tuvrtti at the end; cf also तेन मायणपुत्रेण सायणेन मनीषिणा । व्याख्येया माधवी चेयं धातुवृत्तिर्विरच्यते । Mad. Dhatuvrtti at the beginning.
hareidīkṣitaa reputed grammarian of the Siddhantakaumudi school of Panini who lived in the end of the seventeenth century. He was the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita and the preceptor of Nagesabhtta. His commentary named लधुशब्दरत्न, but popularly called शब्दरत्न on Bhattoji Diksita's Praudhamanorama, is widely studied by pupils along with the Praudhamanorama in the Vyakaranapathasalas. There is a work existing in a manuscript form but recentlv taken for printing, mamed 'Brhatsabdaratna ' which has been written by Haridiksita, although some scholars beiieve that it was written by Nagesa who ascribed it to his preceptor. For details see लधुशब्दरत्न.
haribhāskara( अग्निहोत्री )a grammarian of the Deccan who lived in the seventeenth century at Nasik and wrote commentaries on grammarworks out of which his treatise on Paribhasas ( परिभाषाभास्कर ) written independently but based upon Siradeva's Paribhasavrtti, deserves a special notice and mention.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
hyastanīimperfect tense; a term used by ancient grammarians for the affixes of the immediate past tense, but not comprising the present day, corresponding to the term लङ् of Panini. The term is found in the Katantra and Haimacandra grammars; confer, compare Kat. III. 1.23, 27; confer, compare Hema. III. 3.9.
Vedabase Search
1540 results
bubhuje (Lord Kṛṣṇa) enjoyedSB 10.89.63
bubhuje ateSB 10.17.4
bubhuje enjoyedSB 10.1.27
SB 10.1.69
SB 4.21.11
SB 5.2.18
SB 6.8.1-2
SB 6.8.42
SB 8.15.36
SB 9.17.7
SB 9.23.26
bubhuje He ateSB 10.20.29
bubhuje he ateSB 10.86.5
bubhuje he enjoyedSB 10.81.38
SB 3.22.33
bubhuje He enjoyedSB 9.11.36
bubhuje he partookSB 12.8.7-11
bubhuje Kṛṣṇa enjoyedSB 10.13.11
bubhuje partookSB 10.23.36
bubhuje ruledSB 5.1.29
bubhuje took possession ofSB 4.28.3
bubhuje was enjoyedSB 8.20.8
bubhujuḥ enjoyedSB 10.13.9
bubhujuḥ ruledSB 5.2.21
bubhujuḥ went and enjoyedSB 10.13.7
bubhukṣataḥ he enjoyedSB 9.21.2
bubhukṣate hankering for foodSB 9.21.8
bubhukṣitaḥ and hungrySB 1.6.14
SB 9.6.7
bubhukṣitaḥ ca and hungry at the same timeSB 9.4.43
bubhukṣitaḥ ca and hungry at the same timeSB 9.4.43
bubhukṣitasya who is hungrySB 10.23.17
bubhukṣitau being hungrySB 10.23.7
bubhūṣatām desire to existSB 4.6.4
bubhūṣati one desires to assumeSB 11.15.22
bubhūṣayā expecting to be soSB 3.3.3
bubhūṣubhiḥ by those who want their own welfareSB 1.18.10
bubhūṣuḥ those who desire well-beingSB 1.17.41
bubhutsatām such an enlightened personSB 8.24.50
bubhutsatām who are eager to learnSB 12.11.2-3
bubhutsayā desiring to find outSB 10.68.16
bubhutsayā with a desire to understandSB 3.24.32
bubhutsayā with the desire of learningSB 10.84.30
bubhutsayā with the desire to knowSB 10.69.36
bubhutsitam who always desire to learn transcendental knowledgeSB 1.5.40
bubudhe could understandSB 9.4.42
bubudhe noticedSB 10.62.23-24
bubudhe perceivedSB 6.10.12
bubudhe she was aware ofSB 3.33.29
bubudhe was aware ofSB 4.27.3
buḍā agedCC Antya 16.8
buḍā oldCC Adi 14.58
budbuda bubblesSB 10.87.31
budbuda-phena-pańkaiḥ by bubbles, foam and mudNoI 6
budbuda-phena-pańkaiḥ by bubbles, foam and mudNoI 6
budbuda-phena-pańkaiḥ by bubbles, foam and mudNoI 6
budbuda-phenābhyām by bubbles and foamSB 6.9.10
budbuda-phenābhyām by bubbles and foamSB 6.9.10
budbudam a bubbleSB 3.31.2
buddhaḥ Lord BuddhaSB 1.3.24
buddhaḥ tu also Lord BuddhaSB 6.8.19
buddhaḥ tu also Lord BuddhaSB 6.8.19
buddhau in such consciousnessBG 2.49
buddhau in the intelligenceSB 8.20.25-29
buddhāya to Lord BuddhaSB 10.40.22
buddhayaḥ intelligenceBG 2.41
buddhayaḥ thinking it to beSB 10.69.9-12
buddhayaḥ whose faculties of intelligenceSB 10.89.14-17
buddhayaḥ with such intelligenceSB 2.6.37
buddhe intelligenceSB 1.18.42
buddhe whose intelligenceSB 10.90.22
buddheḥ from intelligenceSB 3.26.61
buddheḥ in the intelligenceSB 11.28.34
buddheḥ more than the intelligenceBG 3.42
buddheḥ of intelligenceBG 18.29
CC Madhya 19.212
CC Madhya 19.213
SB 10.85.10
SB 12.4.25
SB 3.26.30
SB 3.27.18
SB 3.7.17
SB 4.22.30
buddheḥ of the intelligenceCC Madhya 19.212
SB 11.19.36-39
SB 3.26.31
SB 7.7.25
buddheḥ of the mindCC Madhya 19.211
buddheḥ pertain to material intelligenceSB 11.13.1
buddheḥ that which can be conceived by material intelligenceSB 11.20.36
buddheḥ to intelligenceBG 3.43
buddheḥ whose intelligenceCC Madhya 19.202
SB 10.60.24
SB 10.64.26
SB 5.6.19
buddheḥ whose mentalitySB 10.51.47
buddhi acceptanceCC Madhya 25.79
buddhi and intelligenceCC Madhya 16.262
buddhi by intelligenceBG 6.20-23
buddhi by my intelligenceSB 11.7.32
buddhi by the intelligenceSB 5.2.18
buddhi culture of knowledgeSB 1.5.22
buddhi having intelligenceSB 10.46.1
buddhi intelligenceCC Adi 16.89
CC Adi 16.97
CC Antya 2.94
CC Madhya 22.29
CC Madhya 24.11
CC Madhya 24.186
CC Madhya 24.196
SB 1.14.10
SB 10.23.27
SB 12.3.27
SB 12.4.20-21
SB 2.1.18
SB 3.26.29
SB 3.27.14
SB 4.29.18-20
SB 4.29.70
SB 6.8.30
SB 7.9.9
buddhi material intelligenceSB 10.87.2
buddhi of intellectual activitiesSB 4.9.15
buddhi of intelligenceBG 18.37
SB 10.52.24
SB 11.13.27
SB 12.4.23
SB 7.7.26
buddhi of the intelligenceSB 7.3.28
SB 7.5.9
buddhi of the material intelligenceSB 11.22.53
buddhi the intelligenceCC Adi 17.257
SB 10.16.42-43
SB 6.16.23
buddhi with our intelligenceSB 11.6.7
buddhi-ādibhiḥ by intelligenceSB 2.2.35
buddhi-ādibhiḥ by intelligenceSB 2.2.35
buddhi-agocara beyond our imaginationCC Madhya 18.120
buddhi-agocara beyond our imaginationCC Madhya 18.120
buddhi-anumeya-lakṣaṇaiḥ by real intelligence and by such symptomsSB 10.3.14
buddhi-anumeya-lakṣaṇaiḥ by real intelligence and by such symptomsSB 10.3.14
buddhi-anumeya-lakṣaṇaiḥ by real intelligence and by such symptomsSB 10.3.14
buddhi-avastham position of mental speculationSB 4.7.26
buddhi-avastham position of mental speculationSB 4.7.26
buddhi-avasthānaḥ the stages of material consciousnessSB 3.27.10
buddhi-avasthānaḥ the stages of material consciousnessSB 3.27.10
buddhi-bala-udayam intelligence and bodily strength are presentSB 10.1.48
buddhi-bala-udayam intelligence and bodily strength are presentSB 10.1.48
buddhi-bala-udayam intelligence and bodily strength are presentSB 10.1.48
buddhi-bhedaḥ pollution of the intelligenceSB 7.5.10
buddhi-bhedaḥ pollution of the intelligenceSB 7.5.10
buddhi-bhedam disruption of intelligenceBG 3.26
buddhi-bhedam disruption of intelligenceBG 3.26
buddhi-bhraṃśaḥ such enjoyments attract the intelligenceSB 10.10.8
buddhi-bhraṃśaḥ such enjoyments attract the intelligenceSB 10.10.8
buddhi-gati movement of my intelligenceCC Madhya 8.191
buddhi-gati movement of my intelligenceCC Madhya 8.191
buddhi-mān an intelligent personCC Adi 1.59
buddhi-mān an intelligent personCC Adi 1.59
buddhi-mān intelligentBG 15.20
buddhi-mān intelligentBG 15.20
buddhi-mān is intelligentBG 4.18
buddhi-mān is intelligentBG 4.18
buddhi-man O intelligent King ParīkṣitSB 12.3.28
buddhi-man O intelligent King ParīkṣitSB 12.3.28
buddhi-mān one who is intelligentSB 10.33.31
buddhi-mān one who is intelligentSB 10.33.31
buddhi-man one who is intelligentSB 11.26.26
buddhi-man one who is intelligentSB 11.26.26
buddhi-mān very wiseCC Madhya 23.71
buddhi-mān very wiseCC Madhya 23.71
buddhi-mana my mind and intelligenceCC Antya 11.22
buddhi-mana my mind and intelligenceCC Antya 11.22
buddhi-matā by an intelligent personSB 10.1.48
buddhi-matā by an intelligent personSB 10.1.48
buddhi-matām of the intelligentBG 7.10
buddhi-matām of the intelligentBG 7.10
SB 11.29.22
buddhi-matām of the intelligentSB 11.29.22
buddhi-mohaḥ illusion of intelligenceSB 10.8.40
buddhi-mohaḥ illusion of intelligenceSB 10.8.40
buddhi-nāśa bereft of intelligenceCC Antya 5.138
buddhi-nāśa bereft of intelligenceCC Antya 5.138
buddhi-nāśa loss of intelligenceCC Madhya 9.227
buddhi-nāśa loss of intelligenceCC Madhya 9.227
NBS 44
buddhi-nāśa loss of intelligenceNBS 44
buddhi-nāśaḥ loss of intelligenceBG 2.63
buddhi-nāśaḥ loss of intelligenceBG 2.63
buddhi-nāśāt and from loss of intelligenceBG 2.63
buddhi-nāśāt and from loss of intelligenceBG 2.63
buddhi-praveśa nāhi my intelligence cannot penetrateCC Antya 20.77
buddhi-praveśa nāhi my intelligence cannot penetrateCC Antya 20.77
buddhi-praveśa nāhi my intelligence cannot penetrateCC Antya 20.77
buddhi-saṃyogam revival of consciousnessBG 6.43
buddhi-saṃyogam revival of consciousnessBG 6.43
buddhi-sārathiḥ with the help of intelligence, the chariot driverSB 8.17.2-3
buddhi-sārathiḥ with the help of intelligence, the chariot driverSB 8.17.2-3
buddhi-viśeṣa a particular type of intelligenceCC Madhya 24.186
buddhi-viśeṣa a particular type of intelligenceCC Madhya 24.186
buddhi-yogam devotional activitiesBG 18.57
buddhi-yogam devotional activitiesBG 18.57
buddhi-yogam real intelligenceBG 10.10
buddhi-yogam real intelligenceBG 10.10
CC Adi 1.49
buddhi-yogam real intelligenceCC Adi 1.49
CC Madhya 24.173
buddhi-yogam real intelligenceCC Madhya 24.173
CC Madhya 24.192
buddhi-yogam real intelligenceCC Madhya 24.192
buddhi-yogāt on the strength of Kṛṣṇa consciousnessBG 2.49
buddhi-yogāt on the strength of Kṛṣṇa consciousnessBG 2.49
buddhi-yuktāḥ being engaged in devotional serviceBG 2.51
buddhi-yuktāḥ being engaged in devotional serviceBG 2.51
buddhi-yuktaḥ one who is engaged in devotional serviceBG 2.50
buddhi-yuktaḥ one who is engaged in devotional serviceBG 2.50
buddhibhiḥ and by intelligenceSB 4.14.15
buddhibhiḥ who have intelligenceSB 6.16.63
buddhiḥ and intelligenceBG 12.13-14
buddhīḥ and perceptions of these differencesSB 11.22.30
buddhiḥ attitudeSB 10.54.42
buddhiḥ BuddhiSB 4.1.49-52
buddhiḥ devotional service to the LordBG 2.44
buddhiḥ his intelligenceSB 6.13.16
SB 8.4.10
buddhiḥ ideaSB 10.84.13
buddhiḥ ideaSB 10.84.13
buddhiḥ intellectBG 8.7
buddhiḥ intelligenceBG 10.4-5
BG 13.6-7
BG 18.17
BG 18.31
BG 18.32
BG 2.39
BG 2.41
BG 2.53
BG 2.65
BG 3.1
BG 3.42
BG 5.27-28
BG 7.10
BG 7.4
CC Adi 5.87
CC Madhya 22.88-90
CC Madhya 6.164
MM 19
SB 1.11.38
SB 1.18.16
SB 10.1.15
SB 11.15.28
SB 11.3.15
SB 11.7.26
SB 2.10.32
SB 2.2.1
SB 2.5.31
SB 3.26.14
SB 3.26.61
SB 3.31.33
SB 4.22.38
SB 5.20.6
SB 6.10.12
SB 7.1.21
SB 7.12.22
buddhiḥ intelligence or knowledgeSB 11.10.13
buddhiḥ sharpness of intelligenceSB 5.19.7
buddhiḥ the intelligenceBG 3.40
CC Adi 2.55
SB 10.74.31
SB 11.29.22
SB 6.5.14
SB 7.5.50
SB 7.5.6
buddhiḥ the mentalitySB 10.85.19
buddhiḥ transcendental intelligenceBG 2.66
buddhiḥ transcendental service with intelligenceBG 2.52
buddhiḥ understandingBG 18.30
buddhiḥ whose intelligenceSB 11.8.19
SB 5.26.38
buddhiḥ manaḥ the intelligence and mindSB 8.3.22-24
buddhiḥ manaḥ the intelligence and mindSB 8.3.22-24
buddhim concept of realitySB 11.10.11
buddhim decisionSB 8.2.31
buddhim intelligenceBG 12.8
BG 3.2
SB 1.18.26
SB 10.6.24
SB 11.7.32
SB 12.7.8
SB 3.6.23
SB 4.29.5
SB 7.12.29-30
buddhim knowledgeSB 11.9.24
buddhim mindSB 11.7.54
buddhim the attitudeSB 10.38.18
buddhim the intelligenceSB 7.8.2
buddhimān jana the intelligent personCC Madhya 24.93
buddhimān jana the intelligent personCC Madhya 24.93
buddhimān-arthe by the meaning of intelligentCC Madhya 24.91
buddhimān-arthe by the meaning of intelligentCC Madhya 24.91
buddhimanta khān Buddhimanta KhānCC Adi 10.74
buddhimanta khān Buddhimanta KhānCC Adi 10.74
buddhimanta khāń Buddhimanta KhāńCC Madhya 3.153-155
buddhimanta khāń Buddhimanta KhāńCC Madhya 3.153-155
buddhimanta-khāńna Buddhimanta KhānCC Antya 10.9-11
buddhimanta-khāńna Buddhimanta KhānCC Antya 10.9-11
buddhimanta-khāńnera of Buddhimanta KhānCC Antya 10.121
buddhimanta-khāńnera of Buddhimanta KhānCC Antya 10.121
buddhinā by intelligenceSB 1.18.47
buddhīnām whose understandingSB 10.68.44
buddhira of the intelligenceCC Adi 4.185
buddhira agocara beyond one's intelligenceCC Antya 8.95
buddhira agocara beyond one's intelligenceCC Antya 8.95
buddhira gati the limit of my intelligenceCC Antya 20.81
buddhira gati the limit of my intelligenceCC Antya 20.81
buddhiṣu in the sense of intelligenceCC Madhya 24.12
buddhvā by such intelligenceSB 9.18.23
buddhvā knowingBG 3.43
SB 11.20.16
SB 9.10.12
SB 9.19.20
buddhvā realizingSB 3.31.47
SB 6.16.61-62
buddhvā understandingBG 15.20
SB 10.55.7-8
SB 11.20.16
buddhvā understanding with intelligenceSB 9.19.1
buddhyā and intelligenceSB 8.17.2-3
buddhyā by intelligenceBG 2.39
BG 6.25
SB 10.54.50
SB 11.14.36-42
SB 4.17.13
SB 4.2.23
SB 4.31.11
SB 8.21.22
SB 8.3.1
SB 8.6.12
SB 9.14.14
buddhyā by proper intelligenceSB 9.9.48
buddhyā by so-called intelligence or experimental knowledgeCC Madhya 24.313
buddhyā by such intelligenceSB 11.16.44
buddhyā by the consciousnessSB 11.13.35
buddhyā by the intelligenceSB 11.20.20
SB 11.25.31
SB 3.28.7
buddhyā by the mindSB 11.15.26
buddhyā by the other's mindSB 11.7.54
buddhyā by use of intelligenceSB 10.56.43
buddhyā in terms of understandingSB 11.21.11
buddhyā intelligenceSB 4.28.22
buddhyā thinking Him to beSB 10.29.10-11
buddhyā through reasonSB 3.31.48
buddhyā with intelligenceSB 10.81.38
SB 12.5.9
SB 3.26.69
buddhyā with the attitudeSB 10.90.27
buddhyā with the desireSB 11.8.8
buddhyā with the intelligenceBG 18.51-53
BG 5.11
SB 11.2.36
SB 8.17.2-3
buddhyā with thoughtful reflectionSB 10.81.26
buddhye in intelligenceCC Madhya 20.350
CC Madhya 24.187
buddhye in understandingCC Madhya 5.80
buddhyeta understandsSB 6.16.58
buddhyeya may understandSB 3.25.30
budha to the intelligentSB 10.31.8
budha-ādyāḥ and others, such as BudhaSB 8.13.33
budha-ādyāḥ and others, such as BudhaSB 8.13.33
budhaḥ a learned personSB 4.11.32
SB 4.20.23
budhaḥ a learned yogīSB 7.15.32-33
budhaḥ although intelligentSB 11.18.29
budhaḥ an intelligent personSB 11.2.37
SB 11.2.38
SB 4.18.2
SB 6.8.8-10
SB 7.13.34
budhaḥ BudhaSB 9.14.14
budhaḥ Budha, the son of the moon and predominating deity of the planet known as Budha, or MercurySB 9.1.34
budhaḥ if one is learnedSB 5.6.5
budhāḥ intelligentMM 46
SB 10.65.13
budhaḥ intelligent personSB 6.18.75
budhaḥ learnedSB 3.7.1
budhaḥ learned personSB 4.20.6
budhāḥ learned scholarsSB 6.13.22-23
budhaḥ MercurySB 5.22.13
budhaḥ MercurySB 5.22.13
SB 5.23.7
budhaḥ named BudhaSB 9.2.30
budhāḥ O intelligent onesSB 10.78.37
budhāḥ O learned devoteesCC Antya 1.139
budhaḥ one who has understood the LordSB 1.10.11-12
budhaḥ one who is actually learnedCC Madhya 24.98
budhaḥ one who is intelligentSB 10.60.48
SB 11.11.15
SB 4.8.29
budhaḥ one who is learnedSB 4.8.54
budhaḥ one who is wiseCC Madhya 20.119
CC Madhya 24.137
CC Madhya 25.138
budhaḥ one who knowsSB 11.8.1
budhaḥ the intelligent (Vedic authority)SB 11.21.25
budhāḥ the intelligent class of menSB 4.18.13
budhaḥ the intelligent devoteeSB 11.27.38-41
budhaḥ the intelligent personBG 5.22
SB 7.14.7
budhāḥ the learnedBG 10.8
budhaḥ the learnedSB 3.4.23
SB 6.4.12
budhaḥ thoroughly experiencedSB 1.15.37
budhāḥ those who are learnedCC Madhya 24.189
budhāḥ those who are spiritually advancedSB 7.7.37
budhāḥ those who knowBG 4.19
budhaḥ very learnedSB 3.1.32
budhaḥ who is intelligentSB 10.84.38
budhaḥ wise manSB 3.22.18
budhaiḥ by learned personsCC Madhya 23.7
budhaiḥ by learned scholarsCC Madhya 14.197
CC Madhya 19.74
CC Madhya 20.400
budham who is completely in knowledgeSB 8.1.16
budhasya for such a learned manSB 5.1.17
budhyadhvam you should all understandSB 11.13.24
budhyate can understandSB 9.8.21
budhyate is thought ofSB 11.7.51
budhyate understandsSB 7.6.14
budhye can understandSB 2.5.8
budhyet one should understandSB 7.7.26
bujha understandCC Madhya 6.125
bujha understandCC Madhya 6.125
bujha' try to understandCC Madhya 10.167
bujhāha teachCC Adi 16.51
bujhāiñā making understandCC Madhya 1.83
bujhāite just to make them understandCC Adi 17.23
bujhāite to convinceCC Antya 4.168
bujhāite to make them understandCC Adi 16.33
bujhana understandingCC Madhya 16.137
CC Madhya 2.60
CC Madhya 3.130
CC Madhya 6.148
bujhana nā yāya cannot be understoodCC Antya 4.188
bujhana nā yāya cannot be understoodCC Antya 4.188
bujhana nā yāya cannot be understoodCC Antya 4.188
bujhana nā yāya it cannot be understoodCC Antya 10.144
bujhana nā yāya it cannot be understoodCC Antya 10.144
bujhana nā yāya it cannot be understoodCC Antya 10.144
bujhana nā yāya no one could understandCC Antya 2.127
bujhana nā yāya no one could understandCC Antya 2.127
bujhana nā yāya no one could understandCC Antya 2.127
bujhāñācha you have convincedCC Antya 4.168
bujhāya teachesCC Madhya 25.42
bujhe can understandCC Adi 12.54
CC Antya 2.170
CC Madhya 8.122
bujhe understandCC Adi 16.33
CC Antya 19.108
CC Madhya 13.133
CC Madhya 2.87
bujhe understandsCC Antya 12.28
CC Madhya 1.57
CC Madhya 11.40
CC Madhya 2.88
bujhena could understandCC Antya 19.18
bujhi I understandCC Adi 12.44
CC Adi 13.85
CC Adi 2.47
CC Madhya 3.85
CC Madhya 4.114
bujhi' understandingCC Antya 10.148
bujhibāra lāgi' just to understandCC Madhya 6.128
bujhibāra lāgi' just to understandCC Madhya 6.128
bujhibe can understandCC Adi 4.232
bujhibe will understandCC Adi 4.232
CC Madhya 15.26
CC Madhya 2.88
bujhiluń I can understandCC Antya 4.97
bujhite to understandCC Adi 14.70
CC Adi 14.81
CC Adi 15.22
CC Adi 16.18
CC Adi 16.38
CC Adi 17.151
CC Adi 17.174
CC Adi 17.297
CC Antya 14.5
CC Antya 14.6
CC Antya 19.104
CC Antya 19.24
CC Antya 19.28
CC Antya 20.77
CC Antya 7.169
CC Madhya 1.280
CC Madhya 13.61
CC Madhya 16.14-15
CC Madhya 16.60
CC Madhya 17.54
CC Madhya 2.83
CC Madhya 5.156
CC Madhya 6.125
CC Madhya 6.127
CC Madhya 6.129
CC Madhya 7.71
bujhite nā pāre not able to understandCC Madhya 20.385
bujhite nā pāre not able to understandCC Madhya 20.385
bujhite nā pāre not able to understandCC Madhya 20.385
bujhite nā pāri I cannot understandCC Antya 7.82
bujhite nā pāri I cannot understandCC Antya 7.82
bujhite nā pāri I cannot understandCC Antya 7.82
bujhite nā pāri we cannot understandCC Antya 16.147
bujhite nā pāri we cannot understandCC Antya 16.147
bujhite nā pāri we cannot understandCC Antya 16.147
CC Antya 4.190
bujhite nā pāri we cannot understandCC Antya 4.190
bujhite nā pāri we cannot understandCC Antya 4.190
CC Antya 4.89
bujhite nā pāri we cannot understandCC Antya 4.89
bujhite nā pāri we cannot understandCC Antya 4.89
bujhite nāre could not understandCC Antya 9.147
bujhite nāre could not understandCC Antya 9.147
bujhite pāre can understandCC Antya 18.30
bujhite pāre can understandCC Antya 18.30
CC Antya 4.84
bujhite pāre can understandCC Antya 4.84
CC Antya 5.87
bujhite pāre can understandCC Antya 5.87
CC Antya 7.165
bujhite pāre can understandCC Antya 7.165
bujhiteo to understandCC Madhya 4.190
bujhiyā understandingCC Madhya 11.122
CC Madhya 7.66
bujhiye I can understandCC Madhya 6.130
buka chestCC Adi 17.181
buka heartCC Madhya 2.16
buke on the chestCC Adi 17.181
CC Madhya 15.252
CC Madhya 15.273
bule began to move, dancingCC Madhya 3.113
bule goes aboutCC Antya 8.46
bule he goes aboutCC Antya 8.43
bule movesCC Adi 17.137
CC Madhya 14.90
bule roamCC Madhya 22.145
bule travelCC Adi 3.75
bule travelsCC Madhya 17.117
bule walkCC Madhya 3.131
bule walksCC Madhya 3.131
CC Madhya 4.132
CC Madhya 4.180
bule wanderCC Antya 14.61
CC Antya 18.43
bule wander here and thereCC Antya 2.120
bule wandered onCC Madhya 9.219
bule wandersCC Antya 15.29
CC Antya 15.31
CC Madhya 13.51
bule was walkingCC Madhya 13.87
bulena walksCC Madhya 11.220
bulena wandersCC Antya 19.84
buli' wanderingCC Antya 18.57
CC Antya 19.63
buluna let Him goCC Madhya 1.170
buni wovenCC Adi 13.113
abuddhayaḥ less intelligent personsBG 7.24
abuddhayaḥ O ignorant onesSB 7.2.57
abuddhayaḥ unintelligentSB 12.3.6
abuddhi-kṛtaḥ made foolishSB 3.10.17
abuddhi a person who has no intelligenceSB 10.6.8
abuddhibhiḥ by the less intelligent personsSB 1.3.31
abuddhibhiḥ by those who have such bad intelligenceSB 7.5.13
abuddhimān not very intelligentSB 8.19.19
abudha you foolish rascalSB 10.1.34
abudha of an ignorant personSB 10.27.5
abudhaḥ foolish because of ignoranceSB 1.11.37
abudhāḥ less intelligentSB 1.19.29
abudhaḥ ignorantSB 3.31.30
abudhaḥ without proper understandingSB 4.20.31
abudhaḥ less intelligentSB 4.25.56
abudhaḥ not knowing sufficientlySB 8.19.18
abudhaḥ most foolish because of accepting the body as the selfSB 8.24.47
abudhaḥ a foolish rascalSB 8.24.50
abudhaḥ a rascalSB 10.3.18
abudhaḥ someone who is unintelligentSB 10.40.26
abudhaḥ the unintelligentSB 10.54.48
abudhaḥ unintelligentSB 10.66.3
abudhāḥ those who are ignorantSB 10.85.15
abudhaḥ the unintelligentSB 10.87.37
abudhāḥ unintelligent personsSB 11.5.10
abudhaḥ unintelligentSB 11.7.71
abudhaḥ one who is foolishSB 11.11.10
abudhaḥ the unintelligentSB 11.22.51
abudhāḥ the unintelligentSB 12.2.43
abudham not conversantSB 6.18.40
abudhasya a great foolSB 5.8.29
abudhasya of one who does not knowSB 6.5.15
abudhasya of one who does not knowSB 6.5.17
abudhasya of one who does not know (this principle of time)SB 6.5.19
abudhau not knowingSB 10.44.18
abudhyat recognizedSB 10.77.28
abudhyata understoodSB 1.8.11
abudhyata satisfiedSB 1.8.46
abudhyata she noticedSB 3.23.45
abudhyata could understandSB 8.17.22
abudhyata understood factuallySB 9.14.42
abudhyata could understandSB 10.3.53
abudhyata he understoodSB 11.23.40
nembu-ādā a preparation made with lime and gingerCC Antya 10.15-16
vibudha-ādayaḥ the great demigodsSB 5.16.20-21
vibudha-ādayaḥ the demigods and other elevated living beingsSB 10.15.39
vibudha-adhamam the lowest of all demigodsSB 4.19.15
adhibubhuje enjoyedSB 7.8.44
vibudha-adhipatyam supremacy over the kingdom of the demigodsSB 2.7.18
vibudha-ādiṣu amongst the demigodsSB 3.9.19
vibudha-agrya of the devotees (who are the best of the learned)SB 3.15.26
aham-buddhiḥ one who identifies himselfSB 11.19.40-45
akliṣṭa-buddhyā with your intelligence, without material contaminationSB 5.5.20
akṛta-buddhitvāt due to unintelligenceBG 18.16
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneSB 1.11.9
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed LordSB 10.2.30
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneSB 10.52.39
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneSB 10.52.43
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneSB 10.60.41
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneSB 10.60.46
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneCC Antya 4.63
ambuja-akṣa of the lotus-eyed LordMM 52
alambuṣā the girl AlambuṣāSB 9.2.31
alpa-buddhayaḥ the less intelligentBG 16.9
ambu-vegāḥ waves of the watersBG 11.28
ambu like drops of waterSB 1.11.32
ambu waterSB 1.19.6
ambu-vāhān the clouds which carry waterSB 2.1.34
ambu waterSB 2.10.31
ambu-ruhāt from the lotus ofSB 3.9.5
ambu waterSB 3.13.44
ambu-madhyāt from the midst of the waterSB 3.18.6
ambu-gartayoḥ in water or in a caveSB 3.30.27
ambu waterSB 4.8.56
ambu waterSB 4.9.58-59
ambu waterSB 4.22.10
ambu waterSB 6.9.6
tila-ambu offerings of water with sesame seedsSB 7.8.44
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
ambu waterSB 7.9.48
ambu with the waterSB 8.2.8
amṛta-ambu water as pure as nectarSB 8.2.25
ambu waterSB 8.6.12
ambu-dāḥ cloudsSB 8.11.24
ambu waterSB 10.5.26
ambu-rāśiḥ all of whose waterSB 10.16.7
ambu-daḥ a cloudSB 10.18.26
svaccha-ambu in which the water was clearSB 10.20.32
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetSB 10.31.19
ambu-ruhaḥ lotuslikeSB 10.43.15
ambu waterSB 10.63.35-36
ambu-vāhāḥ water-bearing cloudsSB 10.63.35-36
ambu the waterSB 10.70.44
ambu-samplave in the floodingSB 10.80.38
ambu waterSB 10.85.36
ambu waterSB 11.15.8-9
ambu waterSB 11.16.23
ambu-vat like waterSB 11.16.43
ambu waterSB 11.21.5
ambu waterSB 11.28.26
pāda-ambu-ruha upon the lotus feetSB 12.6.35
ambu the waterSB 12.9.8-9
ambu-daiḥ by the cloudsSB 12.9.14
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Adi 4.173
ambu waterCC Adi 16.82
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Madhya 8.219
vastra-ambu-bhājana the cloth and waterpotCC Madhya 17.19
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Madhya 18.65
ambu-bhṛtaḥ the clouds bearing rainCC Antya 1.164
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Antya 7.40
ambu waterBs 5.51
vividha-kusuma-kisalaya-tulasikā-ambubhiḥ with varieties of flowers, twigs and tulasī leaves, as well as with waterSB 5.7.11
kalā-ambubhiḥ with water from dropsSB 7.5.21
śīkara-ambubhiḥ and sprinkling the waterSB 8.2.26
ghṛta-ambubhiḥ with water mixed with butterSB 10.5.14
ambubhiḥ with waterSB 10.7.12
ambubhiḥ with droplets of waterSB 10.44.11
ambubhiḥ and waterSB 10.80.38
ambubhiḥ and with waterSB 10.86.41
ambucara-ātmanā in the form of a tortoiseSB 8.5.11-12
ambuda a cloudSB 10.89.54-56
nava-ambuda a newly formed cloudCC Antya 15.63
nava-ambuda a new rain cloudCC Antya 19.39
asita-ambuda (tinged with the hue of) blue cloudsBs 5.30
ambuda of cloudsMM 30
ambudaḥ a cloudSB 4.30.5
ambudaḥ the cloudSB 10.21.16
ambudaiḥ by the cloudsSB 10.20.4
ambudaiḥ with cloudsSB 10.47.44
ambudam the cloudsSB 10.37.1-2
ambudhārāyām in the womb of the mother, AmbudhārāSB 8.13.20
ambudhau towards the oceanSB 3.29.11-12
ambudhau to the oceanCC Adi 4.205
ambudhau to the oceanCC Madhya 19.171
bhava-ambudhau in the ocean of nescienceCC Antya 20.32
sapta-dvīpa-ambudhi the oceans of the islandsCC Madhya 20.387
ambudhi the oceanCC Antya 20.12
ambudhiḥ the oceanSB 10.14.58
kṛpā-ambudhiḥ the ocean of transcendental mercyCC Madhya 6.254
ambudhim the oceanSB 10.14.24
ambudhīn the seasSB 10.7.35-36
ambu its waterSB 10.20.40
ambuja-īkṣaṇaḥ who looks with His lotus eyesSB 1.7.34
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneSB 1.11.9
ambuja-hastaḥ with a lotus flower in the handSB 2.7.15
ambuja-kośam lotuslike eyeSB 3.8.4
caraṇa-ambuja lotus feetSB 3.9.5
ambuja lilySB 3.15.19
pāda-ambuja the lotus feetSB 3.20.5
ambuja lotus flowerSB 4.4.5
caraṇa-ambuja-āsavam on the nectar of the lotus feetSB 4.4.27
ambuja lotus flowerSB 4.12.7
ambuja lotus flowerSB 4.12.20
caraṇa-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 4.20.24
ambuja lotus flowerSB 6.1.34-36
tvat-caraṇa-ambuja-anusevām service to the lotus feet of Your LordshipSB 6.9.39
sa-ambuja-karam his trunk, along with a lotus flowerSB 8.3.32
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed LordSB 10.2.30
ambuja-īkṣaṇam with eyes resembling lotusesSB 10.3.6
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetSB 10.14.29
pada-ambuja from the lotus feetSB 10.21.10
ambuja like lotusesSB 10.29.36
pada-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 10.29.37
pada-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 10.35.6-7
ambuja-īkṣaṇe the lotus-eyed LordSB 10.38.2
mukha-ambuja of the lotus faceSB 10.45.19
pada-ambuja by the lotus feetSB 10.47.1-2
pāda-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 10.47.66
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneSB 10.52.39
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneSB 10.52.43
ambu lotuslikeSB 10.53.44
ambuja lotuslikeSB 10.56.9
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneSB 10.60.41
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneSB 10.60.46
ambuja like lotusesSB 10.62.29-30
ambuja lotuslikeSB 10.83.3
ambuja lotusSB 10.87.35
pāda-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 11.2.33
ambuja-patra like the petals of a lotusSB 12.9.6
ambuja-dṛśām lotus-eyedCC Adi 4.51
pāda-ambuja the lotus feetCC Adi 6.60
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 6.84
rādhā-kṛṣṇa-pada-ambuja on the lotus feet of Rādhā and KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.253
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 11.104
mukha-ambuja the lotuslike faceCC Madhya 12.215
pāda-ambuja-sarva-svaiḥ whose all in all is the lotus feetCC Madhya 23.100
ambuja-akṣa O lotus-eyed oneCC Antya 4.63
ambuja-akṣa of the lotus-eyed LordMM 52
caraṇa-ambuja at the lotus feetMM 52
mukha-ambujaḥ the lotus flower of His faceSB 1.9.24
pada-ambujaḥ having lotus feetSB 3.24.17
caraṇa-ambujaḥ His lotus feetSB 4.20.19
śrī-vadana-ambujaḥ having a beautiful lotus faceSB 8.18.2
pāda-ambujaḥ whose lotus feetSB 10.16.26
ambujaḥ lotuslikeSB 10.32.2
ambujāḥ which were like lotusesSB 10.41.29
ambujaḥ lotuslikeSB 10.72.12
vilocana-ambujaḥ and his lotus eyesSB 12.9.26
mukha-ambujaḥ lotus faceCC Adi 5.214
mukha-ambujaḥ with a face like a lotus flowerCC Madhya 8.81
mukha-ambujaḥ lotus faceCC Madhya 8.140
ambujaiḥ and lotus flowersSB 10.86.41
ambujaiḥ and lotus flowerSB 11.11.46
ambujaiḥ and lotus flowerSB 11.27.38-41
caraṇa-ambujam the lotus feetSB 1.5.17
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 1.8.36
pada-ambujam the lotus feetSB 1.11.26
caraṇa-ambujam the lotus feetSB 1.15.46
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 1.18.4
pāda-ambujam under the lotus feetSB 2.9.18
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 3.5.43
ambujam lotusSB 3.19.35
pada-ambujam whose lotus feetSB 3.32.22
mukha-ambujam his face, which is just like a lotus flowerSB 4.8.66
caraṇa-ambujam unto the lotus feetSB 4.29.82
kara-ambujam Your lotus handSB 5.18.23
pāda-ambujam the lotus feetSB 6.3.11
caraṇa-ambujam the lotus feetSB 7.6.4
kara-ambujam His lotus handSB 7.9.5
mukha-ambujam lotuslike faceSB 8.5.45
śrī-mukha-ambujām whose beautiful lotuslike faceSB 8.6.3-7
pāda-ambujam whose lotus feetSB 9.11.21
pāda-ambujam to the lotus feetSB 10.15.5
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 10.31.7
kara-ambujam the lotus handSB 10.32.4
mukha-ambujam lotus faceSB 10.32.7
ambujam lotuslikeSB 10.44.11
ambujam lotuslikeSB 10.45.17-18
caraṇa-ambujam on the lotus feetSB 10.53.40-41
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 10.62.4
pāda-ambujam His lotus feetSB 10.83.40
pāda-ambujam the lotus feetSB 10.85.38
mukunda-caraṇa-ambujam the lotus feet of Lord MukundaSB 11.2.2
pada-ambujam Your lotus feetSB 11.29.3
caraṇa-ambujam lotus feetSB 11.30.43
caraṇa-ambujam His lotus footSB 12.9.22-25
ambujam lotus flowerCC Adi 16.82
mukha-ambujam lotuslike faceCC Madhya 2.61
mukha-ambujam lotuslike faceCC Madhya 23.31
ānana-ambujam whose lotus faceMM 7
ambujāt from the lotusSB 1.3.2
pada-ambujāt from the lotus feetSB 1.8.37
ambujāt from a lotus flowerCC Adi 16.82
śrī-kṛṣṇa-pāda-ambujāt from the lotus feet of Śrī KṛṣṇaMM 42
caraṇa-ambuje at the lotus feetSB 10.84.69
mukha-ambuje at His lotus mouthBs 5.26
līlā-ambujena playing with a lotus flowerSB 3.15.21
ambum waterSB 3.15.38
ambu with the waterMM 18
ambuni in the waterCC Adi 16.82
mukha-amburuha the lotuslike mouthSB 2.4.24
amburuha like lotus flowersSB 6.9.29-30
pāda-amburuha on the lotus feetSB 7.7.30-31
amburuha like lotusesSB 10.38.28-33
amburuha-īkṣaṇa O lotus-eyed oneSB 10.48.9
amburuha like lotus petalsSB 10.49.9
nayana-amburuham the lotus eyesSB 3.9.25
āmbuyā-muluke in the province known as ĀmbuyāCC Antya 2.16
amṛta-ambu water as pure as nectarSB 8.2.25
ānana-ambujam whose lotus faceMM 7
anavabudhyamānaḥ a less intelligent personSB 5.1.29
andha-buddhiḥ who are illusioned and have become blind to spiritual knowledgeSB 5.10.20
śrīvatsa-ańgada-do-ratna-kambu-kańkaṇa-pāṇayaḥ bearing the emblem of the goddess of fortune on Their chests, armlets on Their arms, the Kaustubha gem on Their necks, which were marked with three lines like a conchshell, and bracelets on Their handsSB 10.13.47-48
vibudha-anīkam the host of demigods, headed by Lord Brahmā and Lord ŚivaSB 8.4.26
anubuddhyate is understoodSB 3.32.31
anubudhyeyam I may properly understandSB 11.22.60
vibudha-anucarāḥ the associates of the denizens of heavenSB 3.33.19
vibudha-anugāḥ the KinnarasSB 5.5.21-22
vibudha-anugaiḥ followed by his associatesSB 4.24.24-25
tvat-caraṇa-ambuja-anusevām service to the lotus feet of Your LordshipSB 6.9.39
anyathā-buddhiḥ illusory knowledgeSB 11.13.9-10
prabudha-apabādham rejected by the learned, by those who are fully awareSB 8.5.43
apatya-buddhim the idea of being your sonSB 11.5.49
vibudha-āyuṣā api even with a duration of life like that of the demigodsCC Madhya 8.93
aprati-buddha-cetasām of those whose minds are not sufficiently developedSB 1.15.36
apratibuddhasya of one who is sleepingSB 3.27.25
apratibuddhasya for one who has not awakenedSB 11.28.14
arbuda-sahasraiḥ by ten billionSB 5.17.16
arbuda-mālavāḥ residing in Arbuda and MālavaSB 12.1.36
lakṣa-arbuda many millionsCC Madhya 9.40
arbuda a hundred millionCC Madhya 21.20
arbuda a hundred millionCC Madhya 21.67
prāṇa-arbuda uncountable breaths of lifeCC Antya 19.76
madhu-arbudāḥ the Madhus and ArbudasSB 11.30.18
arbudam ten millionSB 4.28.31
arbudam ten millionSB 4.28.31
arbudāni arbudas (one arbuda equals 100,000,000)SB 5.1.29
arbudāni groups of one hundred millionSB 6.14.34
karṇa-arbudebhyaḥ spṛhām the desire for millions of earsCC Antya 1.99
karṇa-arbudebhyaḥ spṛhām the desire for millions of earsCC Antya 1.120
sevya-buddhi āropiyā considering worshipableCC Antya 5.20
artha-buddhiḥ being self-interestedSB 6.18.71
pratibuddha-arthaḥ self-realizedSB 3.27.28-29
asakta-buddhiḥ having unattached intelligenceBG 18.49
caraṇa-ambuja-āsavam on the nectar of the lotus feetSB 4.4.27
asita-ambuda (tinged with the hue of) blue cloudsBs 5.30
aśuddha-buddheḥ because her intelligence was polluted by lusty desiresSB 9.10.9
ati-kṛpaṇa-buddhiḥ whose intelligence is dull because he does not properly utilize his assetsSB 5.14.31
ati-bubhukṣitaḥ extremely hungrySB 10.34.5
atiśaya-ātma-buddhibhiḥ by those whose intelligence has become fixedSB 5.18.37
ātma-buddheḥ identification of the selfSB 5.5.10-13
ātma-buddhiḥ who considers these material things the ātma, or selfSB 5.13.4
atiśaya-ātma-buddhibhiḥ by those whose intelligence has become fixedSB 5.18.37
pratibuddha-ātmā being fully aware of spiritual knowledgeSB 6.16.15
ātma-para-buddhiḥ the conception of one's own and another'sSB 7.9.31
ātma-devatā-buddhiḥ accepting as the self or the demigodsSB 7.11.8-12
ātma-buddhi concept of selfCC Adi 7.123
ātma-buddhi considering as the selfCC Madhya 6.173
ambucara-ātmanā in the form of a tortoiseSB 8.5.11-12
avabudhya understanding it properlySB 7.12.13-14
avabudhyata could understandSB 9.19.4
avabudhyate become subjected to knowledgeSB 4.28.58
avabudhyate will take seriously and understandSB 9.18.2
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is still not purified and who do not know the goal of lifeSB 10.2.32
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 22.30
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 24.131
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 24.141
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 25.32
vibudha-āyuṣā with a duration of life like that of BrahmāSB 5.16.4
vibudha-āyuṣā with a lifetime as long as that of the demigodsSB 10.32.22
vibudha-āyuṣā with a lifetime as long as that of the demigodsCC Adi 4.180
vibudha-āyuṣā api even with a duration of life like that of the demigodsCC Madhya 8.93
vibudha-āyuṣā with a lifetime as long as that of the demigodsCC Antya 7.44
bāla-buddhiḥ is a person of childish intelligenceSB 11.4.2
bhāgavata-buddhye accepting him as a great devoteeCC Antya 7.5
vastra-ambu-bhājana the cloth and waterpotCC Madhya 17.19
bhava-ambudhau in the ocean of nescienceCC Antya 20.32
bheda-buddhyā considering as differentSB 3.16.10
bheda-buddhiḥ sense of differentiationSB 4.24.61
bujhibe bheda one cannot understand the depth of meaningCC Antya 9.149
ambu-bhṛtaḥ the clouds bearing rainCC Antya 1.164
ati-bubhukṣitaḥ extremely hungrySB 10.34.5
aprati-buddha-cetasām of those whose minds are not sufficiently developedSB 1.15.36
tat-buddhayaḥ those whose intelligence is always in the SupremeBG 5.17
sama-buddhayaḥ equally disposedBG 12.3-4
alpa-buddhayaḥ the less intelligentBG 16.9
nitya-buddhayaḥ thinking to be permanentSB 9.18.41
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is still not purified and who do not know the goal of lifeSB 10.2.32
ku-buddhayaḥ having perverted intelligenceSB 11.21.26
phala-buddhayaḥ thinking to be the ultimate fruitsSB 11.21.27
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 22.30
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 24.131
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 24.141
aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ whose intelligence is not purifiedCC Madhya 25.32
mahā-buddheḥ of great intelligenceSB 1.12.2
ātma-buddheḥ identification of the selfSB 5.5.10-13
viśeṣa-buddheḥ of the conception of the distinction between master and servantSB 5.10.12
aśuddha-buddheḥ because her intelligence was polluted by lusty desiresSB 9.10.9
udvigna-buddheḥ of one whose intelligence is disturbedSB 11.2.33
pūruṣa-buddhi-sākṣiṇām of those who are always absorbed in thought of the Supreme LordSB 4.3.21
deha-vāk-buddhi-jam performed by the body, words and intelligenceSB 6.1.13-14
sarva-buddhi-dṛk the supreme observer, the Supersoul, the intelligence of everyoneSB 10.3.13
ku-buddhi poor understandingCC Adi 3.78
ātma-buddhi concept of selfCC Adi 7.123
hīna-buddhi consideration as inferior in qualityCC Madhya 1.114
ātma-buddhi considering as the selfCC Madhya 6.173
kṣudra-buddhi possessing limited intelligenceCC Madhya 9.125
su-buddhi very intelligentCC Madhya 12.122
ku-buddhi less intelligentCC Madhya 12.181
su-buddhi actually intelligentCC Madhya 22.35
sāmānya-buddhi-yukta endowed with common intelligenceCC Madhya 24.186
rati-buddhi devotional attraction and intelligenceCC Madhya 24.188
sei buddhi that intelligenceCC Madhya 24.191
su-buddhi intelligentCC Madhya 24.194
ku-buddhi intelligence not favorable to discharging devotional serviceCC Antya 4.65
prākṛta-buddhi conception as materialCC Antya 4.173
ghṛṇā-buddhi kari I regard with hatredCC Antya 4.180
sevya-buddhi āropiyā considering worshipableCC Antya 5.20
manuṣya-buddhi considering an ordinary human beingCC Antya 10.19
kṣudra-buddhi limited intelligenceCC Antya 20.71
manaḥ-buddhi mind and intelligenceCC Antya 20.93
atiśaya-ātma-buddhibhiḥ by those whose intelligence has become fixedSB 5.18.37
guṇa-tattva-buddhibhiḥ by the conditioned souls whose poor intelligence dictates that real truth is found in the manifestations of the three modes of material natureSB 6.4.23
para-buddhibhiḥ by instructions from the enemy's campSB 7.5.6
sthira-buddhiḥ self-intelligentBG 5.20
sama-buddhiḥ having equal intelligenceBG 6.9
asakta-buddhiḥ having unattached intelligenceBG 18.49
vyavasāya-buddhiḥ intelligently fixedSB 2.2.3
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
vidyā-buddhiḥ materialistic education and intelligenceSB 4.2.24
bheda-buddhiḥ sense of differentiationSB 4.24.61
andha-buddhiḥ who are illusioned and have become blind to spiritual knowledgeSB 5.10.20
ātma-buddhiḥ who considers these material things the ātma, or selfSB 5.13.4
ati-kṛpaṇa-buddhiḥ whose intelligence is dull because he does not properly utilize his assetsSB 5.14.31
artha-buddhiḥ being self-interestedSB 6.18.71
paśu-buddhiḥ the animalistic conception of life ('I am the Supreme, and everyone is God')SB 7.5.12
ātma-para-buddhiḥ the conception of one's own and another'sSB 7.9.31
ātma-devatā-buddhiḥ accepting as the self or the demigodsSB 7.11.8-12
mahā-buddhiḥ having great intelligenceSB 10.51.23-26
bāla-buddhiḥ is a person of childish intelligenceSB 11.4.2
anyathā-buddhiḥ illusory knowledgeSB 11.13.9-10
aham-buddhiḥ one who identifies himselfSB 11.19.40-45
labdha-buddhiḥ having awakened intelligenceCC Madhya 22.16
manaḥ-buddhiḥ mind and intelligenceCC Madhya 23.107
pārakya-buddhim differentiationSB 4.7.53
ku-buddhim who is addicted to the path of saṃsāraSB 5.5.17
apatya-buddhim the idea of being your sonSB 11.5.49
paśu-buddhim animalistic mentalitySB 12.5.2
dabhra-buddhinā being of less intelligenceSB 6.7.11
grāmya-buddhīnām who are obsessed with temporary material consciousnessSB 6.15.11
akṛta-buddhitvāt due to unintelligenceBG 18.16
doṣa-buddhyā by polluted intelligenceSB 1.9.36
sva-buddhyā by one's intelligenceSB 2.1.38
sva-buddhyā by his own intelligenceSB 2.2.16
bheda-buddhyā considering as differentSB 3.16.10
sva-buddhyā by one's devotional serviceSB 4.30.28
akliṣṭa-buddhyā with your intelligence, without material contaminationSB 5.5.20
vastu-buddhyā accepting as factualSB 9.8.25
sva-buddhyā thinking them to be his ownSB 10.49.23
doṣa-buddhyā because of thinking that such action is wrongSB 11.7.11
guṇa-buddhyā because of thinking it is goodSB 11.7.11
martya-buddhyā with the idea of his being an ordinary manSB 11.17.27
martya-buddhyā with the idea of his being an ordinary manCC Adi 1.46
sannyāsi-buddhye by consideration of a sannyāsīCC Adi 8.11
sannyāsi-buddhye by thinking of Me as a sannyāsīCC Adi 17.265
guru-buddhye accepting the elderly brāhmaṇa as guruCC Madhya 5.34
svarūpa-buddhye by self-realizationCC Madhya 19.211
kāyastha-buddhye considering a kāyasthaCC Antya 6.23
bhāgavata-buddhye accepting him as a great devoteeCC Antya 7.5
guru-buddhye accepting him as a Godbrother of His spiritual masterCC Antya 8.46
guru-buddhye due to considering him a spiritual masterCC Antya 8.100
ei buddhye by this understandingCC Antya 16.95
mahā-budhaḥ Prahlāda Mahārāja, who was highly learned and advanced in spiritual consciousness (mahā means 'great,' and budha means 'learned')SB 7.5.55
na budhyate cannot understandSB 8.22.11
dharma bujhāite to establish principles of religion or dutyCC Antya 2.143
kichu bujhana nā yāya no one can understandCC Antya 12.85
bujhaye not understandsCC Madhya 2.83
sei bujhe one can understandCC Madhya 5.158
loke nāhi bujhe people in general cannot understandCC Antya 2.170
sei bujhe he understandsCC Antya 7.169
sei bujhe he understandsCC Antya 9.151
sei bujhe he can understandCC Antya 14.6
bujhi' not understandingCC Madhya 6.128
bujhibe bheda one cannot understand the depth of meaningCC Antya 9.149
bujhila did not knowCC Madhya 16.62
nāribe bujhite will not be able to understandCC Madhya 2.85
ke pāre bujhite who can understandCC Antya 2.143
pāre bujhite can understandCC Antya 3.47
keha nā bujhite pāre no one can understandCC Antya 3.82
ke bujhite pāre who can understandCC Antya 9.58
keha bujhite nā pāre others could not understandCC Antya 19.18
samaya bujhiyā understanding the timeCC Madhya 12.142
samaya bujhiyā understanding the time and circumstancesCC Madhya 12.166
bujhiye I do not understandCC Madhya 2.20
nija-buka his chestCC Adi 17.187
phāṭe buka My heart is breakingCC Antya 19.37
tāńra buke on his chestCC Madhya 12.148
gāhiyā bule travel while chantingCC Madhya 18.211
nitāi bule Lord Nityānanda was walkingCC Antya 6.81
buka mārilā whippedCC Madhya 25.188
cabutarā-upare on the raised platformCC Antya 6.60
caraṇa-ambujam the lotus feetSB 1.5.17
caraṇa-ambujam the lotus feetSB 1.15.46
caraṇa-ambuja lotus feetSB 3.9.5
caraṇa-ambuja-āsavam on the nectar of the lotus feetSB 4.4.27
caraṇa-ambujaḥ His lotus feetSB 4.20.19
caraṇa-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 4.20.24
caraṇa-ambujam unto the lotus feetSB 4.29.82
tvat-caraṇa-ambuja-anusevām service to the lotus feet of Your LordshipSB 6.9.39
caraṇa-ambujam the lotus feetSB 7.6.4
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetSB 10.31.19
caraṇa-ambujam on the lotus feetSB 10.53.40-41
caraṇa-ambuje at the lotus feetSB 10.84.69
mukunda-caraṇa-ambujam the lotus feet of Lord MukundaSB 11.2.2
caraṇa-ambujam lotus feetSB 11.30.43
caraṇa-ambujam His lotus footSB 12.9.22-25
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Adi 4.173
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Madhya 8.219
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Madhya 18.65
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Antya 7.40
caraṇa-ambuja at the lotus feetMM 52
aprati-buddha-cetasām of those whose minds are not sufficiently developedSB 1.15.36
cibuke her chinSB 10.42.7
dabhra-buddhinā being of less intelligenceSB 6.7.11
ambu-dāḥ cloudsSB 8.11.24
ambu-daḥ a cloudSB 10.18.26
ambu-daiḥ by the cloudsSB 12.9.14
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
deha-vāk-buddhi-jam performed by the body, words and intelligenceSB 6.1.13-14
ātma-devatā-buddhiḥ accepting as the self or the demigodsSB 7.11.8-12
dharma bujhāite to establish principles of religion or dutyCC Antya 2.143
śrīvatsa-ańgada-do-ratna-kambu-kańkaṇa-pāṇayaḥ bearing the emblem of the goddess of fortune on Their chests, armlets on Their arms, the Kaustubha gem on Their necks, which were marked with three lines like a conchshell, and bracelets on Their handsSB 10.13.47-48
doṣa-buddhyā by polluted intelligenceSB 1.9.36
doṣa-buddhyā because of thinking that such action is wrongSB 11.7.11
sarva-buddhi-dṛk the supreme observer, the Supersoul, the intelligence of everyoneSB 10.3.13
ambuja-dṛśām lotus-eyedCC Adi 4.51
durbuddheḥ evil-mindedBG 1.23
durbuddheḥ having bad intelligenceSB 7.5.16
durbuddheḥ who was foolishSB 12.12.31-33
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetSB 10.14.29
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 6.84
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 11.104
sapta-dvīpa-ambudhi the oceans of the islandsCC Madhya 20.387
ei buddhye by this understandingCC Antya 16.95
gāhiyā bule travel while chantingCC Madhya 18.211
ambu-gartayoḥ in water or in a caveSB 3.30.27
ghṛṇā-buddhi kari I regard with hatredCC Antya 4.180
ghṛta-ambubhiḥ with water mixed with butterSB 10.5.14
grāmya-buddhīnām who are obsessed with temporary material consciousnessSB 6.15.11
tāmbu-gṛhe in tentsCC Madhya 16.117
guṇa-tattva-buddhibhiḥ by the conditioned souls whose poor intelligence dictates that real truth is found in the manifestations of the three modes of material natureSB 6.4.23
guṇa-buddhyā because of thinking it is goodSB 11.7.11
guru-buddhye accepting the elderly brāhmaṇa as guruCC Madhya 5.34
guru-buddhye accepting him as a Godbrother of His spiritual masterCC Antya 8.46
guru-buddhye due to considering him a spiritual masterCC Antya 8.100
ambuja-hastaḥ with a lotus flower in the handSB 2.7.15
hīna-buddhi consideration as inferior in qualityCC Madhya 1.114
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
amburuha-īkṣaṇa O lotus-eyed oneSB 10.48.9
ambuja-īkṣaṇaḥ who looks with His lotus eyesSB 1.7.34
ambuja-īkṣaṇam with eyes resembling lotusesSB 10.3.6
ambuja-īkṣaṇe the lotus-eyed LordSB 10.38.2
vibudha-īśvara O controller of the demigods, BrahmāSB 11.6.28
vibudha-īśvarāḥ all the different demigods (such as the sun, the moon, Venus, Mars and Jupiter, who are all in charge of various activities for the welfare of the world)SB 6.4.45
vibudha-itarāḥ the demons (those other than the demigods)SB 8.22.6-7
deha-vāk-buddhi-jam performed by the body, words and intelligenceSB 6.1.13-14
jambu and jambu fruitsSB 10.20.25
jambu O rose-apple treeSB 10.30.9
jambu O jambu treeCC Antya 15.32
jambu O jambu treeCC Antya 15.35
jambubhiḥ with jambusSB 4.6.17
jambubhiḥ jambu fruitsSB 8.2.9-13
kalā-ambubhiḥ with water from dropsSB 7.5.21
kambu conchshellSB 1.19.26
kambu like a conchSB 4.21.17
kambu like a conchshellSB 8.8.32
śrīvatsa-ańgada-do-ratna-kambu-kańkaṇa-pāṇayaḥ bearing the emblem of the goddess of fortune on Their chests, armlets on Their arms, the Kaustubha gem on Their necks, which were marked with three lines like a conchshell, and bracelets on Their handsSB 10.13.47-48
kambu like a conchshellSB 10.39.46-48
kambu like a conchshellSB 12.9.22-25
kambu like a conchshellSB 12.9.22-25
kambu with His conchshellSB 4.9.4
śrīvatsa-ańgada-do-ratna-kambu-kańkaṇa-pāṇayaḥ bearing the emblem of the goddess of fortune on Their chests, armlets on Their arms, the Kaustubha gem on Their necks, which were marked with three lines like a conchshell, and bracelets on Their handsSB 10.13.47-48
kara-ambujam Your lotus handSB 5.18.23
kara-ambujam His lotus handSB 7.9.5
kara-ambujam the lotus handSB 10.32.4
sa-ambuja-karam his trunk, along with a lotus flowerSB 8.3.32
ghṛṇā-buddhi kari I regard with hatredCC Antya 4.180
udbuddha karibā You will awakenCC Antya 3.78-79
karṇa-arbudebhyaḥ spṛhām the desire for millions of earsCC Antya 1.99
karṇa-arbudebhyaḥ spṛhām the desire for millions of earsCC Antya 1.120
kāyastha-buddhye considering a kāyasthaCC Antya 6.23
ke pāre bujhite who can understandCC Antya 2.143
ke bujhite pāre who can understandCC Antya 9.58
keha nā bujhite pāre no one can understandCC Antya 3.82
keha bujhite nā pāre others could not understandCC Antya 19.18
kichu bujhana nā yāya no one can understandCC Antya 12.85
vividha-kusuma-kisalaya-tulasikā-ambubhiḥ with varieties of flowers, twigs and tulasī leaves, as well as with waterSB 5.7.11
ambuja-kośam lotuslike eyeSB 3.8.4
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
kṛpā-ambudhiḥ the ocean of transcendental mercyCC Madhya 6.254
ati-kṛpaṇa-buddhiḥ whose intelligence is dull because he does not properly utilize his assetsSB 5.14.31
rādhā-kṛṣṇa-pada-ambuja on the lotus feet of Rādhā and KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.253
śrī-kṛṣṇa-pāda-ambujāt from the lotus feet of Śrī KṛṣṇaMM 42
abuddhi-kṛtaḥ made foolishSB 3.10.17
kṣudra-buddhi possessing limited intelligenceCC Madhya 9.125
kṣudra-buddhi limited intelligenceCC Antya 20.71
ku-buddhim who is addicted to the path of saṃsāraSB 5.5.17
ku-buddhayaḥ having perverted intelligenceSB 11.21.26
ku-buddhi poor understandingCC Adi 3.78
ku-buddhi less intelligentCC Madhya 12.181
ku-buddhi intelligence not favorable to discharging devotional serviceCC Antya 4.65
kuśāmbu KuśāmbuSB 9.15.4
kuśāmbujaḥ the son of KuśāmbuSB 9.15.4
vividha-kusuma-kisalaya-tulasikā-ambubhiḥ with varieties of flowers, twigs and tulasī leaves, as well as with waterSB 5.7.11
labdha-buddhiḥ having awakened intelligenceCC Madhya 22.16
lakṣa-arbuda many millionsCC Madhya 9.40
lembu lemonCC Madhya 14.34
lembu lemonCC Madhya 15.54-55
lembu limeCC Antya 2.108
lembu limeCC Antya 10.135-136
lembu limeCC Antya 10.149
līlā-ambujena playing with a lotus flowerSB 3.15.21
loke nāhi bujhe people in general cannot understandCC Antya 2.170
madhu-arbudāḥ the Madhus and ArbudasSB 11.30.18
ambu-madhyāt from the midst of the waterSB 3.18.6
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
mahā-buddheḥ of great intelligenceSB 1.12.2
mahā-budhaḥ Prahlāda Mahārāja, who was highly learned and advanced in spiritual consciousness (mahā means 'great,' and budha means 'learned')SB 7.5.55
mahā-buddhiḥ having great intelligenceSB 10.51.23-26
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
arbuda-mālavāḥ residing in Arbuda and MālavaSB 12.1.36
manaḥ-buddhiḥ mind and intelligenceCC Madhya 23.107
manaḥ-buddhi mind and intelligenceCC Antya 20.93
manuṣya-buddhi considering an ordinary human beingCC Antya 10.19
buka mārilā whippedCC Madhya 25.188
martya-buddhyā with the idea of his being an ordinary manSB 11.17.27
martya-buddhyā with the idea of his being an ordinary manCC Adi 1.46
vibudha-matiḥ Āgnīdhra, who possessed intelligence like that of the demigodsSB 5.2.17
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
subuddhi miśra Subuddhi MiśraCC Adi 10.111
mukha-ambujaḥ the lotus flower of His faceSB 1.9.24
mukha-amburuha the lotuslike mouthSB 2.4.24
mukha-ambujam his face, which is just like a lotus flowerSB 4.8.66
mukha-ambujam lotuslike faceSB 8.5.45
śrī-mukha-ambujām whose beautiful lotuslike faceSB 8.6.3-7
mukha-ambujam lotus faceSB 10.32.7
mukha-ambuja of the lotus faceSB 10.45.19
mukha-ambujaḥ lotus faceCC Adi 5.214
mukha-ambujam lotuslike faceCC Madhya 2.61
mukha-ambujaḥ with a face like a lotus flowerCC Madhya 8.81
mukha-ambujaḥ lotus faceCC Madhya 8.140
mukha-ambuja the lotuslike faceCC Madhya 12.215
mukha-ambujam lotuslike faceCC Madhya 23.31
mukha-ambuje at His lotus mouthBs 5.26
mukunda-caraṇa-ambujam the lotus feet of Lord MukundaSB 11.2.2
āmbuyā-muluke in the province known as ĀmbuyāCC Antya 2.16
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
na budhyate cannot understandSB 8.22.11
bujhiye I do not understandCC Madhya 2.20
bujhaye not understandsCC Madhya 2.83
bujhi' not understandingCC Madhya 6.128
bujhila did not knowCC Madhya 16.62
keha nā bujhite pāre no one can understandCC Antya 3.82
bujhibe bheda one cannot understand the depth of meaningCC Antya 9.149
kichu bujhana nā yāya no one can understandCC Antya 12.85
keha bujhite nā pāre others could not understandCC Antya 19.18
loke nāhi bujhe people in general cannot understandCC Antya 2.170
nāribe bujhite will not be able to understandCC Madhya 2.85
nava-ambuda a newly formed cloudCC Antya 15.63
nava-ambuda a new rain cloudCC Antya 19.39
nayana-amburuham the lotus eyesSB 3.9.25
nembu-ādā a preparation made with lime and gingerCC Antya 10.15-16
nija-buka his chestCC Adi 17.187
nirambu without drinking waterSB 7.3.19
nirbuddhi bereft of intelligenceCC Antya 6.32
nitāi bule Lord Nityānanda was walkingCC Antya 6.81
nitya-buddhayaḥ thinking to be permanentSB 9.18.41
nyarbudaiḥ not less than ten crores (one hundred million)SB 8.15.16
nyarbudam of one hundred millionSB 10.61.31
nyarbudāni ten crores (one hundred million)SB 9.4.33-35
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 1.8.36
pada-ambujāt from the lotus feetSB 1.8.37
pada-ambujam the lotus feetSB 1.11.26
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 1.18.4
pāda-ambujam under the lotus feetSB 2.9.18
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 3.5.43
pāda-ambuja the lotus feetSB 3.20.5
pada-ambujaḥ having lotus feetSB 3.24.17
pada-ambujam whose lotus feetSB 3.32.22
pāda-ambujam the lotus feetSB 6.3.11
pāda-amburuha on the lotus feetSB 7.7.30-31
pāda-ambujam whose lotus feetSB 9.11.21
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetSB 10.14.29
pāda-ambujam to the lotus feetSB 10.15.5
pāda-ambujaḥ whose lotus feetSB 10.16.26
pada-ambuja from the lotus feetSB 10.21.10
pada-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 10.29.37
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 10.31.7
pada-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 10.35.6-7
pada-ambuja by the lotus feetSB 10.47.1-2
pāda-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 10.47.66
pada-ambujam lotus feetSB 10.62.4
pāda-ambujam His lotus feetSB 10.83.40
pāda-ambujam the lotus feetSB 10.85.38
pāda-ambuja of the lotus feetSB 11.2.33
pada-ambujam Your lotus feetSB 11.29.3
pāda-ambu-ruha upon the lotus feetSB 12.6.35
pāda-ambuja the lotus feetCC Adi 6.60
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 6.84
rādhā-kṛṣṇa-pada-ambuja on the lotus feet of Rādhā and KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.253
pada-ambuja-dvaya of the two lotus feetCC Madhya 11.104
pāda-ambuja-sarva-svaiḥ whose all in all is the lotus feetCC Madhya 23.100
śrī-kṛṣṇa-pāda-ambujāt from the lotus feet of Śrī KṛṣṇaMM 42
padāmbuje the lotus feetSB 6.5.22
śrīvatsa-ańgada-do-ratna-kambu-kańkaṇa-pāṇayaḥ bearing the emblem of the goddess of fortune on Their chests, armlets on Their arms, the Kaustubha gem on Their necks, which were marked with three lines like a conchshell, and bracelets on Their handsSB 10.13.47-48
para-buddhibhiḥ by instructions from the enemy's campSB 7.5.6
ātma-para-buddhiḥ the conception of one's own and another'sSB 7.9.31
pārakya-buddhim differentiationSB 4.7.53
ke pāre bujhite who can understandCC Antya 2.143
pāre bujhite can understandCC Antya 3.47
keha nā bujhite pāre no one can understandCC Antya 3.82
ke bujhite pāre who can understandCC Antya 9.58
keha bujhite nā pāre others could not understandCC Antya 19.18
paśu-buddhiḥ the animalistic conception of life ('I am the Supreme, and everyone is God')SB 7.5.12
paśu-buddhim animalistic mentalitySB 12.5.2
vibudha-yūtha-patīn the heads of the different groups of demigodsSB 5.25.7
ambuja-patra like the petals of a lotusSB 12.9.6
phala-buddhayaḥ thinking to be the ultimate fruitsSB 11.21.27
phāṭe buka My heart is breakingCC Antya 19.37
prabuddhaḥ pippalāyanaḥ Prabuddha and PippalāyanaSB 11.2.20-21
prabuddha awakenedSB 3.6.4
supta-prabuddhaḥ a man rising from sleepSB 4.9.8
prabuddhaḥ PrabuddhaSB 5.4.11-12
prabuddhaḥ alertSB 10.77.29
prabuddhaḥ pippalāyanaḥ Prabuddha and PippalāyanaSB 11.2.20-21
śrī-prabuddhaḥ uvāca Śrī Prabuddha saidSB 11.3.18
prabuddhaḥ one whose intelligence is awakenedSB 11.23.56
prabuddhaḥ enlightenedBs 5.28
prabuddhe when excitedBs 5.58
prabudha-apabādham rejected by the learned, by those who are fully awareSB 8.5.43
prākṛta-buddhi conception as materialCC Antya 4.173
tumburu-pramukhāḥ led by TumburuSB 10.25.32
prāṇa-arbuda uncountable breaths of lifeCC Antya 19.76
pratibuddha-arthaḥ self-realizedSB 3.27.28-29
pratibuddha awakeSB 3.28.38
pratibuddha-ātmā being fully aware of spiritual knowledgeSB 6.16.15
pratibuddha one who is enlightenedSB 11.13.37
pratibuddhaḥ one who knowsSB 4.20.5
pratibuddhaḥ awakenedSB 11.11.12-13
pratibuddhasya of one who is awakeSB 3.27.25
pratibuddhasya for one who has awakenedSB 11.28.14
pratibuddhya having learnedSB 4.12.1
pratibudhya realizingSB 6.7.10
pratibudhya getting upSB 8.4.25
pratibudhyate were awakenedBs 5.20
vibudha-pratyanīkāḥ enemies of the demigodsSB 5.24.30
pulastyaḥ tumburuḥ Pulastya and TumburuSB 12.11.33
pūruṣa-buddhi-sākṣiṇām of those who are always absorbed in thought of the Supreme LordSB 4.3.21
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
rādhā-kṛṣṇa-pada-ambuja on the lotus feet of Rādhā and KṛṣṇaCC Madhya 8.253
ambu-rāśiḥ all of whose waterSB 10.16.7
rati-buddhi devotional attraction and intelligenceCC Madhya 24.188
śrīvatsa-ańgada-do-ratna-kambu-kańkaṇa-pāṇayaḥ bearing the emblem of the goddess of fortune on Their chests, armlets on Their arms, the Kaustubha gem on Their necks, which were marked with three lines like a conchshell, and bracelets on Their handsSB 10.13.47-48
subuddhi-rāya a devotee of Lord Caitanya named Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.186
subuddhi-rāya Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.187
subuddhi-rāya Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.194
subuddhi-rāya Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.211
subuddhi-rāya Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.213
subuddhi-rāyere unto Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.189
subuddhi-rāyere Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.190
vibudha-ṛṣabha O chief of the demigodsSB 12.6.68
vibudha-ṛṣabha by the chief of the demigodsSB 12.8.33-34
vibudha-ṛṣabhāḥ all the great demigodsSB 6.9.19
vibudha-ṛṣabhāḥ O best of the intelligent demigodsSB 6.9.48
vibudha-ṛṣabham the chief of the demigodsSB 3.24.26
vibudha-ṛṣabhān the chiefs of the demigodsSB 6.10.23
pāda-ambu-ruha upon the lotus feetSB 12.6.35
ambu-ruhaḥ lotuslikeSB 10.43.15
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetSB 10.31.19
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Adi 4.173
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Madhya 8.219
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Madhya 18.65
caraṇa-ambu-ruham lotus feetCC Antya 7.40
ambu-ruhāt from the lotus ofSB 3.9.5
sa-ambuja-karam his trunk, along with a lotus flowerSB 8.3.32
saha-tumburuḥ along with his tumburu (musical instrument)SB 1.13.38
arbuda-sahasraiḥ by ten billionSB 5.17.16
pūruṣa-buddhi-sākṣiṇām of those who are always absorbed in thought of the Supreme LordSB 4.3.21
sama-buddhiḥ having equal intelligenceBG 6.9
sama-buddhayaḥ equally disposedBG 12.3-4
samabudhyata he could understand (their position)SB 10.10.5
sāmānya-buddhi-yukta endowed with common intelligenceCC Madhya 24.186
samaya bujhiyā understanding the timeCC Madhya 12.142
samaya bujhiyā understanding the time and circumstancesCC Madhya 12.166
ambu-samplave in the floodingSB 10.80.38
sannyāsi-buddhye by consideration of a sannyāsīCC Adi 8.11
sannyāsi-buddhye by thinking of Me as a sannyāsīCC Adi 17.265
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
sapta-dvīpa-ambudhi the oceans of the islandsCC Madhya 20.387
sarva-buddhi-dṛk the supreme observer, the Supersoul, the intelligence of everyoneSB 10.3.13
pāda-ambuja-sarva-svaiḥ whose all in all is the lotus feetCC Madhya 23.100
sei bujhe one can understandCC Madhya 5.158
sei buddhi that intelligenceCC Madhya 24.191
sei bujhe he understandsCC Antya 7.169
sei bujhe he understandsCC Antya 9.151
sei bujhe he can understandCC Antya 14.6
sevya-buddhi āropiyā considering worshipableCC Antya 5.20
śīkara-ambubhiḥ and sprinkling the waterSB 8.2.26
karṇa-arbudebhyaḥ spṛhām the desire for millions of earsCC Antya 1.99
karṇa-arbudebhyaḥ spṛhām the desire for millions of earsCC Antya 1.120
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
vibudha-śreṣṭha O best of all the demigodsSB 8.12.38
vibudha-śreṣṭhāḥ O best of learned personsSB 7.4.25-26
śrī-mukha-ambujām whose beautiful lotuslike faceSB 8.6.3-7
śrī-vadana-ambujaḥ having a beautiful lotus faceSB 8.18.2
śrī-prabuddhaḥ uvāca Śrī Prabuddha saidSB 11.3.18
śrī-kṛṣṇa-pāda-ambujāt from the lotus feet of Śrī KṛṣṇaMM 42
śrīvatsa-ańgada-do-ratna-kambu-kańkaṇa-pāṇayaḥ bearing the emblem of the goddess of fortune on Their chests, armlets on Their arms, the Kaustubha gem on Their necks, which were marked with three lines like a conchshell, and bracelets on Their handsSB 10.13.47-48
sthira-buddhiḥ self-intelligentBG 5.20
su-buddhi very intelligentCC Madhya 12.122
su-buddhi actually intelligentCC Madhya 22.35
su-buddhi intelligentCC Madhya 24.194
subuddhi miśra Subuddhi MiśraCC Adi 10.111
subuddhi-rāya a devotee of Lord Caitanya named Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.186
subuddhi-rāya Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.187
subuddhi-rāyere unto Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.189
subuddhi-rāyere Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.190
subuddhi-rāya Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.194
subuddhi-rāya Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.211
subuddhi-rāya Subuddhi RāyaCC Madhya 25.213
supta-prabuddhaḥ a man rising from sleepSB 4.9.8
sva-buddhyā by one's intelligenceSB 2.1.38
sva-buddhyā by his own intelligenceSB 2.2.16
sva-buddhyā by one's devotional serviceSB 4.30.28
sva-buddhyā thinking them to be his ownSB 10.49.23
svaccha-ambu in which the water was clearSB 10.20.32
pāda-ambuja-sarva-svaiḥ whose all in all is the lotus feetCC Madhya 23.100
svarūpa-buddhye by self-realizationCC Madhya 19.211
tabu ta' still, howeverCC Madhya 6.91
tabu stillCC Adi 2.108
tabu stillCC Adi 4.255
tabu yetCC Adi 7.5
tabu stillCC Adi 7.136
tabu stillCC Adi 8.16
tabu stillCC Adi 8.29-30
tabu stillCC Adi 17.28
tabu stillCC Adi 17.170
tabu stillCC Adi 17.200
tabu stillCC Adi 17.228
tabu stillCC Madhya 1.78
tabu stillCC Madhya 2.44
tabu stillCC Madhya 2.88
tabu stillCC Madhya 2.90
tabu stillCC Madhya 3.134
tabu stillCC Madhya 3.152
tabu stillCC Madhya 4.181
tabu stillCC Madhya 5.68
tabu stillCC Madhya 5.93
tabu stillCC Madhya 5.105
tabu ta' still, howeverCC Madhya 6.91
tabu stillCC Madhya 6.171
tabu stillCC Madhya 6.267
tabu stillCC Madhya 6.268
tabu stillCC Madhya 6.275
tabu stillCC Madhya 8.39
tabu stillCC Madhya 10.54
tabu stillCC Madhya 11.122
tabu stillCC Madhya 12.147
tabu stillCC Madhya 12.170
tabu stillCC Madhya 15.174
tabu stillCC Madhya 15.226
tabu stillCC Madhya 16.262
tabu stillCC Madhya 16.267
tabu stillCC Madhya 16.281
tabu stillCC Madhya 16.289
tabu stillCC Madhya 17.100
tabu yetCC Madhya 17.232
tabu stillCC Madhya 18.119
tabu stillCC Madhya 20.293
tabu stillCC Madhya 24.196
tabu yetCC Madhya 25.81
tabu stillCC Madhya 25.82
tabu stillCC Antya 2.145
tabu stillCC Antya 3.158
tabu stillCC Antya 4.120
tabu stillCC Antya 4.134
tabu stillCC Antya 4.153
tabu stillCC Antya 5.18
tabu stillCC Antya 5.40
tabu stillCC Antya 7.96
tabu stillCC Antya 9.114
tabu stillCC Antya 16.67
tabu stillCC Antya 16.68
tabu stillCC Antya 17.47
tabu stillCC Antya 18.13
tabu stillCC Antya 18.14
tabu stillCC Antya 18.43
tabu stillCC Antya 19.97
tabu stillCC Antya 20.48
tabu stillCC Antya 20.51
tabu stillCC Antya 20.55
tabu stillCC Antya 20.60
tabu stillCC Antya 20.84
tabu stillCC Antya 20.99
tāmbu-gṛhe in tentsCC Madhya 16.117
tāńra buke on his chestCC Madhya 12.148
tat-buddhayaḥ those whose intelligence is always in the SupremeBG 5.17
guṇa-tattva-buddhibhiḥ by the conditioned souls whose poor intelligence dictates that real truth is found in the manifestations of the three modes of material natureSB 6.4.23
tila-ambu offerings of water with sesame seedsSB 7.8.44
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
vividha-kusuma-kisalaya-tulasikā-ambubhiḥ with varieties of flowers, twigs and tulasī leaves, as well as with waterSB 5.7.11
tumburu-pramukhāḥ led by TumburuSB 10.25.32
tumburu the Gandharva named TumburuSB 10.27.24
saha-tumburuḥ along with his tumburu (musical instrument)SB 1.13.38
tumburuḥ his stringed instrumentSB 1.13.60
tumburuḥ another Gandharva singerSB 7.4.14
tumburuḥ TumburuSB 9.24.20
pulastyaḥ tumburuḥ Pulastya and TumburuSB 12.11.33
tumburum the King of the Gandharvas, TumburuCC Antya 1.164
tumburuṇā the stringed instrument called a TumburuSB 5.25.8
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
tvat-caraṇa-ambuja-anusevām service to the lotus feet of Your LordshipSB 6.9.39
udbuddha karibā You will awakenCC Antya 3.78-79
udvigna-buddheḥ of one whose intelligence is disturbedSB 11.2.33
śraddhā, maitrī, dayā, śāntiḥ, tuṣṭiḥ, puṣṭiḥ, kriyā, unnatiḥ, buddhiḥ, medhā, titikṣā, hrīḥ, mūrtiḥ names of thirteen daughters of DakṣaSB 4.1.49-52
vibudha-upama similar to the demigodsSB 5.20.3-4
cabutarā-upare on the raised platformCC Antya 6.60
vibudha-uttama exalted devoteesSB 6.2.32
śrī-prabuddhaḥ uvāca Śrī Prabuddha saidSB 11.3.18
śrī-vadana-ambujaḥ having a beautiful lotus faceSB 8.18.2
vibudha-vadhūm the celestial girlSB 5.2.17
ambu-vāhāḥ water-bearing cloudsSB 10.63.35-36
ambu-vāhān the clouds which carry waterSB 2.1.34
deha-vāk-buddhi-jam performed by the body, words and intelligenceSB 6.1.13-14
vastra-ambu-bhājana the cloth and waterpotCC Madhya 17.19
vastu-buddhyā accepting as factualSB 9.8.25
ambu-vat like waterSB 11.16.43
ambu-vegāḥ waves of the watersBG 11.28
vibubhūṣayā so desiringSB 3.3.9
vibubhūṣuḥ appearing differentlySB 2.5.21
vibuddhaḥ full of knowledgeSB 4.9.15
vibudha-adhipatyam supremacy over the kingdom of the demigodsSB 2.7.18
vibudha of the greatly learned sagesSB 3.8.4
vibudha-ādiṣu amongst the demigodsSB 3.9.19
vibudha of the transcendentally learnedSB 3.13.26
vibudha-agrya of the devotees (who are the best of the learned)SB 3.15.26
vibudha-ṛṣabham the chief of the demigodsSB 3.24.26
vibudha-anucarāḥ the associates of the denizens of heavenSB 3.33.19
vibudha demigodsSB 4.1.23
vibudha demigodsSB 4.1.29
vibudha-adhamam the lowest of all demigodsSB 4.19.15
vibudha learnedSB 4.24.12
vibudha-anugaiḥ followed by his associatesSB 4.24.24-25
vibudha of the demigodsSB 4.31.10
vibudha-vadhūm the celestial girlSB 5.2.17
vibudha-matiḥ Āgnīdhra, who possessed intelligence like that of the demigodsSB 5.2.17
vibudha-anugāḥ the KinnarasSB 5.5.21-22
vibudha-āyuṣā with a duration of life like that of BrahmāSB 5.16.4
vibudha-ādayaḥ the great demigodsSB 5.16.20-21
vibudha-upama similar to the demigodsSB 5.20.3-4
vibudha-pratyanīkāḥ enemies of the demigodsSB 5.24.30
vibudha-yūtha-patīn the heads of the different groups of demigodsSB 5.25.7
vibudha-uttama exalted devoteesSB 6.2.32
vibudha-īśvarāḥ all the different demigods (such as the sun, the moon, Venus, Mars and Jupiter, who are all in charge of various activities for the welfare of the world)SB 6.4.45
vibudha of the demigods, who are in the mode of goodnessSB 6.7.12
vibudha-ṛṣabhāḥ all the great demigodsSB 6.9.19
vibudha-ṛṣabhāḥ O best of the intelligent demigodsSB 6.9.48
vibudha-ṛṣabhān the chiefs of the demigodsSB 6.10.23
vibudha-śreṣṭhāḥ O best of learned personsSB 7.4.25-26
vibudha-anīkam the host of demigods, headed by Lord Brahmā and Lord ŚivaSB 8.4.26
vibudha of the demigodsSB 8.10.50
vibudha-śreṣṭha O best of all the demigodsSB 8.12.38
vibudha-itarāḥ the demons (those other than the demigods)SB 8.22.6-7
vibudha-ādayaḥ the demigods and other elevated living beingsSB 10.15.39
vibudha-āyuṣā with a lifetime as long as that of the demigodsSB 10.32.22
vibudha of demigodsSB 10.42.22
vibudha the demigodsSB 10.45.14
vibudha of the wise demigodsSB 10.56.8
vibudha-īśvara O controller of the demigods, BrahmāSB 11.6.28
vibudha-ṛṣabha O chief of the demigodsSB 12.6.68
vibudha-ṛṣabha by the chief of the demigodsSB 12.8.33-34
vibudha-āyuṣā with a lifetime as long as that of the demigodsCC Adi 4.180
vibudha-āyuṣā api even with a duration of life like that of the demigodsCC Madhya 8.93
vibudha-āyuṣā with a lifetime as long as that of the demigodsCC Antya 7.44
vibudhāḥ self-realized soulsSB 2.2.25
vibudhāḥ the learned scholarsSB 2.6.30
vibudhāḥ the demigodsSB 3.10.28-29
vibudhāḥ demigodsSB 4.3.8
vibudhāḥ the demigodsSB 4.6.22
vibudhāḥ demigodsSB 4.14.26-27
vibudhāḥ demigodsSB 4.24.29
vibudhāḥ the demigods, headed by King IndraSB 7.7.2
vibudhāḥ all the different demigodsSB 7.8.37-39
vibudhāḥ the demigodsSB 10.40.2
vibudhāḥ the demigodsSB 10.63.43
vibudhāḥ the demigodsSB 10.79.7
vibudhāḥ the demigodsSB 12.6.15
vibudhāḥ intelligent demigodsSB 12.10.2
vibudhaiḥ by the demigodsSB 3.18.8
vibudhaiḥ with demigodsSB 4.4.6
vibudhaiḥ and by all great learned sagesSB 8.4.13
vibudhaiḥ by such powerful personsSB 10.4.36
vibudhaiḥ with the demigodsSB 10.76.16
vibudhaiḥ along with all the demigodsSB 11.6.20
vibudhān demigodsSB 4.31.22
vibudhān all the demigodsSB 8.11.43
vibudhān the demigodsSB 10.59.38-39
vibudhān wiseSB 10.87.27
vibudhānugāḥ the followers of the demigodsSB 8.18.9-10
vibudheṣu in the society of the demigodsSB 9.1.18
vibudheṣu among the demigodsSB 10.2.40
vibudheṣu among the demigodsSB 11.7.17
vibudheṣu and in the form of VāmanadevaCC Madhya 20.299
vibudhya learned aboutSB 3.15.37
vibudhya understandingSB 10.6.8
vibudhya coming to understandSB 10.14.5
vidyā-buddhiḥ materialistic education and intelligenceSB 4.2.24
vilaya-ambu-madhye in the Causal Ocean, in which everything is preserved in a state of reserved energySB 7.9.32
vilocana-ambujaḥ and his lotus eyesSB 12.9.26
viśeṣa-buddheḥ of the conception of the distinction between master and servantSB 5.10.12
vividha-kusuma-kisalaya-tulasikā-ambubhiḥ with varieties of flowers, twigs and tulasī leaves, as well as with waterSB 5.7.11
vyavasāya-buddhiḥ intelligently fixedSB 2.2.3
kichu bujhana nā yāya no one can understandCC Antya 12.85
sāmānya-buddhi-yukta endowed with common intelligenceCC Madhya 24.186
vibudha-yūtha-patīn the heads of the different groups of demigodsSB 5.25.7
340 results
bubhukṣ verb (denominative ātmanepada) to hunger to starve to wish to eat
Frequency rank 5774/72933
bubhukṣu adjective desirous of worldly enjoyment (opp. to mumukṣu) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hungry (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wishing to eat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13095/72933
bubhukṣā noun (feminine) appetise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
desire of enjoying anything (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
hunger (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wish to eat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7324/72933
bubhuts verb (desiderative ātmanepada) to wish to find out to wish to know
Frequency rank 21921/72933
bubhutsita noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 60324/72933
bubhutsu adjective curious desirous to know
Frequency rank 18244/72933
bubhutsā noun (feminine) curiosity about (acc. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
desire to know (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19744/72933
bubhūṣ verb (desiderative ātmanepada) to beautify to decorate
Frequency rank 7110/72933
bubhūṣaka adjective wishing the welfare of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wishing to be of service to (gen. or comp.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37685/72933
bubhūṣatā noun (feminine) decoration (?)
Frequency rank 60326/72933
bubhūṣu adjective wishing the welfare of (gen.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wishing to be or become anything (nom.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wishing to become powerful or prevail (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19745/72933
bubhūṣā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 60325/72933
budbuda noun (masculine neuter) a bubble (often as a symbol of anything transitory) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an embryo five days old (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an ornament or decoration resembling a bubble (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the eyeball
Frequency rank 5698/72933
budbuda noun (neuter) a particular disease of the eye (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60315/72933
budbudaka noun (masculine) a bubble
Frequency rank 24852/72933
budbudaka noun (neuter) name of a place (???)
Frequency rank 60316/72933
budbudavant adjective
Frequency rank 60317/72933
budbu noun (feminine) name of an Apsaras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37683/72933
buddha noun (masculine) a wise or learned man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Buddha sage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3390/72933
buddhabhūmi noun (masculine) name of a Buddhist Sūtra wk (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60313/72933
buddhacarita noun (neuter) name of a Kāvya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 13094/72933
buddhadharma noun (masculine) Buddha's law (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Buddha's marks or peculiarities (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29402/72933
buddhakalkyavatāravarṇana noun (neuter) name of Agnipurāṇa, 16
Frequency rank 60312/72933
buddhakṣetra noun (neuter) Buddha's district (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the country in which a Buddha appears (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15958/72933
buddhatva noun (neuter) the condition or rank of a Buddha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18243/72933
buddhatā noun (feminine) the state of being a Buddha
Frequency rank 37679/72933
buddhavarman noun (masculine) name of a merchant
Frequency rank 12151/72933
buddhi noun (feminine) (in Sāṃkhya phil.) Intellect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of metre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
an opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
apprehension (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
belief comprehension (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
conjecture (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
correct or reasonable view (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
design (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
discernment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Intelligence personified (as a daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Dharma and mother of Bodha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
idea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
impression (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intellect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligence (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intention (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
judgment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
knowledge of one's self. psychology (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a woman (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the 5th astrol" mansion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
notion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
notion (often ifc. considering as) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perception (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
presence of mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
purpose (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ready wit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
reason (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
right opinion (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the power of forming and retaining conceptions and general notions (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thought about or meditation on (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
view (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 144/72933
buddhimant adjective docile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
endowed with understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
famed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
humble (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
known (?) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
learned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1525/72933
buddhimattara adjective
Frequency rank 37682/72933
buddhimatī noun (feminine) a kind of bird [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 37681/72933
buddhin adjective
Frequency rank 60311/72933
buddhitas indeclinable from or by the mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60314/72933
buddhitā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 37680/72933
buddhīndriya noun (neuter) an organ of sense or perception (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4159/72933
budh verb (class 1 ātmanepada) to attend to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be awake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to be awakened or restored to consciousness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to heed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to observe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to recover consciousness (after a swoon) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wake up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 740/72933
budha noun (masculine) a dog (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a god (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a wise or learned man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Mercury (regarded as a son of Soma or the moon) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a descendant of Soma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Vegavat and father of Tṛṇa-bindu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of various authors (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[gramm.] the root budh
Frequency rank 1607/72933
budha adjective awaking (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1173/72933
budhaka noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60318/72933
budharatna noun (neuter) an emerald (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29403/72933
budhasena noun (masculine) name of a teacher
Frequency rank 60320/72933
budhavāra noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 60319/72933
budhna noun (masculine neuter) base (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bottom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
depth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ground (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
lowest part of anything (as the root of a tree etc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of the 14th Manu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the sky (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12595/72933
budhnaka noun (neuter) budhna
Frequency rank 37684/72933
budhya adjective
Frequency rank 60323/72933
budhāṣṭamī noun (feminine) name of a festival (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60321/72933
budhāṣṭamīvratanirūpaṇa noun (neuter) name of Garuḍapurāṇa, 1.132
Frequency rank 60322/72933
buhnā noun (feminine) a kind of vegetable
Frequency rank 60327/72933
buka noun (masculine) Agati Grandiflora (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
laughter (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37677/72933
bukka noun (masculine) a goat (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a prince (who reigned at Vidyānagara 1359-79 and was the patron of Sāyaṇa) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the Ricinus plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60309/72933
bukkāṇa noun (neuter) ?
Frequency rank 60310/72933
bundha noun (neuter) the outer surface of a vessel
Frequency rank 21920/72933
bundhaka noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 29404/72933
busa noun (neuter) any refuse or rubbish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
chaff and other refuse of grain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
dry cow-dung (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fog (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
mist (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the thick part of sour curds (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vapour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wealth (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17045/72933
buḍila noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 37678/72933
bu indeclinable [rel.] a kind of bīja
Frequency rank 37686/72933
akṛtabuddhi adjective having an unformed mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupid
Frequency rank 14604/72933
atibubhukṣita adjective very hungry
Frequency rank 31544/72933
adhyarbuda noun (neuter) a congenital tumour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
goitre (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42542/72933
anambupāna noun (neuter) not drinking water
Frequency rank 42735/72933
anarthabuddhi adjective having a worthless intellect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 42745/72933
anavabuddha adjective
Frequency rank 31775/72933
anubudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to awake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to learn (by information) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to recollect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9532/72933
anububhūṣu adjective wishing to experience
Frequency rank 43245/72933
anububhūṣ verb to want to experience
Frequency rank 26352/72933
apratibuddha adjective not enlightened
Frequency rank 12787/72933
apratibuddhaka adjective
Frequency rank 43873/72933
apratibudhyamāna adjective
Frequency rank 43874/72933
aprabuddha adjective
Frequency rank 10276/72933
aprabuddhatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 43936/72933
abuddhi adjective ignorant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5896/72933
abuddhi noun (feminine) ignorance (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupidity (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
want of understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11518/72933
abuddha adjective foolish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
not seen or noticed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unwise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11519/72933
abuddhimant adjective foolish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unwise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14666/72933
abuddhvā indeclinable not having understand
Frequency rank 23097/72933
abudbuda adjective without bubbles
Frequency rank 44048/72933
abudha noun (masculine) name of a teacher
Frequency rank 44049/72933
abudha adjective foolish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7914/72933
abudhyamāna adjective not being awake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32257/72933
abubhukṣā noun (feminine) lack of appetite
Frequency rank 44050/72933
abubhukṣa adjective
Frequency rank 44051/72933
abubhukṣita adjective
Frequency rank 32258/72933
abhisaṃbudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 16449/72933
ambu noun (neuter) a kind of Andropogon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a metre (consisting of ninety syllables) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the number four (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the kañcuka called jala
Frequency rank 661/72933
ambuka noun (neuter) water
Frequency rank 44693/72933
ambukaṇa noun (masculine) a shower (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44694/72933
ambukukkuṭī noun (feminine) a kind of bird
Frequency rank 32470/72933
ambukukkuṭikā noun (feminine) a kind of bird
Frequency rank 44695/72933
ambucara adjective aquatic (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
moving in the water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44696/72933
ambuja noun (masculine neuter) a lotus (Nymphaea Nelumbo) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a muscle-shell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
salt the plant Barringtonsa Acutangula Gaertn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2684/72933
ambujaka noun (neuter) a lotus
Frequency rank 44697/72933
ambujanman noun (neuter) a lotus (Nymphaea Nelumbo) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32471/72933
ambujasaṃbhava noun (masculine) name of Brahmā
Frequency rank 32472/72933
ambujābhākṣa noun (masculine) name of Viṣṇu
Frequency rank 26606/72933
ambujāla noun (masculine) name of Śiva
Frequency rank 44698/72933
ambutara noun (neuter) vāritara
Frequency rank 44699/72933
ambuda noun (masculine) cloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the plant Cyperus Hexastychius Communis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3084/72933
ambudhi noun (masculine) receptacle of waters (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the number four (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7646/72933
ambudhara noun (masculine) cloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 9764/72933
ambudhisravā noun (feminine) Aloe perfoliata
Frequency rank 44700/72933
ambunidhi noun (masculine) the ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 18886/72933
ambupa adjective Wasser trinkend
Frequency rank 32473/72933
ambupa noun (masculine) name of Sūrya Varuṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26607/72933
ambupippalī noun (feminine) a kind of plant (cmp. jalapippalī)
Frequency rank 44701/72933
ambuprasāda noun (masculine) Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this plant are generally used in India for purifying water) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the clearing nut tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44702/72933
ambuprasādana noun (masculine neuter) Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this plant are generally used in India for purifying water) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the clearing nut tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32474/72933
ambuprasādanaphala noun (masculine) Strychnos potatorum
Frequency rank 44703/72933
ambubhṛt noun (masculine) cloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
talc (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the grass Cyperus Pertenuis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26608/72933
ambumant adjective having or containing water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
watery (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26609/72933
ambumuc noun (masculine) cloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44704/72933
ambumṛd noun (feminine) jalamṛd
Frequency rank 32475/72933
ambumūlikā noun (feminine) a kind of siddhauṣadhī
Frequency rank 44705/72933
amburaya noun (masculine) a current (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44706/72933
amburāśi noun (masculine) the ocean (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 20738/72933
amburuhā noun (feminine) Hibiscus Mutabilis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44707/72933
amburuha noun (neuter) the day-lotus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12357/72933
ambuvallī noun (feminine) a kind of divyauṣadhī
Frequency rank 32476/72933
ambuvallikā noun (feminine) Momordica Charantia
Frequency rank 44708/72933
ambuvaśya noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 44709/72933
ambuvācī noun (feminine) four days in Āshāḍha (the tenth to the thirteenth of the dark half of the month) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44710/72933
ambuvāsī noun (feminine) the trumpet flower (Bignonia Suaveolens) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44711/72933
ambuvāsinī noun (feminine) Bignonia Suaveolens (trumpet flower) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26610/72933
ambuvāha noun (masculine) a water-carrier (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
cloud (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
talc (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the grass Cyperus Pertenuis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the number 17 (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26611/72933
ambuvetasa noun (masculine) a kind of cane or reed growing in water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 26612/72933
arbuda noun (masculine) a descendant of Kadrū therefore called Kādraveya (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a serpent-like demon (conquered by Indra) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a mountain in the west of India (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11920/72933
arbuda noun (masculine neuter) a long round mass (said especially of the shape of the foetus in the second half of the first month) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a really large number a swelling (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
polypus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tumour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 2821/72933
arbudin adjective afflicted with a swelling or tumour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 44980/72933
arbudaka noun (neuter) a kind of metal
Frequency rank 44981/72933
arbudavedhī noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 44982/72933
alambuṣa noun (masculine) name of a plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Rākṣasa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the palm of the hand with the fingers extended (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7270/72933
alambuṣā noun (feminine) a barrier (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a line or anything not to be crossed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a sort of sensitive plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an Apsaras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an artery
Frequency rank 10565/72933
alambu noun (feminine) a sort of lajjālukā, a sensitive plant Name einer Vene name of an Apsaras
Frequency rank 15463/72933
alaṃbu noun (masculine) a kind of poison (?)
Frequency rank 45025/72933
alābu noun (feminine) the bottle-gourd; Lagenaria Vulgaris Ser. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 6583/72933
alābu noun (masculine neuter) a vessel made of the bottle-gourd (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32591/72933
alābu noun (neuter) the fruit of the bottle-gourd (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11180/72933
alābuka noun (neuter) the fruit of the bottle-gourd (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32592/72933
alābu noun (masculine feminine) the bottle-gourd (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 32593/72933
alābukarṇī noun (feminine) a kind of plant (?)
Frequency rank 45027/72933
alāmbu noun (masculine) a kind of gourd
Frequency rank 32594/72933
alpabuddhi adjective silly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unwise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
weak-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 11182/72933
alpabuddhitara adjective more stupid
Frequency rank 45056/72933
avabudh verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to become sensible or aware of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to know (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to perceive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3782/72933
aśivāmbu noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 32772/72933
asadbuddhi adjective foolish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 45762/72933
asaṃbuddhi noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 45859/72933
asaṃbuddha adjective
Frequency rank 26838/72933
asaṃbuddhvā indeclinable not having known
Frequency rank 45860/72933
asaṃbudhya indeclinable
Frequency rank 45861/72933
asuprabuddha adjective
Frequency rank 45964/72933
asṛgarbuda noun (masculine) [medic.] name of a venereal disease
Frequency rank 45978/72933
ahambuddhi noun (feminine) haughtiness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
pride (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46082/72933
ahirbudhnya noun (masculine) name of a Rudra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the Rudras (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Śiva
Frequency rank 12837/72933
ahirbudhnya noun (neuter) name of a hymn of the RV (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a nakṣatra (?)
Frequency rank 46122/72933
āhirbudhnya noun (neuter) name of the Nakṣatra Uttarabhadrapadā (presided over by Ahir-budhnya) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 46836/72933
udbudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to awake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27145/72933
udbubhūṣu adjective wishing to be born
Frequency rank 47358/72933
udbubhūṣā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 47359/72933
upāmbu noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 47733/72933
uṣarbudha noun (masculine) a child (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
early awaked (a name esp. applied to Agni as kindled in the early morning) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
fire (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Ricinus Communis (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 47844/72933
ekabuddhi adjective name of a fish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of one mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
unanimous (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33645/72933
evaṃbuddhi adjective having such an intention
Frequency rank 48095/72933
kaṭukālābu noun (masculine feminine) Trichosanthes dioica Roxb. (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15591/72933
kaṭukālābuka noun (neuter) tiktatumbī, lagenaria siceraria standley
Frequency rank 23589/72933
kaṭukālāmbu noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 33746/72933
kaṭulābu noun (masculine) a kind of plant (? cmp. alābu)
Frequency rank 48327/72933
kambu noun (masculine feminine neuter) conch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 7397/72933
kambu noun (masculine) an elephant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bracelet in general (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
bracelet or ring made of shells (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Daitya neck (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sort of Curcuma (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
three lines or marks in the neck (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
tube-shaped bone (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
vein or tubular vessel of the body (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14800/72933
kambuka noun (masculine) conch (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
shell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48612/72933
kambu noun (feminine) Physalis Flexuosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33828/72933
kambukaṇṭha adjective "shell-neck" (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having folds in the neck like a spiral shell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48613/72933
kambukaṃdhara adjective
Frequency rank 48614/72933
kambukāṣṭhā noun (feminine) Physalis Flexuosa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48615/72933
kambukeśvara noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha at the Narmadā
Frequency rank 48616/72933
kambukeśvaratīrthamāhātmyavarṇana noun (neuter) name of Skandapurāṇa, Revākhaṇḍa, 120
Frequency rank 48617/72933
kambugrīva noun (neuter) a shell (śaṅkha)
Frequency rank 48618/72933
kambugrīva noun (masculine) name of a tortoise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27395/72933
kambugrīvā noun (feminine) Andropogon Aciculatus [rel.] name of Devī
Frequency rank 27396/72933
kambutīrtha noun (neuter) the Tīrtha called Kambukeśvara
Frequency rank 33829/72933
kambu noun (feminine) name of a river
Frequency rank 48619/72933
kambupuṣpī noun (feminine) Andropogon Aciculatus (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33830/72933
kambumālinī noun (feminine) a kind of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33831/72933
karbu adjective spotted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
variegated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48779/72933
karbudāra noun (masculine) Barleria caerulea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Bauhinia candida (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Bauhinia variegata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14805/72933
karbudāraka noun (masculine) Cordia latifolia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48780/72933
karbura adjective of a spotted or variegated colour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
variegated (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10613/72933
karbura noun (masculine) a Rakṣas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a species of Dolichos (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Curcuma Amhaldi or Zerumbet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
sin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27424/72933
karbura noun (neuter) gold (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
thorn-apple (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27425/72933
karbu noun (feminine) a venomous kind of leech (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Bignonia suaveolens (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 33876/72933
karburaphala noun (masculine) a particular plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 48781/72933
kāṣṭhāmbuvāhinī noun (feminine) a wooden bucket or baling vessel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 49382/72933
kujambu noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 49562/72933
kutumburu noun (masculine) coriander
Frequency rank 49641/72933
kubuddhi adjective having vile sentiments (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 23740/72933
kumbhālāmbu noun (masculine) a kind of gourd
Frequency rank 34140/72933
kustumbu noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 34185/72933
kustumburu noun (masculine) the plant coriander (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12456/72933
kustumburu noun (neuter) coriander seed of coriander (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19183/72933
kṛtabuddhi adjective informed of one's duty (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
learned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of formed mind (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who has made a resolution (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
one who knows how religious rites ought to be conducted (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
resolved (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14108/72933
kembuka noun (neuter) cabbage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the kernel of the Areca nut (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27653/72933
keśāmbu noun (masculine neuter) Pavonia odorata (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 27659/72933
kṣīrāmbudhi noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 50620/72933
kṣudrabuddhi noun (masculine) name of a jackal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50658/72933
kharbu noun (feminine neuter) a kind of plant a water-melon
Frequency rank 27758/72933
kharbu noun (feminine) name of a thorny plant
Frequency rank 50861/72933
gaganāmbu noun (neuter) rain-water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 34526/72933
gaṅgāmbu noun (neuter) pure rain-water (such as falls in the month Āśvina) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 50938/72933
gucchabudhnā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 51349/72933
gombu noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 51594/72933
granthyapacyarbudagalagaṇḍacikitsita noun (neuter) name of Suśrutasaṃhitā, Cik. 18
Frequency rank 51709/72933
granthyarbudaślīpadāpacīnāḍīpratiṣedha noun (masculine) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Utt. 30
Frequency rank 51710/72933
granthyarbudaślīpadāpacīnāḍīvijñānīya noun (masculine) name of Aṣṭāṅgahṛdayasaṃhitā, Utt. 29
Frequency rank 51711/72933
ghaṭālāmbu noun (masculine) a kind of gourd
Frequency rank 51773/72933
ghanāmbu noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 51805/72933
gharmāmbu noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 19288/72933
candrāmbu noun (neuter) Speichel (?)
Frequency rank 52083/72933
candrikāmbuja noun (neuter) a lotus blossoming during night
Frequency rank 52093/72933
cibuka noun (masculine) name of a people (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Pterospermum ruberifolium (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52358/72933
cibuka noun (neuter) the chin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 8112/72933
cubuka noun (neuter) the chin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the top of an altar (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28020/72933
jantukambu noun (masculine neuter) a shell inhabited by an animal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52669/72933
jambu noun (masculine feminine) -dvīpa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a fabulous river (flowing from the mountain Meru) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35111/72933
jambu noun (neuter) the rose apple fruit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 28067/72933
jambu noun (feminine) Jambudvīpa Ardisia humilis Vahl (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 556) Eugenia Jambolana Lam. (the rose apple tree) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Jambosa jambos Millisp. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 555) Premna herbacea Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 556) Syzygium caryophyllaeum Gaertn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 556) Syzygium fruticosum DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 555) Syzygium operculatum Gamble (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 556) Syzygium rubicundum Wight et Arn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 556) the rose apple tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the shrub nāga-damanī (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3250/72933
jambu noun (feminine) a female jackal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52698/72933
jambuka noun (masculine) a jackal (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a kind of Bignonia (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a low man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Eugenia Jambos (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Śūdra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an attendant in Skanda's retinue (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Varuṇa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 5496/72933
jambukeśvara noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha
Frequency rank 28069/72933
jambukeśvaratīrtha noun (neuter) name of a Tīrtha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52699/72933
jambudvīpa noun (masculine) the central one of the 7 continents surrounding the mountain Meru (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14901/72933
jambudhvaja noun (masculine) name of a teacher
Frequency rank 52700/72933
jambunāyikā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 52701/72933
jambumālin noun (masculine) name of a Rakṣas (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14902/72933
jalajambu noun (masculine feminine) a kind of Jambu (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 35132/72933
jalārbuda noun (masculine) [medic.] name of a disease
Frequency rank 52819/72933
jāmbuka adjective coming from a jackal (jamū) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 52916/72933
jāmbula noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 52917/72933
jāmbuvanta noun (masculine) name of a man
Frequency rank 52918/72933
jālabarburaka noun (masculine) a kind of tree
Frequency rank 35179/72933
jīrṇabudhna noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 52981/72933
jīrṇabudhnaka noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 52982/72933
jyeṣṭhāmbu noun (neuter) the scum of boiled rice or water in which grain has been washed (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 53074/72933
taṇḍulāmbu noun (neuter) rice-water or gruel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
water remaining from washing rice (cmp. comm. ad Suśr., Utt. 49.29)
Frequency rank 10094/72933
tumbupa noun (masculine) name of a people
Frequency rank 53678/72933
tumburu noun (masculine) Coriandrum sativum Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 559) coriander Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 559) Excoecaria agallocha Linn. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 559) name of a city/region name of a Gandharva who was transformed into the terrible Rākṣasa Virādha (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Muni name of a pupil of Kalāpin (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a son of Viloman Zanthoxylum acanthopodium DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 559) Zanthoxylum alatum Roxb. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 559) Zanthoxylum budrunga Wall. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 559) Zanthoxylum hamiltonianum Wall. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 559) Zanthoxylum oxyphyllum Edgew. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 559) Zanthoxylum rhetsa DC. (G.J. Meulenbeld (1974), 559)
Frequency rank 5262/72933
tumburu noun (neuter) coriander or the fruit of Diospyros embryopteris (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 17955/72933
tumburusakha noun (masculine) name of a son of Vilomaka
Frequency rank 35436/72933
tuṣambu noun (feminine) a kind of rasaudhī
Frequency rank 53722/72933
tuṣāmbu noun (neuter) sour rice- or barley-gruel (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 15741/72933
taumbura adjective coming from/relating to the plant tumburu
Frequency rank 53859/72933
dantārbuda noun (masculine neuter)
Frequency rank 54226/72933
durbuddhi adjective foolish (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
ignorant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
malignant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
silly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 4153/72933
durbuddhi noun (feminine) silliness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
weak-mindedness (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54699/72933
durbudha adjective silly (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
weak-minded (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 54700/72933
duṣṭabuddhi noun (masculine) name of a villain (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 14951/72933
dvirarbuda noun (neuter) a kind of arbuda
Frequency rank 55231/72933
dharmabuddhi noun (masculine) name of a merchant
Frequency rank 14967/72933
navālāmbu noun (masculine) a kind of gourd
Frequency rank 55762/72933
nāgabuddhi noun (masculine) name of a medical author (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 36155/72933
nigūḍhabuddhi adjective stupid
Frequency rank 55967/72933
nibudh verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to attend or listen to (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to know (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to learn or hear anything (acc.) from any one (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to understand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 1221/72933
nimbuka noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 5688/72933
nimbuka noun (neuter) the fruit of the Nimbuka
Frequency rank 24375/72933
nimbuvallī noun (feminine) a kind of divyauṣadhī
Frequency rank 56055/72933
nirambuda adjective cloudless
Frequency rank 56093/72933
nirbuddha adjective unenlightened
Frequency rank 56245/72933
nirbuddhi adjective ignorant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
senseless (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
stupid (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 24399/72933
nīlāmbukacchadā noun (feminine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 56687/72933
nīlāmbujanman noun (neuter) the blue water-lily (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 56688/72933
nṛpajambu noun (masculine) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 56705/72933
netrāmbu noun (neuter) a tear
Frequency rank 19551/72933
naimbuka adjective coming from nimbuka
Frequency rank 21620/72933
paścimāmbudhi noun (masculine) the western sea (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 57621/72933
puṣpāmbuja noun (masculine) the nectar of a flower
Frequency rank 58328/72933
pratinibudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 58793/72933
pratibuddhatara adjective
Frequency rank 37184/72933
pratibudh verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to awake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to awaken (intr.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to learn (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to observe (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to perceive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3758/72933
prativibudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to be awakened (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 19671/72933
pratisaṃbudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 58987/72933
pratyekabuddha noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 10718/72933
prabuddhi noun (feminine) enlightenment
Frequency rank 29216/72933
prabuddhā noun (feminine) [rel.] name of a Śakti of Śiva
Frequency rank 59222/72933
prabuddha noun (masculine) name of a teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 29217/72933
prabudh verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to awake (intrans.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to become conscious or aware of (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to bloom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to blossom (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to expand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to open (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to recognise as (2. acc.) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to understand (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wake (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to wake up (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3546/72933
priyāmbu noun (masculine) the mango tree (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37491/72933
babbula noun (masculine) Acacia Arabica (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37569/72933
barbura noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 29356/72933
barbu noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 60005/72933
brahmāmbu noun (neuter) cow's urine
Frequency rank 60458/72933
bhūkarbudāra noun (masculine)
Frequency rank 60905/72933
bhūkarbudāraka noun (masculine) Cordia Myxa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 60906/72933
bhūmijambu noun (feminine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 37904/72933
mandabuddhitara adjective very stupid
Frequency rank 61484/72933
mahājambu noun (feminine) a species of plant (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 61697/72933
mahābuddhi adjective extremely clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
having great understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 10167/72933
mahābuddhi noun (masculine) name of a man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of an Asura (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
[rel.] name of Śiva
Frequency rank 61787/72933
māṃsārbuda noun (masculine neuter) a particular disease of the membrum virile (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25060/72933
yathābuddhi indeclinable according to knowledge (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
to the best of one's judgment (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22076/72933
rājanimbuka noun (neuter) a kind of plant
Frequency rank 38716/72933
līlāmbuja noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 64210/72933
vāraṇabu noun (feminine) Musa Sapientum (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65175/72933
vinibudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 65715/72933
viprabudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to wake up
Frequency rank 65846/72933
vibuddhi noun (feminine) understanding
Frequency rank 65883/72933
vibudh verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to awake to be awake or a wakened to become conscious or aware of to learn to perceive
Frequency rank 7130/72933
vibudha noun (masculine) a god (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a wise or learned man (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a prince (son of Devamīḍha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of Kṛta (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the author of the Janmapradipa (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
Paṇḍit (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
teacher (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the moon (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 3135/72933
vibudha adjective very wise or learned (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12662/72933
vibubhūṣā noun (feminine) the wish or intention to manifest one's self (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 65884/72933
vṛṣṭyambu noun (neuter) rain-water (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66518/72933
vaibudha adjective belonging or peculiar to the gods (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
divine (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 66712/72933
śambuka noun (masculine) a bivalve shell (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
a particular noxious insect (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a poet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a Śūdra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22375/72933
śarkarārbuda noun (masculine neuter) a kind of tumour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 22380/72933
śivāmbu noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 13802/72933
śailāmbu noun (neuter) śailodaka
Frequency rank 17304/72933
śoṇitārbuda noun (neuter) a bloody tumour (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 25636/72933
śramāmbu noun (neuter) sweat
Frequency rank 68152/72933
samabuddhi noun (masculine) name of a Muni (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 30728/72933
samavabudh verb (class 4 parasmaipada) to know to learn to perceive clearly to understand fully
Frequency rank 40413/72933
samārbuda noun (neuter) 100 millions of years (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 40430/72933
samprabudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to awake to begin to take effect (as a spell or incantation)
Frequency rank 69276/72933
sambuddha noun (masculine) a Buddha or a Jaina deified sage (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69311/72933
sambuddhi noun (feminine) an epithet (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
calling out to (a person in the distance) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
making one's self heard (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
perfect knowledge or perception (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
the vocative case or its termination (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12261/72933
sambudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada) to know to notice to observe to perceive or understand thoroughly to wake up
Frequency rank 7757/72933
sambubodhayiṣu adjective wishing to arouse or make attentive (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 69312/72933
saṃnibudh verb (class 1 parasmaipada) to perceive completely or thoroughly
Frequency rank 40670/72933
saṃpratibudh verb (class 4 ātmanepada)
Frequency rank 69975/72933
buṇa noun (neuter) img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 70317/72933
buṇī noun (feminine) img/alchemy.bmp
Frequency rank 25827/72933
sāmbu adjective
Frequency rank 70358/72933
sāmbudhara adjective cloudy
Frequency rank 70360/72933
siddhabuddha noun (masculine) name of a teacher of Yoga (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 70558/72933
sukhāmbu noun (neuter)
Frequency rank 70731/72933
suprabuddha adjective completely enlightened (as a Buddha) (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 12288/72933
suprabuddhatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 31054/72933
suprabuddhīkṛ verb (class 8 parasmaipada)
Frequency rank 70982/72933
subuddhi adjective clever (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
intelligent (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
of good understanding (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
wise (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 71009/72933
subuddhi noun (masculine) name of a crow (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of a rasasiddha name of a son of Māraputra (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of two kings (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 31060/72933
sṛṣṭyambuja noun (neuter) the menorrhea of a sixteen year old girl (Ḍhuṇḍhukanātha (2000), 22)
Frequency rank 18647/72933
svaprabuddhatā noun (feminine)
Frequency rank 72099/72933
hatabuddhi adjective
Frequency rank 31238/72933
hibuka noun (neuter) fourth astrological house (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))
name of the fourth Lagna or astrological sign (Monier-Williams, Sir M. (1988))

Frequency rank 41438/72933
 

abhayāriṣṭa

ayurvedic medicine in fermented liquid form containing the extract of Chebulic myrobalan (harītaki) used to harmonize the digestive functions.

āgneya

fiery principle; combustible, inflammable.

agnirohiṅi

inflammatory swelling in arm-pit; bubo of plague.

ajāmoda

goat’s delight; Plant bishop’s weed, ajowan caraway; dried aromatic fruits of Apium leptophyllum; A. graveo; Trachyspermum roxburghianum.

alābu

Plant bottle gourd, bitter calbash gourd; fresh fruit of Lagenaria siceraria; L. vulgaris; L. leucantha.

alābuyantra

instrument made from dried bottle gourd to extract body fluids like blood and pus.

alambuṣa

1. a barrier not to be crossed; 2. palm of the hand with fingers extended; 3. Plant life plant, Biophytum sensitivum; water mimosa, Neptunea oleracea.

ambu

1. water; 2. kind of grass; ambuprasāda Plant kataka tree, Strychnos potatorum, useful in cleaning the water.

ambuda,ambudhara

Go to musta.

ambuvāśini

Go to pāṭala.

amla

Go to nimbu

amlavarga,amlapañcaka

sour fruits of orange (nāraṅga), rhubarb (amlavetasa), acid lime (nimbu), sweet lime (mātuluṅga), lemon (jambīra).

aṅga

limb, organ; aṅgagaurava heaviness in the body; aṅgadāha burning sensation over the body; aṅgaharṣa pleasant feeling; aṅgalāghava alacrity; aṅgamarda body ache; chaffing of the limbs, aṅgaśoṣana inanition aṅgastambha body stiffness.

arbuda

tumour; growth; big lump

arimeda

Plant cassie flower tree, white bark acacia; dried stem bark of Acacia leucophloea; A fornesiana; syn. distiller’s acacia, needle bush.

aśmaghanasveda

a patient smeared with vātahara oils is put on a platform where the vātahara woods are burned that causes sweating to reduce vāta.

aṣṭīla

1. lump of stone; 2. globular swelling below the navel; prostate hypertrophy; 3. hard tumour.

atibala

Plant strong Indian mallow, arrowleaf sida; Sida rhombifolia; formerly Abutilon indicum.

atyagni

unsatiable hunger and digestion; bulimia nervosa.

atyuha

1. peacock; 2. penis of elephant; 3. bulbul bird.

āyuta

mixed, combined with, half-meltd butter.

babbūla

Plant Indian gum Arabic tree; babul; Acacia arabica.

baddhakoṇāsana

(baddha.koṇa.āsana) bound angle pose or butterfly pose in yogāsanās.

bhāra

weight; buden; a weight measurement equal to 96 kilograms.

bhṛmhaṇa

anabolic; body building processes of the metabolism.

bodhana

1. teaching or enlightening; 2. burning incense; 3. awakening of mercury.

buddha

Gautama, the founder of Buddhism.

buddhi

cognition; discretion; knowledge; awareness; intellect; buddhimāndya low intelligence.

buddhirvaiśeṣika

kind of ālocakapitta located in mind; first described by Bhela.

buka

Go to agastya.

bukkasa

Plant indigo plant, Indigofera tinctoria.

candana

Plant sandalwood, Santalum album, S. verum.

caturāmla

Plant four citrous fruits that iclude plums (badari), pomegranate (dāḍima), kokam or butter tree (vṛkṣāmla) and common sorrel (amlavetasa).

cengalvakoṣṭu

Plant Costus speciosus. see. kebuka, canda, puṣkaramūla.

cibuka

chin.

cikitsākalika

the bud of medicine, a medical textbook authored by Triśaṭācārya of 14th Century

citraka

1. Plant leadwort, doctorbush, Plumbago zeylanica, P. rosea. 2. Plant castor oil, Ricinus communis; 3. painting.

cukra

a type of vinegar prepared from jaggery, honey, buttermilk et Century

dagdhatuṣa

burnt husk.

dagdhavraṇa

burn ulcer.

dāha

burning sensation; thirst, dāhapraśamana quenching thirst.

devadhūpa

resin of sal tree, Plant Shorea robusta.

dhātaki

Plant fire-flame bush; flowers of Woodfordia fruticosa, W. floribanda.

dhūma

smoke; dhūmadarsi smoky vision; dhūmapāna medicated smoking; dhūmavarti tubular smoking stuff; cigarette.

galārbuda

benign throat tumour.

gandhanākuli

Plant rinco orchid, Vanda roxburghii.

ghoṣa

ancient Indian female philospher, who suffered from leprosy and was successfully treated by Aśvini vaidyas. Two hymns of Ṛgveda are attributed to her.

ghṛta

ghee (calrified butter); a pharmaceutical preparation in which ghee is boiled with prescribed decoctions (kaṣāya) and mash (kalka) of drugs according to formula; medicated ghee.

gokṣūra

Plant dried fruit of Tribulus terrestris; devil’s weed; Pedalium murex is bigger variety of gokṣūra.

hanu

jaw, chin; hanumokṣaṇa, hanusthambha, hanugraha lock jaw (temporo-mandibular dislocation)

harītaki

inknut; pericarp of mature fruits of Terminalia chebula; myrobalan.

iḍā

twining tubular vessel on the left side of the body; an imaginary energy channel according to yoga.

ikṣvāku

Go to alābu.

indravalli

Plant baloon vine; Cardiospermum halicacabum.

inguḍi

Plant 1. delil fruit, Balanites agialida, B. roxburghii; 2. tropical almond, Terminalia catappa.

jalārbuda

cyst in the lips.

jambīra

Go to nimbu

jambu

Plant black plum, Indian blackberry, Java plum or jambul; Syzygium cumini; Eugenia jambolana.

jambūdvīpa

isle of jambul or the Indian subcontinent.

jambūka

jackal; small to medium sized wolf; jackal and wolf belong to same genus but to different species.

kacchūra

Plant camelthorn bush, Alhagi maurorum

kadamba

Plant common bur-flower, Neolamarckia kadamba, syn. Anthocephalus cadamba, A. indicus.

kanda

Plant root-bulbs and tubers, prolapsed uterus; kandaśāka root vegetables, ex: radish.

kara

1. hands, 2. doing, 3. tribute, 4. trunk of an elephant, 5. toll.

kāravelli,kāravellika

Plant bitter gourd, Momordica charantia, Cyclopteris floribunda.

karbura

a poisonous leech.

karṇasphoṭa

Plant ballon vine, Cardiospermum halicacabum.

kastūrīlatikā

Plant seeds of Hibuscus abelmoschus.

kaṭabhī

Plant balloon plant, Cardiospermum halicacabum

kaṭukālābu

Plant pointed gourd, Trichosanthes dioeca.

kaṭutumbi

Go to alābu

kembuka

Plant crepe ginger, rhizome of Costus speciosus. Inula recemosa is used in north India as kembuka.

khala

buttermilk boiled with sour vegetables and spices.

kilāṭa

inspissated milk, some milk added with more buttermilk.

kṛṣnaśāriba

Plant roots of Cryptolepis buchanani.

kṛtamāla

1. spotted antilope; 2. Plant golden shower tree or Indian laburnum tree, Cassia fistula.

kṣāra

1. a corrosive alkaline medicinal preparation obtained from the ash produced by burning plant-parts; 2. a kind of medicine form converted to alkali, caustic soda.

kṣāradvaya

natron, a kind of soda ash (sarjika) and alkali prepared from the ashes of burnt green barley (yava).

kṣīrakakoli

Plant whit lily, bulb of Lilium polyphyllum.

kṣupa

shrub, bush, medicinal plant; undertree.

kucikarṇaka

congenital deformity of the lobule of pinna.

kustumburu

Plant seed of coriander.

lāva

a bird; bustard quail.

lavaṇa

1. salt, salty, saline; 2. Plant balloon plant, Cardiospermum helicacabum.

lavaṇga

Plant cloves, dried flower bud of Syzygium aromaticum syn. Eugenia aromatica.

madana

1. Plant emetic nut, dried fruit of Xeromphis spinosa syn. Randia dumetorum; 2. Gardenia floribunda. 3. inebriating, intoxicating; 4. bees-wax.

madhūka

1. bee; 2. Plant mahua, butter tree, Madhuca indica, M. longifolia; Bassia latifolia; 3. bees wax.

mahābala

Plant country mallow, dried roots of Sida rhombifolia; Abutilon indicum was also used as mahābala; in Kerala a Urena species is also used in this name.

mahiṣa

buffalo.

majjāmeha

albuminuria.

mallika

Plant Arabian jasmine, Jasminum sambu Century

māṃsārbuda

malignant growth, cancer.

māṣaparṇi

Plant green gram, Vogel-tephrosis, Terambus labialus. syn. Glycine labialis.

mithyāyoga

abuse, misunion.

mudgaparṇi

Plant Vigna trilobata; Phaseolus trilobus.

mūtradāha

burning micturition.

mūtrāṣṭaka

urine of buffalo, goat, sheep, cow, camel, ass, elephant and horse.

nāḍi

sinus, pulse, nāḍisveda suduation therapy with a tubular instrument, nāḍivraṇa sinus ulcer, nāḍiyantra tubular instrument to look inside (used in surgery).

nāga

1. lead, plumbum; metallic substance used in rasaśāstra; 2. snake.

nāgapuṣpa

Plant cobra saffron flower, Mesua ferrea, M. roxburghii.

nalakāsthi

tubular bones.

nālikā

1. tube; 2. buffalo; 3. lotus; 4. myrrh;

navanita

butter.

netrabudbuda

eye ball.

nimbu,nimbuka

Plant lemon, Citrus limon; Pogostemon parviflorus and Marjorana hortensis are also considered; Citrus medica.

nitamba

1. hip, left or right side of buttocks; 2. a lethal point at Iliac crest, damage can lead to debility and death.

nitya

eternal; nityayukta always busy.

oṣa

feeling of burning over the body.

pāda

foot, motor organ that helps in locomotion; pādabhramśa foot drop; pādadāha burning sole; feet; pādaśūla pain in the foot; pādasuptata numbness of feet; pādatala sole.

pākima

burned, ripened, cooked, matured.

palāśa

Plant flame of the forest, bastard teak, butea gum tree, parrot tree, Butea monosperma, B. frondosa.

pallava

tender leaves; twig; bud.

pāṭha

Plant abuta or midwife’s herb, velvet leaf, roots of Cissampelos pareira; syn. C. hernadifolia; Cyclea peltata.

pingala

1. twining tubular vessel on the right side of the body, 2. a kind of leech used for blood letting; 3. brown, reddish brown colour.

piṭaka,piḍaka

boil, carbuncle

ploṣa

burning pain, burning over body.

poṭali

bundle, sack.

prameha

urinary disease, increased frequency and turbidity of urine, pramehapiḍaka diabetic carbuncle.

priyaṅgu

Plant 1. beauty berry, dried inflorescence of Callicarpa macrophylla; 2. Prunus mahaleb; 3. Aglalia roxburghiana.

putranjīva

1. giving life to children; 2. Plant spurious wild olive, lucky bean tree, Putranjiva roxburghi.

rāla

Plant sal tree, Shorea robusta.

rathakāra

chariots-maker; carpenter; carriage builder; wheelwright, who builds or repairs wooden wheels.

ruṣya

blue deer, buck.

śākhoṭaka

Plant sandpaper mulberry, stembark of Strebulus asper.

sāla

Plant sal tree, Shorea robusta.

samhanana

built of the body.

samvāhana

walking; built.

śankhaka

a type of headache; severe pain, edema, burning sensation in the head.

śankhini

Plant bur weed, Xanthium strumarium.

sarala

Plant long leaved pine, heartwood of Pinus roxburghii, P. longifolia.

sarkarārbuda

kind of tumour; vericocele, angioma.

sarpis

ghee, clarified butter.

satkāryavāda

theory proposing ‘cause is inherent in effect’, or doctrine of actual existence of an effect, contributed by Kapila.

śibikā

palanquin; bier i.e. a stand on which a corpse is placed to lie to be carried to the burial ground.

siddhisthāna

place of felicity; part of Carakasamhita contributed by Driḍhabala.

śimbi

Dolichos lablab; beans; Mucuna pruritis; Phaseolus trilobus; wild gram.

śiśira

1. cool or dewy season, two-month period after monsoon; 2. Plant candana or Santalum album.

śītāda

scorbutic gingivitis; spongy gums; scurvy; an early stage of periodontal disease.

śmaśāna

cemetary, crematorium, burial ground.

sphuṭana

bursting, opening, expanding; cracking of the joints.

śṛṇga

1. stag horn, horn, 2. lotus, 3. pinnacle, 4. leafbuds.

sthauṇeya

Plant Himalayan yew, dried leaf of Taxus buccata.

sthūlaila

greater or Nepal cardamom, Amomum subulatum.

śuklameha

chyluria, albuminuria; white urination.

śukta

1. vinegar, fermented liquors. 2. treacle, 3. honey, 4. fermented rice gruel and watery substance above the curds are kept in a new and clean vessel underneath a bushel of paddy for three days.(Dalhana).

śuñgā

leaf buds.

suṣavi

Plant paper-flower climber, Calycopteris floribunda.

svāmikumāra

authored Carakapanjika, a commentary on Carakasamhita; he was a buddhist.

śvetacandana

Plant sandal wood, Santalum album.

takra

buttermilk, liquid obtained by adding equal quantity of water to curd and decanting by churning; takrakūrcika inspissated buttermilk.

takradhāra

a form of śirodhāra, a treatment method which involves continuous flow of buttermilk to the centre of the forehead.

tamāla

1. sectarial mark on the forehead, 2. Plant a sort of black khadira tree, Crataeva roxburghii; 3. garcinia, Xanthochymus pictorius; 4. Cinnamomum tamala.

tavakṣīri

Plant 1. east Indian arrow root, a kind of turmeric, Curcuma angustifolia; 2. bamboo manna, Bambusa arundinacea.

tejohva

Plant balloon plant, Cardiospermum halicacabum.

triphala

three myrobalans (Terminalia chebula, Terminalia bellerica and Embelia ribes).

tulya

Go to alābu

tumburu

Plant 1. black and white ebony, Diospyros malabarica; 2. Hercules’ club, Zanthoxylum armatum.

tuṣāmbu

sour rice or barley gruel, decanted liquid obtained from a mixture of equal quantity of crushed barley and warm water kept overnight.

vajradruma

Plant milk bush, pencil tree, Euphorbia tirucalli.

vakula

Plant bakula tree, bullet wood tree, Mimusops elengi, fragrant flower of spanish cherry.

valmīka

carbuncle; ant-hill; actinomycosis.

vamśa

Plant bamboo, Bambusa arundinacea.

vamśalocana

earthy concretion of a milk-white colour formed in the hallow of a bamboo; bamboo rice. Bambusa arundinacea.

varāhi,varāhikanda

Plant rhizome of Dioscorea bulbifera.

vārtaka

quail, a kind of bird; button quail.

vārtīka

bush quail; rain quail.

vāstuka

Plant lamb’s quarters plant, Chenopodium album; a leafy vegetable.

vātarakta

gout and arthritis; a kind of arthritis that occurs when uric acid builds up in blood and causes joint inflammation.

vidāha

inflammation, heat especially in limbs, burning feel.

vidāri

1. retropharyngeal abscess after bursting, 2. gangrenous stomatitis; 3. eruption in axilla or groin; 4. inflammatory oedema in the ear.

vikaṇṭaka

having no thorns or having spreading thorns; camel thorn bush or marsh barbel; Alhagi maurorum or Hygrophila auriculata; Foacourtia indica.

vīrataru

Plant sickle bush, Dichrostachys cinere

vūhya

ellipsis, omission of a word or phrase necessary for a complete syntactical construction but not necessary for understanding; fabrication, fiction.

vyāghranakha

1. wild caper bush, Capparis sepiaria, 2. nail of tiger.

yantra

1. apparatus, instrument; 2. blunt surgical instruments including tubular instruments; 3. any appliance.

yāpya

diseases that are difficult to cure but not life-threatening, unimportant, trifling.

yavākṣāra

(yava.kṣāra) alkali extraced from burnt barley, corbonate of potash, used in urinary problems.

Wordnet Search
"bu" has 266 results.

bu

mūrkha, mūḍha, ajña, yathājāta, vaidheya, bāliśa, mūḍhamati, alpamati, mandamati, manda, nirbuddha, jaḍa, alpabuddhi, acatura, alpadhī, mūḍhadhī, mūḍhātmā, matihīna, buddhihīna, abudha, avicakṣaṇa, avid, avidya, avidvas, avibudha   

yaḥ muhyati yasya buddhiḥ alpā vā।

mūrkhaiḥ puruṣaiḥ saha na vivadet।/upadeśo hi mūrkhāṇāṃ janānāṃ prakopāya na śāntaye।

bu

nipuṇa, pravīṇa, abhijña, vijña, niṣṇāta, śikṣita, vaijñānika, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kuśala, saṅkhyāvat, matimat, kuśagrīyamati, kṛṣṭi, vidura, budha, dakṣa, nediṣṭha, kṛtadhī, sudhin, vidvas, kṛtakarman, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, catura, prauḍha, boddhṛ, viśārada, sumedhas, sumati, tīkṣṇa, prekṣāvat, vibudha, vidan, vijñānika, kuśalin   

yaḥ prakarṣeṇa kāryakṣamaḥ asti।

arjunaḥ dhanurvidyāyāṃ nipuṇaḥ āsīt।

bu

īśvaraḥ, parameśvaraḥ, pareśvaraḥ, paramātmā, devaḥ, amaraḥ, vibudhaḥ, animiṣaḥ, ajaraḥ, cirāyuḥ, sucirāyuḥ, bhagavān, sarvasraṣṭā, dhātā, vidhātā, jagatkartā, viśvasṛk, bhūtādiḥ, parabrahma, brahma, jagadātmā, ham, skambhaḥ, sūkṣmaḥ, sarveśaḥ, sarvasākṣī, sarvavid, śvaḥśreyasam, śabdātītaḥ   

dharmagranthaiḥ akhilasṛṣṭeḥ nirmātṛrūpeṇa svāmirūpeṇa vā svīkṛtā mahāsattā।

īśvaraḥ sarvavyāpī asti।

bu

kāñcanāraḥ, kovidāraḥ, camarikaḥ, kuddālaḥ, yugapatrakam, kaṇakārakaḥ, kāntapuṣpaḥ, karakaḥ, kāntāraḥ, yamalacchadaḥ, kāñcanālaḥ, tāmrapuṣpaḥ, kudāraḥ, raktakāñcanaḥ, vidālaḥ, kuṇḍalī, raktapuṣpaḥ, campaḥ, yugapatraḥ, kanakāntakaḥ, kanakārakaḥ, karbudāraḥ, gaṇḍāriḥ, girijaḥ, camarikaḥ, tāmrapuṣpakaḥ, mahāpuṣpaḥ, yugmaparṇaḥ, yugmapatraḥ, varalabdhaḥ, vidalaḥ, śoṇapuṣpakaḥ, satkāñcanāraḥ, siṃhāsyaḥ, hayavāhanasaṅkaraḥ, hayavāhanaśaṅkaraḥ, suvarṇāraḥ, svalpakesarī, āsphotaḥ, kaṣāyaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi śobhanīyāni santi।

udyānapālaḥ kāñcanārasya śākhāṃ adhogṛhītvā puṣpāṇi vicinoti।

bu

nailamaṇḍala, nīlamaṇḍalīya, nailacarma, nailavarṇa, pāvanombuja   

nīlamaṇḍalasya phalasya varṇīyaḥ।

mīrā nailamaṇḍalā śāṭī dhārayati।

bu

budhaḥ, rauhiṇeyaḥ, rodhanaḥ, saumyaḥ, somabhūḥ, bodhanaḥ, tuṅgaḥ, ekāṅgaḥ, śyāmāṅgaḥ, ekadehaḥ, praharṣaṇaḥ, pañcārcisaḥ, somajaḥ   

sauramālāyāṃ sūryasya nikaṭatamaḥ khagolīyapiṇḍaḥ।

śāstrajñānāṃ matānusāreṇa budhe jīvanaṃ na sambhavati।

bu

budbudaḥ, ḍimbikā, sphāraḥ, gaṇḍaḥ, phenāgram   

dravapadārthe jātaḥ vāyuyuktaḥ vartulākāravikāraḥ।

mānavasya jīvanaṃ budbudam iva asti ।

bu

anugrāhin, upakārin, anukūla, anugrahaśīla, upakāraśīla, hitabuddhi, suśīla, dakṣiṇa, sujana   

yaḥ anugṛhṇāti।

anugrāhiṇaḥ puruṣasya jīvanaṃ śāntiyuktam asti।

bu

anaicchika, akāmika, anabhikāmika, akāmya, icchābāhya, anicchāpūrva, abuddhipūrva   

yad svecchayā na jātam।

chikkā anaicchikā kriyā asti।

bu

āhituṇḍikavādyam, alābuvādyam   

śuṣkakuṣmāṇḍāt vinirmitam ekaṃ vādyaṃ yad āhituṇḍikaḥ vādayati।

āhituṇḍikavādyasya dhvaniṃ śrutvā sarpaḥ utphaṇaḥ abhavat।

bu

ambukaṇaḥ, udabinduḥ, udastokaḥ, udakabinduḥ, jalabinduḥ, pṛṣantiḥ, pṛṣataḥ, vāribinduḥ, vārileśaḥ, śīkarakaṇaḥ, śīkaraḥ, abbinduḥ   

jalasya binduḥ।

padmapatrasthaḥ ambukaṇaḥ sūryaprakāśe mauktikasadṛśaḥ dṛśyate।

bu

buddhamūrtiḥ, buddhapratimā   

bhagavataḥ buddhasya mūrtiḥ।

eṣā buddhamūrtiḥ aśokakālīnā asti।

bu

svārthapara, svārthabuddhi, svārthaparāyaṇa, svārthīn, svārthaparāyaṇa   

yaḥ svalābhaparāyaṇaḥ।

svārthaparaiḥ mitratā na karaṇīyā।

bu

buddhijīvin   

yaḥ buddhibalena eva upārjayati।

samājasya digdarśanaṃ kartuṃ buddhijīvinaḥ yogaḥ mahatvapūrṇaḥ।

bu

tuvarī, tuvaraḥ, kaṣāya-yāvānalaḥ, rakta-yāvānalaḥ, lohita-kustumburu-dhānyam   

sasya-viśeṣaḥ, yasya bījarūpāḥ kaṣāyāḥ yāvānalāḥ bhojane upayujyante।

asmin saṃvatsare tuvaryaḥ sasyaṃ vipulaṃ dṛśyate।

bu

tuvarī, tuvaraḥ, kaṣāya-yāvānalaḥ, rakta-yāvānalaḥ, lohita-kustumburu-dhānyam   

dhānya-viśeṣaḥ, kaṣāyo yāvānalaḥ āyurvede asya vātaśamanatva-virecakāditvādayaḥ guṇāḥ proktāḥ।

adya ahaṃ odanena saha tuvarīṃ pacāmi।

bu

dhīmān, buddhimān, matimān, medhāvī, manīṣī, subuddhiḥ, medhiraḥ   

yasya prajñā medhā ca vartate।

buddhimatāṃ saṅgatyā tvamapi buddhimān bhaviṣyasi।

bu

buddhakālīnaḥ hastalekhaḥ, buddhakālīnaḥ hastalikhitaḥ   

buddhakāle likhitāni bastalikhitāni।

sāranāthanagaryāṃ buddhakālīnāni hastalekhāni upalabdhāni।

bu

śaṅkāśīla, śaṅkābuddhi, saṃśayaśīla, saṃśayabuddhi, sandigdhacitta, sandigdhamati, saṃśayālu, śaṅkin, aviśvāsī, kutarkaśīla, kutarkasvabhāva, apratyayī, kuhakacakita   

yaḥ na viśvasīti।

saḥ śaṅkāśīlaḥ ataḥ tasya udbodhanena kim।

bu

vinīta, vinayin, saumya, saumyavṛtti, namrabuddhi, namravṛtti, namraśīla, namracetas, nirviṇṇa, nirviṇṇacetas, savinaya, sahanaśīla, vinata   

yasya svabhāvaḥ mṛduḥ asti।

rameśaḥ vinītaḥ asti।

bu

jñāta, saṃjñāta, parijñāta, abhijñāta, vijñāta, vidita, avabuddha, vitta, vinna, budhita, buddha, avagata, pramita, pratīta, manita, avasita   

yasya jñānaṃ jātam।

mayā jñātam etad।

bu

cāturyam, caturatā, buddhimattā, buddhimānī   

buddheḥ satvam।

saḥ svasya buddhimattāyāḥ balenaiva kārye saphalatāṃ prāptavān।

bu

buddhimat, dhīmat, matimat, medhāvin, manasvin, subuddhi, kuśalabuddhi, śuddhadhī, kṛtadhī, subodha, medhira, sajñāna, abhijña   

yasya buddhiḥ vartate।

buddhimate vitaṇḍā na rocate।

bu

kṣudhitaḥ, kṣudhāturaḥ, bubhukṣitaḥ   

yaḥ kṣudhayā āturaḥ।

kṣudhāturaṃ bālakaṃ mātā dugdhaṃ pāyayati।

bu

śaṅkhaḥ, kambuḥ, kambojaḥ, abjaḥ, arṇobhavaḥ, pāvanadhvanāḥ, antakuṭilaḥ, mahānādaḥ, śvetaḥ, pūtaḥ, mukharaḥ, dīrghanādaḥ, bahunādaḥ, haripriyaḥ, kasruḥ, daram, jalajaḥ, revaṭaḥ   

jantuviśeṣaḥ, samudrodbhavajantuḥ।

śaṅkhaḥ jalajantuḥ asti। / bhaktatūryaṃ gandhatūryaṃ raṇatūryaṃ mahāsvanaḥ saṃgrāmapaṭahaḥ śaṅkhastathā cābhayaḍiṇḍima।

bu

kamalam, padmaḥ, utpalam, kumudam, kumud, nalinam, kuvalayam, aravindam, mahotpalam, paṅkajam, paṅkeruham, sarasijam, sarasīruham, sarojam, saroruham, jalejātam, ambhojam, vāryudbhavam, ambujam, ambhāruham, puṇḍarīkam, mṛṇālī, śatapatram, sahasrapatram, kuśeśayam, indirālayam, tāmarasam, puṣkaram, sārasam, ramāpriyam, visaprasūnam, kuvalam, kuvam, kuṭapam, puṭakam, śrīparṇaḥ, śrīkaram   

jalapuṣpaviśeṣaḥ yasya guṇāḥ śītalatva-svādutva-raktapittabhramārtināśitvādayaḥ।

asmin sarasi nānāvarṇīyāni kamalāni dṛśyante। / kamalaiḥ taḍāgasya śobhā vardhate।

bu

durjana, khala, duṣṭa, kubuddhi, duśśīla, kusvabhāvin   

yasya svabhāvaḥ duṣṭaḥ।

durjanasya saṅgaḥ na karaṇīyaḥ।

bu

budhavāsaraḥ, saumyavāsaraḥ, budhavāraḥ   

saptāhasya tṛtīyadinaḥ।

saḥ budhavāsare āgacchati।

bu

paṇḍita, vidvas, jñānin, vidyāvat, vidyāviśiṣṭa, vidyāsampanna, kṛtavidya, vidyālaṅkṛta, abhijña, savidya, labdhavidya, jñānavat, prājña, prajña, prajñāvat, kṛtadhī, adhītin, bahuśruta, manīṣin, buddhīmat, dhīmat, budha, vettṛ   

yena vidyā sampāditā।

adya sabhāyāṃ bahavaḥ paṇḍitāḥ janāḥ abhyabhāṣanta।

bu

śikṣita, kṛtavidya, labdhavidya, gṛhītavidya, kṛtābhyāsa, kṛtabuddhi, kṛtadhī, anunīta, vinīta, śiṣṭa, saṃskṛta   

yena śikṣā gṛhītā।

śikṣitāḥ janāḥ rāṣṭrasya netāraḥ।

bu

jalam, vāri, ambu, ambhaḥ, payaḥ, salilam, sarilam, udakam, udam, jaḍam, payas, toyam, pānīyam, āpaḥ, nīram, vāḥ, pāthas, kīlālam, annam, apaḥ, puṣkaram, arṇaḥ, peyam, salam, saṃvaram, śaṃvaram, saṃmbam, saṃvatsaram, saṃvavaraḥ, kṣīram, pāyam, kṣaram, kamalam, komalam, pīvā, amṛtam, jīvanam, jīvanīyam, bhuvanam, vanam, kabandham, kapandham, nāram, abhrapuṣpam, ghṛtam, kaṃ, pīppalam, kuśam, viṣam, kāṇḍam, savaram, saram, kṛpīṭam, candrorasam, sadanam, karvuram, vyoma, sambaḥ, saraḥ, irā, vājam, tāmarasa, kambalam, syandanam, sambalam, jalapītham, ṛtam, ūrjam, komalam, somam, andham, sarvatomukham, meghapuṣpam, ghanarasaḥ, vahnimārakaḥ, dahanārātiḥ, nīcagam, kulīnasam, kṛtsnam, kṛpīṭam, pāvanam, śaralakam, tṛṣāham, kṣodaḥ, kṣadmaḥ, nabhaḥ, madhuḥ, purīṣam, akṣaram, akṣitam, amba, aravindāni, sarṇīkam, sarpiḥ, ahiḥ, sahaḥ, sukṣema, sukham, surā, āyudhāni, āvayāḥ, induḥ, īm, ṛtasyayoniḥ, ojaḥ, kaśaḥ, komalam, komalam, kṣatram, kṣapaḥ, gabhīram, gambhanam, gahanam, janma, jalāṣam, jāmi, tugryā, tūyam, tṛptiḥ, tejaḥ, sadma, srotaḥ, svaḥ, svadhā, svargāḥ, svṛtikam, haviḥ, hema, dharuṇam, dhvasmanvatu, nāma, pavitram, pāthaḥ, akṣaram, pūrṇam, satīnam, sat, satyam, śavaḥ, śukram, śubham, śambaram, vūsam, vṛvūkam, vyomaḥ, bhaviṣyat, vapuḥ, varvuram, varhiḥ, bhūtam, bheṣajam, mahaḥ, mahat, mahaḥ, mahat, yaśaḥ, yahaḥ, yāduḥ, yoniḥ, rayiḥ, rasaḥ, rahasaḥ, retam   

sindhuhimavarṣādiṣu prāptaḥ dravarupo padārthaḥ yaḥ pāna-khāna-secanādyartham upayujyate।

jalaṃ jīvanasya ādhāram। /ajīrṇe jalam auṣadhaṃ jīrṇe balapradam। āhārakāle āyurjanakaṃ bhuktānnopari rātrau na peyam।

bu

masiḥ, masī, maṣi, maṣī, masikā, masījalam, malināmbu, patrāñjanam, kālikā, kālī, varṇikā, melā, golā   

lekhanadravyam tat citraṃ dravyaṃ yena vastre kārpāse vā lekhanaṃ kartuṃ śakyate।

mama lekhanyāṃ raktavarṇīyā masiḥ asti।

bu

meghaḥ, abhramam, vārivāhaḥ, stanayitnuḥ, balābakaḥ, dhārādharaḥ, jaladharaḥ, taḍitvān, vāridaḥ, ambubhṛt, ghanaḥ, jīmūtaḥ, mudiraḥ, jalamuk, dhūmayoniḥ, abhram, payodharaḥ, ambhodharaḥ, vyomadhūmaḥ, ghanāghanaḥ, vāyudāruḥ, nabhaścaraḥ, kandharaḥ, kandhaḥ, nīradaḥ, gaganadhvajaḥ, vārisuk, vārmuk, vanasuk, abdaḥ, parjanyaḥ, nabhogajaḥ, madayitnuḥ, kadaḥ, kandaḥ, gaveḍuḥ, gadāmaraḥ, khatamālaḥ, vātarathaḥ, śnetanīlaḥ, nāgaḥ, jalakaraṅkaḥ, pecakaḥ, bhekaḥ, darduraḥ, ambudaḥ, toyadaḥ, ambuvābaḥ, pāthodaḥ, gadāmbaraḥ, gāḍavaḥ, vārimasiḥ, adriḥ, grāvā, gotraḥ, balaḥ, aśnaḥ, purubhojāḥ, valiśānaḥ, aśmā, parvataḥ, giriḥ, vrajaḥ, caruḥ, varāhaḥ, śambaraḥ, rauhiṇaḥ, raivataḥ, phaligaḥ, uparaḥ, upalaḥ, camasaḥ, arhiḥ, dṛtiḥ, odanaḥ, vṛṣandhiḥ, vṛtraḥ, asuraḥ, kośaḥ   

pṛthvīstha-jalam yad sūryasya ātapena bāṣparupaṃ bhūtvā ākāśe tiṣṭhati jalaṃ siñcati ca।

kālidāsena meghaḥ dūtaḥ asti iti kalpanā kṛtā

bu

kamalam, aravindam, sarasijam, salilajam, rājīvam, paṅkajam, nīrajam, pāthojam, nalam, nalinam, ambhojam, ambujanma, ambujam, śrīḥ, amburuham, ambupadmam, sujalam, ambhoruham, puṣkaram, sārasam, paṅkajam, sarasīruham, kuṭapam, pāthoruham, vārjam, tāmarasam, kuśeśayam, kañjam, kajam, śatapatram, visakusumam, sahasrapatram, mahotpalam, vāriruham, paṅkeruham   

jalajakṣupaviśeṣaḥ yasya puṣpāṇi atīva śobhanāni santi khyātaśca।

bālakaḥ krīḍāsamaye sarovarāt kamalāni lūnāti।

bu

śaṅkhaḥ, ambhojaḥ, kambuḥ, kambojaḥ, ambujaḥ, abjaḥ jalajaḥ, arṇobhavaḥ, pāvanadhvaniḥ, antakuṭilaḥ, mahānādaḥ, śvetaḥ, pūtaḥ, mukharaḥ, dīrghanādaḥ, bahunādaḥ, haripriyaḥ   

samudrodbhavaḥ jalajantuḥ yaḥ pavitraḥ manyante tathā ca yasya dhārmikādiṣu anuṣṭhāneṣu nādaḥ kriyate।

paṇḍitaḥ satyanārāyaṇakathāyāṃ śaṅkhasya nādaḥ karoti।

bu

devaḥ, devatā, suraḥ, amaraḥ, nirjaraḥ, tridaśaḥ, suparvā, sumanāḥ, tridiveśaḥ, divaukāḥ, āditāyaḥ, diviṣat, lekhaḥ, aditinandanaḥ, ṛbhuḥ, amartyaḥ, amṛtāndhāḥ, barhirmukhā, kratubhuk, gīrvāṇaḥ, vṛndārakaḥ, danujāriḥ, ādityaḥ, vibudhaḥ, sucirāyuḥ, asvapnaḥ, animiṣaḥ, daityāriḥ, dānavāriḥ, śaubhaḥ, nilimpaḥ, svābābhuk, danujadviṭ, dyuṣat, dauṣat, svargī, sthiraḥ, kaviḥ   

hindudharmānusārī yaḥ sarvabhūtebhyaḥ pūjanīyāḥ।

asmin devālaye naikāḥ devatāḥ santi।

bu

buddhaḥ, sarvajñaḥ, sugataḥ, dharmarājaḥ, tathāgataḥ, samantabhadraḥ, bhagavān, mārajit, lokajit, jinaḥ, ṣaḍabhijñaḥ, daśabalaḥ, advayavādī, vināyakaḥ, munīndraḥ, śrīghanaḥ, śāstā, muniḥ, dharmaḥ, trikālajñaḥ, dhātuḥ, bodhisattvaḥ, mahābodhiḥ, āryaḥ, pañcajñānaḥ, daśārhaḥ, daśabhūmigaḥ, catustriṃśatajātakajñaḥ, daśapāramitādharaḥ, dvādaśākṣaḥ, trikāyaḥ, saṃguptaḥ, dayakurcaḥ, khajit, vijñānamātṛkaḥ, mahāmaitraḥ, dharmacakraḥ, mahāmuniḥ, asamaḥ, khasamaḥ, maitrī, balaḥ, guṇākaraḥ, akaniṣṭhaḥ, triśaraṇaḥ, budhaḥ, vakrī, vāgāśaniḥ, jitāriḥ, arhaṇaḥ, arhan, mahāsukhaḥ, mahābalaḥ, jaṭādharaḥ, lalitaḥ   

bauddhadharmasya pravartakaḥ yaṃ janāḥ īśvaraṃ manyante।

kuśīnagaram iti buddhasya parinirvāṇasthalaṃ iti khyātam।

bu

mūrkhaḥ, mūḍhaḥ, vimatiḥ, vimūḍhaḥ, ajñaḥ, abudhaḥ, aviddhaḥ, unmugdhaḥ, kupaṭuḥ, kubuddhiḥ, kuṇṭhakaḥ, jaḍaḥ   

saḥ vyaktiḥ yasya buddhiḥ nyūnā alpā vā vartate।

samāje naikāḥ mūrkhāḥ santi।

bu

sāgaraḥ, samudraḥ, abdhiḥ, akūpāraḥ, pārāvāraḥ, saritpatiḥ, udanvān, udadhiḥ, sindhuḥ, sarasvān, sāgaraḥ, arṇavaḥ, ratnākaraḥ, jalanidhiḥ, yādaḥpatiḥ, apāmpatiḥ, mahākacchaḥ, nadīkāntaḥ, tarīyaḥ, dvīpavān, jalendraḥ, manthiraḥ, kṣauṇīprācīram, makarālayaḥ, saritāmpatiḥ, jaladhiḥ, nīranijhiḥ, ambudhiḥ, pāthondhiḥ, pādhodhiḥ, yādasāmpatiḥ, nadīnaḥ, indrajanakaḥ, timikoṣaḥ, vārāṃnidhiḥ, vārinidhiḥ, vārdhiḥ, vāridhiḥ, toyanidhiḥ, kīlāladhiḥ, dharaṇīpūraḥ, kṣīrābdhiḥ, dharaṇiplavaḥ, vāṅkaḥ, kacaṅgalaḥ, peruḥ, mitadruḥ, vāhinīpatiḥ, gaṅagādharaḥ, dāradaḥ, timiḥ, prāṇabhāsvān, urmimālī, mahāśayaḥ, ambhonidhiḥ, ambhodhiḥ, tariṣaḥ, kūlaṅkaṣaḥ, tāriṣaḥ, vārirāśiḥ, śailaśiviram, parākuvaḥ, tarantaḥ, mahīprācīram, sarinnāthaḥ, ambhorāśiḥ, dhunīnāthaḥ, nityaḥ, kandhiḥ, apānnāthaḥ   

bhūmeḥ paritaḥ lavaṇayuktā jalarāśiḥ।

sāgare mauktikāni santi।

bu

adhama, nīca, nīcaka, kṣuda, durvinīta, duṣprakṛti, avara, īṣatpuruṣa, avara, kambuka, durvṛtta, muṇḍa, apuṣkala   

durguṇayuktaḥ।

saḥ nīcaḥ puruṣaḥ asti।

bu

alābuḥ, alābūḥ, ālābuḥ, tumbī   

phalaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ pittaśleṣmāpahaḥ vṛṣyaḥ rūcikaraḥ dhātupuṣṭivardhakaḥ ca asti।

ālāboḥ śākaḥ tasmai rocate।

bu

hṛdayam, hṛt, marma, hṛtpiṇḍam, raktāśayaḥ, agramāṃsam, bukkaḥ, bukkam, bukkā, bṛkkaḥ, kantuḥ, rikam, bhapat   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ, urasi vāmabhāge vartamānaḥ avayavaḥ yataḥ śuddhaṃ rudhiraṃ śarīre anyāḥ dhamanīḥ pratigacchati।

hṛdayasya sthānam urasi vartate।

bu

lakṣmīḥ, ramā, kamalā, nārāyaṇī, padmahastā, śrīḥ, viṣṇupriyā, mā, māyā, haripriyā, padmā, padmālayā, bhārgavī, cañcalā, indirā, abjavāhanā, abjā, abdhijā, ambujāsanā, amalā, īśvarī, devaśrī, padmamālinī, padmaguṇā, piṅgalā, maṅgalā, śriyā, śrīpradā, sindhujā, jaganmayī, amalā, varavarṇinī, vṛṣākapāyī, sindhukanyā, sindhusutā, jaladhijā, kṣīrasāgarasutā, dugdhābdhitanayā, kṣīrasāgarakanyakā, kṣīrodatanayā, lokajananī, lokamātā   

dhanasya adhiṣṭhātrī devatā yā viṣṇupatnī asti iti manyate।

dhanaprāptyarthe janāḥ lakṣmīṃ pūjayanti।

bu

suvarṇam, svarṇam, kanakam, hiraṇyam, hema, hāṭakam, kāñcanam, tapanīyam, śātakumbham, gāṅgeyam, bharmam, karvaram, cāmīkaram, jātarūpam, mahārajatam, rukmam, kārtasvaram, jāmbunadam, aṣṭāpadam, śātakaumbham, karcuram, rugmam, bhadram, bhūri, piñjaram, draviṇam, gairikam, cāmpeyam, bharuḥ, candraḥ, kaladhautam, abhrakam, agnibījam, lohavaram, uddhasārukam, sparśamaṇiprabhavam, mukhyadhātu, ujjvalam, kalyāṇam, manoharam, agnivīryam, agni, bhāskaram, piñajānam, apiñjaram, tejaḥ, dīptam, agnibham, dīptakam, maṅgalyam, saumañjakam, bhṛṅgāram, jāmbavam, āgneyam, niṣkam, agniśikham   

dhātuviśeṣaḥ-pītavarṇīyaḥ dhātuḥ yaḥ alaṅkāranirmāṇe upayujyate।

suvarṇasya mūlyaṃ vardhitam।

bu

aśru, asru, aśram, asram, bāṣpaḥ, netrāmbu, netrajalam, netrodakam, netrajam, locam   

ānande duḥkhe pīḍāyāṃ vā nayanayoḥ āgataḥ dravapadārthaḥ।

tasya kathāṃ śrutvā aśrūṇi āgatāni mama netrayoḥ।

bu

vivekaḥ, vijñatā, buddhitīkṣṇatā, dīrghadṛṣṭiḥ   

yogya-ayogyayoḥ jñānam।

vipattau vivekena ācaraṇīyam। / nīrakṣīraviveke haṃsālasyaṃ tvameva tanuṣe cet।

bu

āmram, cūtam, sahakāram, kāmaśaram, kāmavallabham, kāmāṅgam, kīrevṛḥ, mādhavadrumam, bhṛṅgāmīṣṭam, sīdhurasam, madhūlī, kokilotsavam, vasantadūtam, āmraphalam, modākhyam, manmathālayaḥ, madhvāvāsaḥ, sumadanaḥ, pikarāgaḥ, nṛpapriyaḥ, priyāmbuḥkokilāvāsaḥ, mākandaḥ, ṣaṭpadātithiḥ, madhuvrataḥ, vasantadruḥ, pikaprayaḥ, strīpriyaḥ, gandhabandhuḥ, alipriyaḥ, madirāsakhaḥ   

phalaviśeṣaḥ, āmravṛkṣasya phalam asya guṇāḥ varṇarucimāṃsaśukrabalakāritvam।

rāmāya āmraḥ rocate।

bu

āmraḥ, āmravṛkṣaḥ, cūtaḥ, sahakāraḥ, kāmaśaraḥ, kāmavallabhaḥ, kāmāṅgaḥ, kīrevṛḥ, mādhavadrumaḥ, bhṛṅgāmīṣṭaḥ, sīdhurasaḥ, madhūlī, kokilotsavaḥ, vasantadūtaḥ, amraphalaḥ, modākhyaḥ, manmathālayaḥ, madhvāvāsaḥ, sumadanaḥ, pikarāgaḥ, nṛpapriyaḥ, priyāmbuḥ, kokilāvāsaḥ, mākandaḥ, ṣaṭpadātithiḥ, madhuvrataḥ, vasantadruḥ, pikaprayaḥ, strīpriyaḥ, gandhabandhuḥ, alipriyaḥ, madirāsakhaḥ   

phalavṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ- dīrghajīvī pādapaḥ yasya pītavarṇīyaṃ phalam atīva madhuram।

āmravṛkṣe śukāḥ nivasanti।

bu

durātmā, duṣṭacetā, duṣṭātmā, duṣṭamati, pāpamati, pāpabuddhi   

yasya pravṛttiḥ duṣṭā asti।

durātmanā rāvaṇena sītāyāḥ apaharaṇaṃ kṛtam।

bu

vibudh   

cūtavikasanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

phālgune āmravṛkṣe cūtaḥ vibudhyate।

bu

bundelakhaṇḍīya   

bundelakhaṇḍasambandhī।

bundelakhaṇḍīyā bhāṣā orachā datiyā pannā carakhārī bijāvaraḥ chatarapuraḥ ityeteṣu prānteṣu bhāṣyate।

bu

tarambujam   

latāviśeṣaḥ sā latā yasyāḥ phalaṃ taralam ambuvat ca asti।

kṛṣakaḥ tarambujasya kṛṣiṃ karoti।

bu

alambuṣā   

kṛṣīkṣetrādiṣu sīmnaḥ sūcakaḥ mṛdādīnāṃ cayaḥ।

kṛṣīkṣetrasya bhrātṛṣu jātena vibhājanena naikāḥ alambuṣāḥ baddhāḥ।

bu

tarambujam   

phalaviśeṣaḥ tat phalaṃ yad vartulākāraṃ taralam ambuvat ca asti।

grīṣme naikāni tarambujāni dṛśyante।

bu

bubhūkṣita, kṣudhābhibhūta   

yaḥ kṣudhayā pīḍitaḥ asti।

adhunā naike bubhūkṣitāḥ janāḥ mārgeṣu bhikṣārtham aṭanti।

bu

nīlakamalam, nīlāmbujam, nīlotpalam, nīlapadmam   

nīlavarṇīyaṃ kamalam।

asmin taḍāge nīlakamalasya ādhikyam asti।

bu

durgā, umā, kātyāyanī, gaurī, brahmāṇī, kālī, haimavatī, īśvarā, śivā, bhavānī, rudrāṇī, sarvāṇī, sarvamaṅgalā, aparṇā, pārvatī, mṛḍānī, līlāvatī, caṇaḍikā, ambikā, śāradā, caṇḍī, caṇḍā, caṇḍanāyikā, girijā, maṅgalā, nārāyaṇī, mahāmāyā, vaiṣṇavī, maheśvarī, koṭṭavī, ṣaṣṭhī, mādhavī, naganandinī, jayantī, bhārgavī, rambhā, siṃharathā, satī, bhrāmarī, dakṣakanyā, mahiṣamardinī, herambajananī, sāvitrī, kṛṣṇapiṅgalā, vṛṣākapāyī, lambā, himaśailajā, kārttikeyaprasūḥ, ādyā, nityā, vidyā, śubhahkarī, sāttvikī, rājasī, tāmasī, bhīmā, nandanandinī, mahāmāyī, śūladharā, sunandā, śumyabhaghātinī, hrī, parvatarājatanayā, himālayasutā, maheśvaravanitā, satyā, bhagavatī, īśānā, sanātanī, mahākālī, śivānī, haravallabhā, ugracaṇḍā, cāmuṇḍā, vidhātrī, ānandā, mahāmātrā, mahāmudrā, mākarī, bhaumī, kalyāṇī, kṛṣṇā, mānadātrī, madālasā, māninī, cārvaṅgī, vāṇī, īśā, valeśī, bhramarī, bhūṣyā, phālgunī, yatī, brahmamayī, bhāvinī, devī, acintā, trinetrā, triśūlā, carcikā, tīvrā, nandinī, nandā, dharitriṇī, mātṛkā, cidānandasvarūpiṇī, manasvinī, mahādevī, nidrārūpā, bhavānikā, tārā, nīlasarasvatī, kālikā, ugratārā, kāmeśvarī, sundarī, bhairavī, rājarājeśvarī, bhuvaneśī, tvaritā, mahālakṣmī, rājīvalocanī, dhanadā, vāgīśvarī, tripurā, jvālmukhī, vagalāmukhī, siddhavidyā, annapūrṇā, viśālākṣī, subhagā, saguṇā, nirguṇā, dhavalā, gītiḥ, gītavādyapriyā, aṭṭālavāsinī, aṭṭahāsinī, ghorā, premā, vaṭeśvarī, kīrtidā, buddhidā, avīrā, paṇḍitālayavāsinī, maṇḍitā, saṃvatsarā, kṛṣṇarūpā, balipriyā, tumulā, kāminī, kāmarūpā, puṇyadā, viṣṇucakradharā, pañcamā, vṛndāvanasvarūpiṇī, ayodhyārupiṇī, māyāvatī, jīmūtavasanā, jagannāthasvarūpiṇī, kṛttivasanā, triyāmā, jamalārjunī, yāminī, yaśodā, yādavī, jagatī, kṛṣṇajāyā, satyabhāmā, subhadrikā, lakṣmaṇā, digambarī, pṛthukā, tīkṣṇā, ācārā, akrūrā, jāhnavī, gaṇḍakī, dhyeyā, jṛmbhaṇī, mohinī, vikārā, akṣaravāsinī, aṃśakā, patrikā, pavitrikā, tulasī, atulā, jānakī, vandyā, kāmanā, nārasiṃhī, girīśā, sādhvī, kalyāṇī, kamalā, kāntā, śāntā, kulā, vedamātā, karmadā, sandhyā, tripurasundarī, rāseśī, dakṣayajñavināśinī, anantā, dharmeśvarī, cakreśvarī, khañjanā, vidagdhā, kuñjikā, citrā, sulekhā, caturbhujā, rākā, prajñā, ṛdbhidā, tāpinī, tapā, sumantrā, dūtī, aśanī, karālā, kālakī, kuṣmāṇḍī, kaiṭabhā, kaiṭabhī, kṣatriyā, kṣamā, kṣemā, caṇḍālikā, jayantī, bheruṇḍā   

sā devī yayā naike daityāḥ hatāḥ tathā ca yā ādiśaktiḥ asti iti manyate।

navarātrotsave sthāne sthāne durgāyāḥ pratiṣṭhāpanā kriyate।

bu

karkāruḥ, kuṣmāṇḍaḥ, kuṣmāṇḍī, kuṣmāṇḍakaḥ, kūṣmāṇḍaḥ, kūṣmāṇḍī, kūṣmāṇḍakaḥ, alābuḥ, alābūḥ, ātāvuḥ, tumbī   

phalaprakāraḥ yasmāt sūpaṃ śākaṃ vā pācayati।

katipayāya janāya karkāroḥ śākaṃ rocate।

bu

karkāruḥ, kuṣmāṇḍaḥ, kuṣmāṇḍī, kuṣmāṇḍakaḥ, kūṣmāṇḍaḥ, kūṣmāṇḍī, kūṣmāṇḍakaḥ, alābuḥ, alābūḥ, ātāvuḥ, tumbī   

latāprakāraḥ yasyāḥ phalāt sūpaṃ śākaṃ vā pācayati।

karṣake karkāruḥ pakvaḥ।

bu

vikas, prabudh   

puṣparupeṇa vikasanānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

sūryasya kiraṇaiḥ naikāni puṣpāṇi vikasanti sma।

bu

śṛgālaḥ, sṛgālaḥ, jambukaḥ, jambūkaḥ, vañcakaḥ, kroṣṭā, gomī, kraśvā, bhūrimāyaḥ, ghorarāsanaḥ, hūravaḥ, śvabhīruḥ, pheraḥ, pheraṇḍaḥ, pheravaḥ   

śvānasadṛśaḥ vanyapaśuḥ।

śṛgālaḥ māṃsāhārī asti।

bu

paritakaḥ, śākaprabhedaḥ, śigruḥ, kembukapuṣpam, gojihvā   

ekaṃ bṛhatpuṣpaṃ yad śākarūpeṇa khādyate।

mātā paritakasya śākaṃ pacati।

bu

paritakaḥ, śākaprabhedaḥ, śigruḥ, kembukapuṣpaḥ   

vanaspativiśeṣaḥ yasya bṛhatpuṣpaṃ śākarūpeṇa khādyate।

saḥ paritakaḥ ropayati।

bu

bundelavaṃśajaḥ   

bundelavaṃśasya sadasyaḥ।

bundelavaṃśajānāṃ vīratā khyātā eva।

bu

gaṇḍaḥ, vidradhiḥ, dhmānam, āṭopaḥ, arbudaḥ   

śarīre kutrāpi raktāśuddhivaśād jātāni udvartanāni।

saḥ pratidinaṃ gaṇḍe lepanaṃ karoti।

bu

śambūkaḥ, jalaśuktiḥ, śambukā, śambukaḥ, śāmbukaḥ, śambuḥ, vāriśuktiḥ, kṛmiśuktiḥ, puṣṭikā, jalaḍimbaḥ, duścaraḥ, paṅkamaṇaḍūkaḥ, mantharaḥ   

jalacarī śuktiḥ।

janaiḥ śambūkaḥ khādyarūpeṇa upayujyate।

bu

karamardaḥ, karamardī, karāmbukaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, kṛṣṇapākaḥ, kṣīraphalaḥ, ḍiṇḍimaḥ, nalinadalaḥ, pākakṛṣṇaḥ, pākaphalaḥ, pāṇimardaḥ, phalakṛṣṇaḥ, phalapākaḥ, vanāmalaḥ, varālakaḥ, varāmraḥ, vārivaraḥ, vaśaḥ, vighnaḥ, suṣeṇaḥ   

kaṇṭakayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya phalāni laghuni tathā ca amlāni santi।

tena karamardaḥ unmūlitaḥ।

bu

varuṇaḥ, pracetāḥ, pāśī, yādasāṃpatiḥ, appatiḥ, yādaḥpatiḥ, apāṃpatiḥ, jambukaḥ, meghanādaḥ, jaleśvaraḥ, parañjayaḥ, daityadevaḥ, jīvanāvāsaḥ, nandapālaḥ, vārilomaḥ, kuṇḍalī, rāmaḥ, sukhāśaḥ, kaviḥ, keśaḥ   

ekā vaidikī devatā yā jalasya adhipatiḥ asti iti manyate।

vedeṣu varuṇasya pūjanasya vidhānam asti।

bu

karamardaḥ, karamardī, karāmbukaḥ, kṛṣṇaḥ, kṛṣṇapākaḥ, kṣīraphalaḥ, ḍiṇḍimaḥ, nalinadalaḥ, pākakṛṣṇaḥ, pākaphalaḥ, pāṇimardaḥ, phalakṛṣṇaḥ, phalapākaḥ, vanāmalaḥ, varālakaḥ, varāmraḥ, vārivaraḥ, vaśaḥ, vighnaḥ, suṣeṇaḥ   

kaṇṭakayuktaḥ vṛkṣaḥ yasya phalāni laghūni tathā ca amlāni santi।

mātuḥ karamardasya vyañjanaṃ nirmāti।

bu

jāgṛ, pratibudh, prativibudh   

nidrākṣayānukūlavyāpāraḥ।

saḥ dinasya prathame prahare jāgarti।

bu

makaraḥ, śiśumāraḥ, ambukīśaḥ, ambukūrmaḥ, culukī   

bṛhad jalajantuḥ।

makaraḥ atīva bhayakaraḥ asti।

bu

chatrā, avārikā, sugandhi, dhānyakam, dhānyabījam, tumburu, tumbarī, kustumburuḥ, kustumbarī   

upaskaraviśeṣaḥ, kustumbarīkṣupasya vṛttākārabījāni।

prasāde api chatrāḥ upayujyante।

bu

jñā, vid, budh, avagam, ava i, abhi jñā, anuvid, abhisaṃvid, avabudh, āvid, prajñā   

bodhanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

na hi sarvaḥ sarvaṃ jānāti।

bu

jalāḍhya, jalaprāya, anūpa, bahūdaka, udanya, apavat, apas, aptya, ambumat, ammaya, ānūpa, āpya, udakala, udaja, udanvat, audaka, kaja, jāla, nārika, bahvap, bahvapa, vārya, sajala, sāmbhas, ambumatī   

yasmin adhikaṃ jalaṃ vartate।

āpaṇikaḥ jalāḍhyaṃ dugdhaṃ vikrīṇāti।

bu

bundelāvaṃśaḥ   

kṣatriyāṇāṃ ekaḥ vaṃśaḥ yaḥ gahavāravaṃśasya śākhā asti iti manyate।

bundelāvaṃśasya kṣatriyāṇāṃ gaṇanā vīreṣu bhavati।

bu

hanuḥ, cibiḥ, cubukaḥ, śmaśru, jānu, chubukam, joḍa   

avayavaviśeṣaḥ- oṣṭhād adhaḥ kapola-dvayāt paraḥ mukhabhāgaḥ।

tasya hanau vraṇam asti।

bu

matiḥ, buddhiḥ, dhī, prājñatā   

niścayātmikāntaḥkaraṇavṛttiḥ yasyāḥ balena cintayituṃ śakyate।

dhanalābhārthe anyasya matyā jīvanād bhikṣāṭanaṃ varam।

bu

kumbhīraḥ, nakraḥ, kumbhīlaḥ, gilagrāhaḥ, mahābalaḥ, vārbhaṭaḥ, ambakirātaḥ, ambukaṇṭakaḥ   

jalajantuviśeṣaḥ;

jale kumbhīrāt rakṣatu। /

gardabhatvantu saṃprāpyadaśavarṣāṇi jīvati। saṃvatsarantu kumbhīrastato jāyeta mānavaḥ।।

bu

karkarogaḥ, duṣṭārbudaḥ   

rogaviśeṣaḥ- ekaḥ asādhyaḥ arbudaḥ yaḥ vegena vardhate।

karkarogaḥ śarīrasya anyān api bhāgān upahanti।

bu

marakatam, rājanīlam, gārutmatam, aśmagarbham, harinmaṇiḥ, rauhiṇeyam, sauparṇam, garuḍodgīrṇam, budharatnam, aśmagarbhajam, garalāriḥ, vāpabolam   

haridvarṇamaṇiviśeṣaḥ।

etad marakatasya aṅgulīyam।

bu

sūcanā, upanyāsaḥ, upakṣepaḥ, prastāvaḥ, mantraṇam, upadeśaḥ, buddhiḥ   

yasmin viṣaye anyaiḥ na cintitaṃ tasya viṣayasya sūcanam।

asmin viṣaye bhavānapi sūcanāṃ karotu।

bu

vajram, kuliśam, bhaduram, paviḥ, śatakoṭiḥ, svaruḥ, śambaḥ, dambholiḥ, aśaniḥ, kulīśam, bhidiram, bhiduḥ, svarus, sambaḥ, saṃvaḥ, aśanī, vajrāṃśaniḥ, jambhāriḥ, tridaśāyudham, śatadhāram, śatāram, āpotram, akṣajam, girikaṇṭakaḥ, gauḥ, abhrottham, meghabhūtiḥ, girijvaraḥ, jāmbaviḥ, dambhaḥ, bhidraḥ, ambujam, hlādinī, didyut, nemiḥ, hetiḥ, namaḥ. sṛkaḥ, vṛkaḥ, vadhaḥ, arkaḥ, kutasaḥ , kuliśaḥ, tujaḥ, tigmam, meniḥ, svadhitiḥ sāyakaḥ, paraśuḥ   

indrasya pradhānaṃ śastram।

ekadā indreṇa hanumān vajreṇa prahṛtaḥ।

bu

bhaṣaṇam, bukkanam   

śunaḥ dhvaniḥ।

śunaḥ bhaṣaṇaṃ śrutvā aham ajāgaram।

bu

kṣudhā, aśanāyā, bubhukṣā, kṣut, jighatsā   

bhojanecchā।

mātaraṃ dṛṣṭvā bālakasya kṣudhā vardhitā।

bu

tuṣaḥ, palāvaḥ, sateraḥ, svorasaḥ, busaḥ, vārtam   

dhānyasya uparitanā tvak।

gauḥ tuṣān atti।

bu

matam, abhiprāyaḥ, sammatiḥ, dṛṣṭiḥ, buddhiḥ, pakṣaḥ, bhāvaḥ, manaḥ, dhī, matiḥ, ākutam, āśayaḥ, chandaḥ   

keṣucit viṣayādiṣu prakaṭīkṛtaḥ svavicāraḥ।

sarveṣāṃ matena idaṃ kāryaṃ samyak pracalati।

bu

akṣigolaḥ, nayanabudbudaḥ   

akṣiṇi vartamānaḥ śvetaḥ bhāgaḥ yasyopari kṛṣṇasāraḥ asti।

netre gatena rāsāyanikepadārthena akṣigolaḥ śvayati।

bu

durbuddhiḥ, kubuddhiḥ, kumatiḥ   

kutsitā buddhiḥ।

durbuddhyā bhavataḥ vāṇijyaṃ vipannam।

bu

nāraṅgaḥ, nāgaraṅgaḥ, nāryaṅgaḥ, suraṅgaḥ, tvaggandhaḥ, dantaśaṭhaḥ, airāvataḥ, kirmmīraḥ, colakī, latātaruḥ, nādeyaḥ, bhūmijambukaḥ, rājaphaṇijjhakaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ- jambīrajātīyaḥ madhyamākārakaḥ vṛkṣaḥ।

nāraṅgasya phalāni madhurāṇi sugandhitāni rasayuktāni ca santi।

bu

avagam, budh, avabudh, vid, jñā, grah, parigrah, upalabh, ūh, vibhāvaya, avadhāraya   

kañcana viṣayaṃ buddhau dhāraṇānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

avabodhanāntaramapi saḥ idaṃ kūṭaṃ na avāgamat।

bu

catura, caturaka, nipuṇa, niṣṇa, niṣṇāta, viśārada, paṭu, pravīṇa, prājña, vicakṣaṇa, vidagdha, paṭumati, paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, peśala, praṇata, pratīta, aṇuka, abhijña, ullāgha, ṛbhu, ṛbhumat, ṛbhuṣṭhira, ṛbhva, ṛbhvan, ṛbhvas, karaṇa, karmaṭha, karmaṇya, kalāpa, kaliṅga, kalya, kārayitavyadakṣa, kuśala, kuśalin, kṛtakarman, kṛtamukha, kṛtin, kṛtnu, kriyāpaṭu, cheka, chekala, chekāla, tūrṇi, tejīyas, dhīvan, dhīvara, dhṛtvan, dhṛṣu, nadīṣṇa, nayaka, nāgara, nāgaraka, nāgarika, nirgranthaka, nirgranthika, proha, prauṇa, bahupaṭa, budha, budhda, matimat, manasvin, marmajña, vijña, viḍaṅga, vidura, vidvala, śikva, sudhī, suvicakṣaṇa, samāpta   

yaḥ cāturyeṇa kāryaṃ karoti।

catureṇa ārakṣakeṇa aparāddhānāṃ ekaḥ saṅghaḥ gṛhītaḥ।

bu

sumatiḥ, sadbuddhiḥ   

śobhanā buddhiḥ।

sarvebhyaḥ sumatiṃ pradadātu iti bhagavataḥ asmābhiḥ prārthanā।

bu

bhāratavarṣam, bharatavarṣam, bhāratam, bhāratadeśaḥ, jambuḥ, jambu, jambudvipaḥ   

āśiyākhaṇḍe vartamānaḥ āsetuhimācalam tathā ca āsindhubrahmaputraṃ yāvat deśaḥ। bhāratavarṣe lokatantram asti।

bu

laghukaṇṭakī, alambuṣā, lajjinī   

kaṇḍakayuktaḥ laghuḥ kṣupaḥ।

sparśāt laghukaṇṭakyāḥ parṇāḥ ākuñcanti।

bu

dehalī, dvārapiṇḍī, amburaḥ   

dvārasya samīpe vartamānā bhūmiḥ।

sandhyākāle dehalyām āsanam aśubhaṃ manyate।

bu

tīkṣṇabuddhin, kuśāgrabuddhin, tīvrabuddhin   

yasyāḥ buddhiḥ tīkṣṇā asti।

tīkṣṇabuddhī manoharaḥ ekaḥ kuśalaḥ krīḍāpaṭuḥ asti।

bu

alābu, alābū   

alābukālatāyāḥ dīrghaṃ tathā ca kṛśaṃ phalaṃ yad sāgārthe upayujyate।

mātā alābunaḥ sāgaṃ pacati।

bu

gambhīraḥ, ambukeśaraḥ, bījakaḥ   

vṛkṣaprakāraḥ yasya phalāni amlāni santi।

asmākaṃ prāṅgaṇe vartamānaḥ gambhīraḥ phalitaḥ।

bu

bundelakhaṇḍaḥ   

bhārate uttarapradeśasya tathā ca madhyapradeśasya saḥ bhāgaḥ yasmin jālaunaḥ jhāśī hamīrapuram lalitapuram ityādīni maṇḍalāni santi।

saḥ bundelakhaṇḍasya nivāsī asti।

bu

bhaṣ, bukk, rai   

śunaḥ śabdanānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

na jāne hyaḥ rātrau mama śvā kimartham abhaṣat।

bu

caturaṅgakrīḍā, buddhidyūtam   

catuḥṣaṣṭigṛhayukte aṣṭāpade śāriphalake krīḍamānā krīḍā।

caturaṅgakrīḍāyāṃ dvātriṃśat śārayaḥ santi।

bu

kiṃkartavyavimūḍha़, hatabuddhi   

yasya manasi kiṃ kartavyam ityasya viṣaye sandehaḥ asti।

kiṃkartavyavimūḍha़ḥ dāsaḥ adhikāriṇaṃ dṛṣṭvā bibheti।

bu

buddhihīna, prajñāhīna, matihīna   

buddhyā vihīnaḥ।

buddhihīnān bālakān samyak paripālayeyuḥ।

bu

kuṣmāṇḍaḥ, kumbhāṇḍī, ālābu   

latāviśeṣaḥ sā latā yasyāḥ phalāni vartulākārakāni vā daṇḍavartulākārakāni santi।

kuṣmāṇḍe naikāni phalāni santi।

bu

matipūrvam, matipūrve, matipūrvakam, jñānapūrvam, kāmataḥ, bodhapūrvam, buddhipūrvam   

jānat api।

saḥ matipūrvaṃ rohitam avāmanyata।

bu

nikharva, go, mahāmbuja   

śatāni niyutāni abhidheyā।

bhārataśāsanaṃ prativarṣaṃ naikeṣu upakrameṣu nikharvāṇi rupyakāṇi vyayate।

bu

buddhivaikalyam, vātulatā, saṃrabdhatā, ākulatā, atirāgatā   

buddhidoṣaḥ, kasminnapi viṣaye bhāve vā adhikīkaraṇam;

kālidāsena urvaśyāḥ viyogāt udbhūtam pururavasaḥ buddhivaikalyam samyak varṇitam

bu

ujjāgṛ, jāgṛ, pratibudh, prativibudh   

nidrābhāvānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

saḥ naikāni dināni yāvat ujjāgarti।

bu

jñā, avagam, budh, avabudh   

jñānaprāptyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

bhavataḥ kathanasya āśayaṃ jānāmi aham।

bu

cit, jāgṛ, prabudh, sāvadhānībhū   

cetasaḥ apramattānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahaṃ bhavadbhyaḥ pratyādeśaṃ dadāmi yat bhavān cetatu iti।

bu

bulaḍāgaśvā   

śvānaprakāraḥ yaḥ madhyamākārakaḥ tathā ca śaktiśālī asti।

bulaḍāgaśunaḥ rūpaṃ bhayāvaham asti।

bu

kavacam, peśikā, kañcukaḥ, kambuḥ, kambukaḥ, kambojaḥ, kośaḥ   

tad uparitanaḥ staraḥ yasmin kaścana phalaṃ jīvaṃ vā vartate।

bādāmaphalasya upari kavacaṃ vartate।

bu

jñā, ave, vid, avagam, budh, parijñā, prabudh   

kasyacana svabhāvaguṇānāṃ bodhānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahaṃ tam na ajānām।

bu

vibhāvaya, budha, avadhāraya, avagam, grah, ālokaya, jñā   

kiṃcanaviṣayakaḥ matyanukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahaṃ taṃ sādhu iti vyabhāvayāmi।

bu

mandabuddhi, matimanda   

yasya buddheḥ paripūrṇaḥ vikāsaḥ na abhavat।

atra mandabuddhayaḥ bālikāḥ praśikṣyante।

bu

ketakaḥ, ketakī, indukalikā, tīkṣṇapuṣpā, dīrghapatraḥ, pāṃsukā, amarapuṣpaḥ, amarapuṣpakaḥ, kaṇṭadalā, kanakaketakī, kanakapuṣpī, droṇīdalaḥ, karatṛṇam, krakacacchadaḥ, gandhapuṣpaḥ, dalapuṣpā, dalapuṣpī, cakṣuṣyaḥ, cāmarapuṣpaḥ, chinnaruhā, jambālaḥ, jambulaḥ, dhūlipuṣpikā, nṛpapriyā, pharendraḥ, valīnakaḥ, viphalaḥ, vyañjanaḥ, śivadviṣṭā, sugandhinī, sūcipuṣpaḥ, sūcikā, strībhūṣaṇam, sthiragandhaḥ, svarṇaketakī, hanīlaḥ, halīmaḥ, hemaketakī, haimaḥ   

kṣupaviśeṣaḥ- yasya savāsikasya puṣpasya patrāṇi krakacasya iva tīkṣṇāni santi।

adhunā udyānasthasya ketakasya puṣpaṃ vikasati।

bu

bulīya   

kābulena sambaddhaḥ।

tena ekakilo iti parimāṇaṃ yāvat kābulīyaṃ caṇakaṃ krītam।

bu

bulanagaram   

aphagāṇisthānasya rājadhānī।

śekha-rahimaḥ kābulanagaraṃ gataḥ।

bu

jñā, vid, budh   

jñānasya kriyā;

jānannapi hi medhāvī jaḍavalloka ācaret [manu 2.110]

bu

puṇḍarīkam, sitāmbhojam, śatapatram, mahāpadmam, sitāmbujam, śvetapadmam, śvetavārijam, sitābjam, harinetram, śaratpadmam, śāradam, śambhuvallabham   

śvetavarṇayuktaṃ padmam।

gītayā bhagavataḥ mūrtaye puṇḍarīkam arpitam।

bu

nirjala, anudaka, anudra, apapayas, apodaka, kājala, gatodaka, jalahīna, niḥsalila, nirapa, nirudaka, nistoya, nyarṇa, vijala, vipayas, vitoya, vīpa, vyarṇa, vyuda, anambu   

yasmin jalasya aṃśaḥ nāsti।

nirjalā bhūmiḥ sthāne sthāne bhagnā।

bu

adhimāṃsaḥ, adhimāṃsakaḥ, adhikamāṃsārma, arbudarogaḥ, karkaṭaḥ, vraṇaḥ   

rogaviśeṣaḥ yasmin śarīre kutrāpi māṃsaṃ vardhate।

sāgaraḥ adhimāṃsena pīḍitaḥ।

bu

navakham, arbudam   

śatakoṭiyuktā saṅkhyā।

navakhe nava śūnyāni santi।

bu

abuddha, anavagata, anadhigata, ajñāta, anavabuddha   

yaḥ na prabuddhaḥ।

śikṣikā abuddhaṃ pāṭhaṃ punaḥ pāṭhayati।

bu

taṇḍulotthaḥ, taṇḍulodakaḥ, jyeṣṭhāmbu   

yasmin taṇḍulāḥ prakṣālitāḥ।

rādhā taṇḍulottham ālyāṃ kṣipati।

bu

almabuṣaḥ   

rākṣasaviśeṣaḥ yaḥ kauravāṇāṃ sahāyakaḥ āsīt।

ghaṭotkacaḥ almabuṣaṃ jaghāna।

bu

alambuṣā   

ekā apsarāḥ।

almabuṣāyāḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

bu

jñā, avagam, avabudh, ave, āvid   

kāryaniṣpādane samarthānukūlaḥ vyāpāraḥ।

ahaṃ sūcikarma jānāmi।

bu

jambumatiḥ   

ekā apsarāḥ।

jambumatyāḥ varṇanaṃ grantheṣu vartate।

bu

buddhivādī   

yaḥ buddhivādaṃ manyate।

buddhivādibhiḥ sarvadā buddhivādasya samarthanaṃ kṛtam।

bu

buddhivādin   

yaḥ buddhivādam anusarati।

buddhivādī puruṣaḥ buddhīsaṅgatāya eva mahattvaṃ prayacchati।

bu

burahānapuram   

madhyapradeśasya ekaṃ nagaram।

burahānapurāt satapuḍa़āparvataḥ kevalaṃ viṃśatiṃ krośakaṃ yāvat antare asti।

bu

ambupaḥ, uruṇākṣaḥ, uruṇākṣakaḥ, uruṇākhyam, uruṇākhyakam, eḍagajaḥ, kharjughnaḥ, kharjūghnaḥ, gajaskandhaḥ, cakragajaḥ, padmāṭaḥ, prapunāṭaḥ, prapunāḍaḥ, vimardakaḥ   

ekaṃ jhāṭam।

ambupam auṣadhyāṃ prayujyate।

bu

matsaraḥ, svārthabuddhiḥ, mātsaryabhāvaḥ, ātmambharitvam, svalābhabuddhiḥ   

svārthinaḥ avasthā bhāvaḥ vā।

lekhāpālasya matsarasya kāraṇāt janāḥ ghṛṇām akurvan।

bu

apekṣābuddhiḥ   

vaiśeṣikāṇām anusāreṇa buddheḥ nirmalatā।

dhyānāya apekṣābuddheḥ āvaśyakatā bhavati।

bu

lambuṣā   

saptasūtrakā mālā।

śīlā lambuṣāṃ dhārayati।

bu

bu   

kābulaprāntasya bhāṣā।

sā samyak kābulīṃ bhāṣate।

bu

śaṅkhapuṣpī, śaṅkhāhvā, śaṅkhamālini, śaṅkhanāmnī, śaṅkhapuṣpikā, śaṅkhikā, supuṣpī, śatapuṣpaḥ, śaṅkhakusumam, kambupuṣpī, kirīṭī, kṣīrapuṣpī, jalajasumanā, bhūlagnā, maṅgalyakusumā, maṅgalyā, vanavilāsinī   

śaṅkhākārakaṃ puṣpaṃ yasyāḥ sā tathoktā latāviśeṣaḥ yā bhārate sarvatra dṛśyate oṣadhyāṃ ca prayujyate।

śaṅkhapuṣpī bhūmau prasarati laghu tṛṇam iva ca dṛśyate।

bu

galagaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍaḥ, gaṇḍiḥ, adhyarbudam, adhyarvudam   

kaṇṭhe jāyamānaḥ ekaḥ rogaviśeṣaḥ।

galagaṇḍaḥ gilāyuḥ ca kaṇṭhasya rogau।

bu

abja, jalaja, ambuja   

yat jalāt utpadyate।

śaṅkhaḥ kamalam ityete abjau staḥ।

bu

ambu   

ekā rāgiṇī।

saṅgītajñaḥ ambujāṃ gāyati।

bu

paricita, abhijñāta, vijñāta, avagata, gata, parigata, prakhyāta, pramita, prajñāta, prabuddha, pratyabhijñāta   

pūrvataḥ jñātam।

etāni sarvāṇi paricitāni vastūni santi kimapi nūtanaṃ darśayatu।

bu

bulanadī, kābu   

aphagānistānadeśasya ekā pramukhā nadī।

aleksaṇḍaraḥ kābulanadyāḥ mārgeṇa bhāratam āgataḥ।

bu

unmattā, vātulā, hatabuddhiḥ, naṣṭabuddhiḥ, bhrāntā, vikṣiptacittā   

bhraṣṭabuddhiḥ mahilā।

unmattā mārgasya madhyabhāge sthitvā kimapi jalpati ।

bu

bujumburānagaram   

buruṇḍīdeśasya rājadhānī।

bujumburānagaram buruṇḍīdeśasya mahiṣṭhaṃ nagaram asti।

bu

gautamabuddhanagaram   

uttarapradaśe vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

gautamabuddhanagarasya pratīcī sīmā dehalyā lagnā asti।

bu

gautamabuddhanagaramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśe vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

gautamabuddhanagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ gautamabuddhanagare asti।

bu

jhābuānagaram   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

vayaṃ svamitrasya vivāhe upasthātuṃ jhābuā nagaram agacchāma।

bu

jhābuāmaṇḍalam   

madhyapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

jhābuāmaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ jhābuānagare asti।

bu

burahānapurajilhāpradeśaḥ   

madhya pradeśa-prānte ekaḥ jilhāpradeśaḥ;

burahānapura-jilhāpradeśasya mukhyālayaḥ burahānapura-nagaryām vartate

bu

bulundaśaharamaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

bulundaśaharamaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ bulundaśaharanagare asti।

bu

bulandaśaharanagaram   

uttarapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ nagaram।

bulandaśaharanagaram dehalyāḥ catuṣṣaṣṭi-sahastramānaṃ yāvat dūre uttarapradeśarājyasya pratīcyāṃ diśi asti।

bu

gautamabuddhanagaramaṇḍalam   

uttarapradeśarājye vartamānam ekaṃ maṇḍalam।

gautamabuddhanagaramaṇḍalasya mukhyālayaḥ noeḍānagare asti।

bu

nīlamaṇḍalaḥ, nīlacarmā, nīlavarṇaḥ, pavanombujaḥ   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ yasya phalāni kalāyāt kānicit bṛhanti santi।

nīlamaṇḍalasya phalāni raktavarṇīyāni santi।

bu

māunṭaābūnagaram, arbudanagaram   

rājasthānaprānte vartamānam ekaṃ parvatīyasthalam।

māunṭaābūnagaram rājasthānaprānte vartamānam ekameva parvatīyasthalam asti।

bu

agniḥ, vaiśvānaraḥ, vītahotraḥ, agnihotraḥ, huraṇyaretāḥ, saptārci, vibhāvasuḥ, vṛṣākapiḥ, svāhāpatiḥ, svāhāprayaḥ, svāhābhuk, agnidevaḥ, agnidevatā, dhanañjayaḥ, jātavedaḥ, kṛpīṭayoniḥ, śociṣkeśaḥ, uṣarbudhaḥ, bṛhadbhānuḥ, hutabhuk, haviraśanaḥ, hutāśaḥ, hutāśanaḥ, havirbhuk, havyavāhanaḥ, havyāśanaḥ, kravyavāhanaḥ, tanunapāt, rohitāśvaḥ, āśuśukṣaṇiḥ, āśrayāśaḥ, āśayāśaḥ, āśrayabhuk, āśrayadhvaṃsī, pāvakaḥ, pāvanaḥ, tejaḥ, vahniḥ, jvalanaḥ, analaḥ, kṛśānuḥ, vāyusakhā, vāyusakhaḥ, dahanaḥ, śikhī, śikhāvān, kṛṣṇavartmā, araṇiḥ, ghāsiḥ, dāvaḥ, pacanaḥ, pācanaḥ, pācakaḥ, juhuvān, vāśiḥ, arciṣmān, prabhākaraḥ, chidiraḥ, śundhyuḥ, jaganuḥ, jāgṛviḥ, apāmpitaḥ, jalapittaḥ, apittam, himārātiḥ, phutkaraḥ, śukraḥ, āśaraḥ, samidhaḥ, citrabhānuḥ, jvālājihvā, kapilaḥ, vibhāvasuḥ, tamonud, śuciḥ, śukraḥ, damunaḥ, damīnaḥ, agiraḥ, hariḥ, bhuvaḥ   

devatāviśeṣaḥ-hindudharmānusāram agneḥ devatāsvarūpam।

agneḥ patnī svāhā।

bu

pratītiḥ, buddhiḥ, samyagdṛṣṭiḥ, prajñā, dhītiḥ, prabodhaḥ   

kasyāñcit viśeṣasthitau manasi akasmāt sphuṭitaḥ spaṣṭaḥ vicāraḥ।

kācit pratītiḥ eva asmān asyāḥ samasyāyāḥ rakṣituṃ śaknoti।

bu

varṣāsalilam, varṣāmbu, vṛṣṭyambu, khajalam, khavāri, ākāśasalilam, gaganāmbu, nabhombu, meghodakam, divyodakam, vyomodakam, śikarāmbu, abhrapruṭ   

meghebhyaḥ bindudhārārūpeṇa patitaṃ toyam।

varṣāsalilena saḥ ārdravāsaḥ abhavat।

bu

istāmbulaḥ, istāmbulanagaram   

turkistānasya bṛhat nagaram।

istāmbulaḥ tarkistānasya ārthikī rājadhānī asti।

bu

tumburuḥ   

gandharvaviśeṣaḥ।

tumburoḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

bu

arbudam, arbudaḥ   

daśakoṭiyuktā saṅkhyā।

janāḥ arbudasya api apapradānaṃ dadati।

bu

arbudam   

daśakoṭiḥ।

janāḥ arbudaṃ yāvat api apapradānaṃ dadati।

bu

arbudam   

aṅkānāṃ sthānānusāreṇa gaṇanāyām ekakasya sthānāt ārabhya navame sthāne vartamānā saṅkhyā।

pañcāśat-koṭiḥ iti saṅkhyāyāṃ pañca iti saṅkhyā arbude asti।

bu

arbudaḥ, arbudam   

māsadvayātmakaḥ garbhaḥ।

arbudasya parīkṣaṇārthaṃ viśiṣṭāṃ parīkṣāṃ kartum uktam।

bu

arbudaḥ   

sarpaviśeṣaḥ।

arbudaṃ dṛṣṭvā saḥ śīghrameva taṃ samamardayat।

bu

alambuṣā   

anyasya praveśaṃ vārayituṃ nirmitā rekhā।

alambuṣāyāḥ laṅghanaṃ kṛtvā sītā bhikṣāṃ dātuṃ bahiḥ agacchat।

bu

abudha, apaṇḍita   

yaḥ sarvaṃ na jānāti।

abudhāya manuṣyāya etādṛśaṃ kūṭaṃ praśnaṃ pṛcchanena kaḥ lābhaḥ bhaviṣyati।

bu

jambumālī   

ekaḥ rākṣasaḥ।

jambumālinaḥ varṇanaṃ purāṇeṣu prāpyate।

bu

almabuṣaḥ   

rākṣasaviśeṣaḥ yasya varṇanaṃ mahābhārate prāpyate।

mahābhāratasya yuddhe alambuṣaḥ kauravāṇāṃ sahāyakaḥ āsīt।

bu

jalabudbudam, jalabimbam   

jalasya budbudaḥ।

samudrataṭe bālakaḥ jalabudbudaiḥ krīḍati।

bu

aśanāyā, kṣudhā, bubhukṣā   

bhojanasya icchā।

aham aśanāyāḥ upaśamanāya prayatnaṃ karomi sma।

bu

ahirbudhnyaḥ   

ekādaśasu rudreṣu ekaḥ।

ahirbudhnyasya varṇanaṃ śivapurāṇe vartate।

bu

rudrāḥ, ahirbudhnyāḥ, ugraḥ, kharaḥ, jayantaḥ, vakraḥ   

devatāgaṇaḥ।

rudrāḥ ekādaśa santi।

bu

jalīya, ambumat   

jalasya athavā jalena sambaddhaḥ।

pṛthivyāḥ prāyaḥ pratiśataṃ pañcasaptatiḥ bhāgaḥ jalīyaṃ kṣetram asti।

bu

nadīkāntaḥ, hijjalavṛkṣaḥ, niculaḥ, ijjalaḥ, piculaḥ, ambujaḥ, ghanadaḥ, kāntaḥ, jalajaḥ, dīrghapatrakaḥ, nadīlaḥ, raktakaḥ, kārmukaḥ   

sāṃvatsaraḥ vṛkṣaḥ yaḥ nadītaṭe samudrataṭe vā prāpyate।

niyamakartā nadīkāntasya chedanaṃ kartuṃ sammataḥ nāsti।

bu

budbudāṅkaḥ   

yasmin tāpamāne dravaḥ kvathati।

kasminnapi dravasya prastāre yāvat nyūnaḥ bhāraḥ asti tāvat eva nyūnaḥ tasya budbudāṅkaḥ bhavati।

bu

ambukaṇṭakaḥ, ambukirātaḥ, makaraḥ, kumbhīraḥ, ghaṇṭikaḥ, śiśumāraḥ   

makaryāḥ iva jalajantuviśeṣaḥ yasya nāsā makaryāḥ apekṣayā laghuḥ bhavati।

ambukaṇṭakaḥ makaraśca samānameva iti janāḥ cintayanti।

bu

arbudapatiḥ, arbudasvāmī   

yaḥ arbudasya svāmī asti।

arbudapatīnāṃ sūcyāṃ naike krīḍakāḥ api santi।

bu

buddhijīvī   

yaḥ buddhyā eva jīvikāyāḥ upārjanaṃ karoti।

vidhijñaḥ mantryādayaḥ buddhijīvinaḥ eva bhraṣṭaṃ samājaṃ parivartayituṃ śaknuvanti।

bu

vimalabuddhiḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kathāsaritsāgare vimalabuddheḥ varṇanam asti

bu

vibudhopadeśaḥ   

ekaḥ śabdasaṅgrahaḥ ।

vibudhopadeśasya ullekhaḥ kośe asti

bu

bukkaḥ, bukkabhūpatiḥ, bukkamahāpatiḥ, bukkarājaḥ, bukkarāyaḥ, bukkaṇa   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

bukkaḥ vidyānagarasya rājaputraḥ āsīt

bu

śatabuddhiḥ   

ekaḥ mīnaḥ ।

śatabuddheḥ varṇanaṃ pañcatantre asti

bu

śabarajambu   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

śabarajamboḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

bu

śambuvardhanaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śambuvardhanasya ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

bu

śākajambu   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

śākajamboḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

bu

śākyabuddhiḥ   

ekaḥ vidvān ।

śākyabuddheḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

bu

śāmbu   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śāmboḥ ullekhaḥ atharvavede asti

bu

kulāhalaḥ , alambuṣa: , gocchāla: , bhū-kadamba:   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ ।

kulāhalasya varṇanaṃ kośe samupalabhyate

bu

śīghrabuddhaḥ   

ekaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

śīghrabuddhasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

bu

prapañcabuddhiḥ   

ekaḥ manuṣyaḥ ।

prapañcabuddheḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare prāpyate

bu

prabuddhaḥ   

ekaḥ ācāryaḥ ।

bhāgavata-purāṇe prabuddhasya varṇanaṃ prāpyate

bu

bujīvyāsaḥ   

ekaḥ lekhakaḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ bābujīvyāsaḥ varṇitaḥ

bu

buḍilaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

gopatha-brāhmaṇe buḍilaḥ samullikhitaḥ vartate

bu

buddhakaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ buddhakaḥ ullikhitaḥ asti

bu

buddhakapālinī   

ṣaṭsu ekā aindrajālikā devatā ।

dharmasaṃgrahe buddhakapālinī pradiṣṭā avartata

bu

buddhadāsaḥ   

ekaḥ vidvān ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-bauddha-vāṅmaye buddhadāsaḥ samullikhitaḥ

bu

buddhadiśaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

buddhadiśaḥ praśāsanakuśalaḥ āsīt

bu

buddhadevaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

buddhadevaḥ pāṭhaśālāṃ adhyāpanārtham agacchat

bu

buddhapakṣaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-bauddha-vāṅmaye buddhapakṣaḥ samullikhitaḥ

bu

buddhadevaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

buddhadevaḥ viśvavidyālaye adhyāpanārtham agacchat

bu

buddhabhaṭṭaḥ   

dvau puruṣau ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-bauddha-vāṅmaye buddhabhaṭṭau samullikhitau

bu

buddhabhadraḥ   

dvau puruṣau ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-bauddha-vāṅmaye buddhabhadrau samullikhitau

bu

buddhabhadraḥ   

ekaḥ bauddha-bhikṣuḥ ।

buddhabhadraḥ abhilekhane varṇitaḥ dṛśyate

bu

buddharājaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-bauddha-vāṅmaye buddharājaḥ samullikhitaḥ prāpyate

bu

buddhavanagiriḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

buddhavanagiriḥ parvataḥ bauddhavāṅmaye varṇitaḥ dṛśyate

bu

buddhasiṃhaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

buddhasiṃhaḥ bauddhasāhitye nirdiṣṭaḥ

bu

buddhasenaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

rājā buddhasenaḥ mṛgayārthe vanam agacchat

bu

buddhikārī   

ekā rājaputrī ।

kathāsaritsāgare buddhikārī nirdiṣṭā

bu

buddhidevī   

ekā rājaputrī ।

kośakāraiḥ buddhidevī ullikhitā āsīt

bu

buddhiprabhaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

kathāsaritsāgare buddhiprabhaḥ ullikhitaḥ vartate

bu

buddhivirodhī   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

dhūrtanartaka iti saṃskṛta-nāṭake buddhivirodhī ullikhitaḥ āsīt

bu

buddhivilāsinī   

līlāvatyāḥ ekā ṭīkā ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-gaṇitajña-bhāskarācārya-kṛta līlāvatī nāma graṃthasya adhyayanārthaṃ buddhivilāsinī ṭīkā upayuktā

bu

buddhiśarīraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kathāsaritsāgare buddhiśarīrasya ullekhaḥ vidyate

bu

budhakaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

bhaṭṭanārāyaṇakṛtaḥ veṇīsaṃhāraḥ iti nāṭake budhakaḥ nirdiṣṭaḥ prāpyate

bu

budhakauśikaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

kośeṣu śrīrāmarakṣāstotrasya racayitā budhakauśikaḥ ullikhitaḥ asti

bu

budhaguptaḥ, buddhaguptaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

budhaguptaḥ bauddhasāhitye varṇitaḥ āsīt

bu

budhadeśaḥ   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

prācīna-bhārate budhadeśaḥ nāma sthānaṃ prasiddham āsīt

bu

bulilaḥ, buḍilaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śatapatha-brāhmaṇe bulilaḥ varṇitaḥ dṛśyate

bu

bullaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

rājataraṅgiṇyāṃ bullaḥ samullikhitaḥ

bu

kulāhalaḥ , alambuṣa: , gocchāla: , bhū-kadamba:   

vṛkṣaviśeṣaḥ ।

kulāhalasya varṇanaṃ kośe samupalabhyate

bu

buḍilaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

gopatha-brāhmaṇe buḍilaḥ samullikhitaḥ vartate

bu

buddhakaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

kośakāraiḥ buddhakaḥ ullikhitaḥ asti

bu

buddhakapālinī   

ṣaṭsu ekā aindrajālikā devatā ।

dharmasaṃgrahe buddhakapālinī pradiṣṭā avartata

bu

buddhadāsaḥ   

ekaḥ vidvān ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-bauddha-vāṅmaye buddhadāsaḥ samullikhitaḥ

bu

buddhadiśaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

buddhadiśaḥ praśāsanakuśalaḥ āsīt

bu

buddhadevaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

buddhadevaḥ pāṭhaśālāṃ adhyāpanārtham agacchat

bu

buddhapakṣaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-bauddha-vāṅmaye buddhapakṣaḥ samullikhitaḥ

bu

buddhadevaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

buddhadevaḥ viśvavidyālaye adhyāpanārtham agacchat

bu

buddhabhaṭṭaḥ   

dvau puruṣau ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-bauddha-vāṅmaye buddhabhaṭṭau samullikhitau

bu

buddhabhadraḥ   

dvau puruṣau ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-bauddha-vāṅmaye buddhabhadrau samullikhitau

bu

buddhabhadraḥ   

ekaḥ bauddha-bhikṣuḥ ।

buddhabhadraḥ abhilekhane varṇitaḥ dṛśyate

bu

buddharājaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-bauddha-vāṅmaye buddharājaḥ samullikhitaḥ prāpyate

bu

buddhavanagiriḥ   

ekaḥ parvataḥ ।

buddhavanagiriḥ parvataḥ bauddhavāṅmaye varṇitaḥ dṛśyate

bu

buddhasiṃhaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

buddhasiṃhaḥ bauddhasāhitye nirdiṣṭaḥ

bu

buddhasenaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

rājā buddhasenaḥ mṛgayārthe vanam agacchat

bu

buddhikārī   

ekā rājaputrī ।

kathāsaritsāgare buddhikārī nirdiṣṭā

bu

buddhidevī   

ekā rājaputrī ।

kośakāraiḥ buddhidevī ullikhitā āsīt

bu

buddhiprabhaḥ   

ekaḥ rājā ।

kathāsaritsāgare buddhiprabhaḥ ullikhitaḥ vartate

bu

buddhivirodhī   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

dhūrtanartaka iti saṃskṛta-nāṭake buddhivirodhī ullikhitaḥ āsīt

bu

buddhivilāsinī   

līlāvatyāḥ ekā ṭīkā ।

prācīna-bhāratīya-gaṇitajña-bhāskarācārya-kṛta līlāvatī nāma graṃthasya adhyayanārthaṃ buddhivilāsinī ṭīkā upayuktā

bu

buddhiśarīraḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

kathāsaritsāgare buddhiśarīrasya ullekhaḥ vidyate

bu

budhakaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

bhaṭṭanārāyaṇakṛtaḥ veṇīsaṃhāraḥ iti nāṭake budhakaḥ nirdiṣṭaḥ prāpyate

bu

budhakauśikaḥ   

ekaḥ kaviḥ ।

kośeṣu śrīrāmarakṣāstotrasya racayitā budhakauśikaḥ ullikhitaḥ asti

bu

budhaguptaḥ, buddhaguptaḥ   

ekaḥ rājaputraḥ ।

budhaguptaḥ bauddhasāhitye varṇitaḥ āsīt

bu

budhadeśaḥ   

ekaṃ sthānam ।

prācīna-bhārate budhadeśaḥ nāma sthānaṃ prasiddham āsīt

bu

bulilaḥ, buḍilaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

śatapatha-brāhmaṇe bulilaḥ varṇitaḥ dṛśyate

bu

bullaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

rājataraṅgiṇyāṃ bullaḥ samullikhitaḥ

bu

sambu   

ekaṃ chandaḥ ।

samboḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

bu

sarvabuddhasandarśanaḥ   

ekaṃ jagat ।

sarvabuddhasandarśanasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

bu

sahasrabuddhiḥ   

ekaḥ mīnaḥ ।

sahasrabuddheḥ ullekhaḥ pañcatantre asti

bu

haribuṅgapuram   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

haribuṅgapurasya ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

bu

karbukaḥ   

ekaḥ janasamudāyaḥ ।

karbukāṇām ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti

bu

kambukam   

ekaṃ nagaram ।

kambukasya ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

bu

tumbumaḥ   

ekaḥ vaṃśaḥ ।

tumbumasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

bu

āstrabudhnaḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

āstrabudhnasya ullekhaḥ ṛgvede asti

bu

pāpabuddhiḥ   

ekaḥ puruṣaḥ ।

pāpabuddheḥ ullekhaḥ pañcatantre asti

bu

nyarbudiḥ   

ekaḥ vyomagaḥ ।

nyarbudeḥ ullekhaḥ atharvavede asti

bu

jambu   

ekā nadī ।

jamboḥ ullekhaḥ bhāgavatapurāṇe asti

bu

jambuprasthaḥ   

ekaḥ grāmaḥ ।

jambuprasthasya ullekhaḥ rāmāyaṇe asti

bu

jalajambukālatā   

ekaḥ jalīyaḥ kṣupaḥ ।

jalajambukālatāyāḥ ullekhaḥ vāmanasya kāvyālaṅkāravṛttau asti

bu

tumbumaḥ   

ekaḥ vaṃśaḥ ।

tumbumasya ullekhaḥ mahābhārate vartate

bu

nallābudhaḥ   

lekhakanāmaviśeṣaḥ ।

nallābudhaḥ iti nāmakānāṃ naikeṣāṃ lekhakānām ullekhaḥ vivaraṇapustikāyām asti

bu

nāgabuddhaḥ   

ekaḥ prācīnaḥ śikṣakaḥ ।

nāgabuddhasya ullekhaḥ bauddhasāhitye asti

bu

nāgabuddhaḥ   

ekaḥ vaidyakaviṣayasya lekhakaḥ ।

nāgabuddheḥ ullekhaḥ koṣe asti

bu

dharmabuddhiḥ   

ekaḥ vaṇik ।

dharmabuddheḥ ullekhaḥ kathāsaritsāgare asti

Parse Time: 2.414s Search Word: bu Input Encoding: IAST: bu